Player FM - Internet Radio Done Right
Checked 5d ago
추가했습니다 six 년 전
John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt, John Teixeira, and Nick McDevitt에서 제공하는 콘텐츠입니다. 에피소드, 그래픽, 팟캐스트 설명을 포함한 모든 팟캐스트 콘텐츠는 John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt, John Teixeira, and Nick McDevitt 또는 해당 팟캐스트 플랫폼 파트너가 직접 업로드하고 제공합니다. 누군가가 귀하의 허락 없이 귀하의 저작물을 사용하고 있다고 생각되는 경우 여기에 설명된 절차를 따르실 수 있습니다 https://ko.player.fm/legal.
Player FM -팟 캐스트 앱
Player FM 앱으로 오프라인으로 전환하세요!
Player FM 앱으로 오프라인으로 전환하세요!
들어볼 가치가 있는 팟캐스트
스폰서 후원
At the dawn of the social media era, Belle Gibson became a pioneering wellness influencer - telling the world how she beat cancer with an alternative diet. Her bestselling cookbook and online app provided her success, respect, and a connection to the cancer-battling influencer she admired the most. But a curious journalist with a sick wife began asking questions that even those closest to Belle began to wonder. Was the online star faking her cancer and fooling the world? Kaitlyn Dever stars in the Netflix hit series Apple Cider Vinegar . Inspired by true events, the dramatized story follows Belle’s journey from self-styled wellness thought leader to disgraced con artist. It also explores themes of hope and acceptance - and how far we’ll go to maintain it. In this episode of You Can't Make This Up, host Rebecca Lavoie interviews executive producer Samantha Strauss. SPOILER ALERT! If you haven't watched Apple Cider Vinegar yet, make sure to add it to your watch-list before listening on. Listen to more from Netflix Podcasts .…
Retirement Planning - Redefined
모두 재생(하지 않음)으로 표시
Manage series 2510982
John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt, John Teixeira, and Nick McDevitt에서 제공하는 콘텐츠입니다. 에피소드, 그래픽, 팟캐스트 설명을 포함한 모든 팟캐스트 콘텐츠는 John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt, John Teixeira, and Nick McDevitt 또는 해당 팟캐스트 플랫폼 파트너가 직접 업로드하고 제공합니다. 누군가가 귀하의 허락 없이 귀하의 저작물을 사용하고 있다고 생각되는 경우 여기에 설명된 절차를 따르실 수 있습니다 https://ko.player.fm/legal.
Financial and retirement planning guidance from Certified Financial Planner John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt of PFG Private Wealth Management in the Tampa Bay, FL area. On this show, you'll learn about how the financial and retirement world has evolved over the past several decades, how to properly plan for your own future, and some of the important pitfalls to avoid. PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance.
…
continue reading
75 에피소드
모두 재생(하지 않음)으로 표시
Manage series 2510982
John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt, John Teixeira, and Nick McDevitt에서 제공하는 콘텐츠입니다. 에피소드, 그래픽, 팟캐스트 설명을 포함한 모든 팟캐스트 콘텐츠는 John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt, John Teixeira, and Nick McDevitt 또는 해당 팟캐스트 플랫폼 파트너가 직접 업로드하고 제공합니다. 누군가가 귀하의 허락 없이 귀하의 저작물을 사용하고 있다고 생각되는 경우 여기에 설명된 절차를 따르실 수 있습니다 https://ko.player.fm/legal.
Financial and retirement planning guidance from Certified Financial Planner John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt of PFG Private Wealth Management in the Tampa Bay, FL area. On this show, you'll learn about how the financial and retirement world has evolved over the past several decades, how to properly plan for your own future, and some of the important pitfalls to avoid. PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance.
…
continue reading
75 에피소드
모든 에피소드
×
1 Social Security Claiming Tips for Diverse Family Situations 20:22
20:22
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요20:22
Social Security claiming strategies can vary greatly depending on family dynamics. This episode explores how different family situations, such as those with a stay-at-home spouse or a blended family, can impact when and how to claim Social Security benefits to maximize your retirement income. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Speaker 1: PFG Private Wealth Management LLC is an SEC registered investment advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only, and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk and unless otherwise stated are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and/or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Insurance products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents. Speaker 2: The rules of retirement have changed. No longer can most of us rely on Social Security or a single pension to fund our futures. We're living longer and retirement doesn't just last a handful of years anymore. Instead, you might stay retired for 20 or 30 years and maybe even more. We need to look at retirement through a new lens with fresh eyes, with a new approach and plan of attack. Here to answer the call, our financial advisors, John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt of PFG Private Wealth Management serving you throughout the Tampa Bay area. This podcast is Retirement Planning - Redefined, and it starts right now. Marc Killian: Time for another edition of Retirement Planning - Redefined with John and Nick, financial advisors at PFG Private Wealth. Make sure you subscribe to the podcast on whatever podcasting app you like using. Just type in Retirement Planning - Redefined, or find it online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com, and while you're there, you can book an appointment with the guys right there at the top of the page. Just click on the little tab and get started today. We're going to get into Social Security conversation this week with the guys, some claiming tips for family situations, different kind of family situations that are out there before we get rocking and rolling. Nick, how are you doing, my friend? Nick McDevitt: Doing pretty good. Marc Killian: Yeah, hanging in there? Nick McDevitt: Oh, yeah. Slightly enjoying the cooler weather, but I always enjoy hoodie weather, so I could use a couple more degrees, but. Marc Killian: Okay. Nick McDevitt: But not too bad. Marc Killian: Not too bad. And John, how are you doing with the herd down there? Everybody doing all right? John Teixeira: Yeah, everyone's good. Everyone's trucking along. Yeah, my daughters are in karate, so they're enjoying that. Marc Killian: Oh, nice. John Teixeira: And debating what the next step is for one of, actually, they run around kicking me all the time now. Marc Killian: Yeah, they're going to ninja flip you all over the house. John Teixeira: Nice. I'm trying to get my youngest one into flag football so I just bought her a football and throwing it. Marc Killian: Very nice. John Teixeira: My wife's like, "No, no, she's doing softball." And I'm like, "Whatever." Marc Killian: Nice. John Teixeira: So we're trying to get her into some sports here, so it should be fun. Marc Killian: Good, good stuff. Good stuff. Well, since we're talking about families, let's talk about the Social Security breakdowns on some things. Claiming strategies vary, obviously from dynamic to dynamic. In this episode, let's just run through some stuff. I guess we'll start with the broad view, fellas. Social Security claiming strategies, there's a lot of it. I mean, it can get a little overwhelming, which again is important to work with somebody who has some experience in this. Whoever wants to tackle that, what's your thoughts on just the sheer number of claiming strategies that are out there? John Teixeira: There's a lot. There's a lot of them, but it really boils down to a few that you end up doing. I think the most important thing is to understand your current situation, whether it's the discrepancy of what the income's going to be for each person. If you're filing jointly or you have two people taking Social Security and understanding what the need is at the time. Do you need income right now? Can you hold off? But there is a lot of different options to pick from. The best thing is to review what makes sense based on the plan, and then also at this current time what you have going on. Marc Killian: Yeah, I think a lot of people view it as, well, we've got this collection. We've got a 401(k) and this, that, or the other that we've personally saved. Oh, and Social Security versus maybe looking at them all together holistically in one overall strategy. It should be thought about and we're going to talk about that in the way you set up your income structures. Nick, I guess I'll let you take over and get this first one. Let's look at it from a single income household consideration. We don't see this as much anymore, but maybe it's just one person that goes to work and the other person stays at home, which is totally fine, but what's some things to consider in that unique situation? Nick McDevitt: The timing of the benefits are super important. Number one, the golden rule in retirement planning or financial planning is it depends. From the perspective of I think one of the biggest drivers in a single income household is going to be age difference between the two, and that has the biggest impact on the claiming strategy. Ultimately, any of these Social Security decisions come down to their function of other assets and the impact of the timing of the Social Security benefits and how that's going to take into account. But if we were to pick one thing from the standpoint of survivor benefits is a good example. A lot of people are under the impression, or I should say the feedback that we've gotten from many people is not having a good understanding of how survivor benefits work. The reality is that survivor benefits are when one passes away, the surviving spouse gets to the higher, the two benefits, the lower one goes away. Marc Killian: Right. Nick McDevitt: Oftentimes obviously if it's a single income household, the person that hasn't worked, their benefit's going to be lower, it's going to be half or even less depending upon when they take it. We'll go through and use, we have some calculators that we'll work with with clients, put their specific situation in there, then use those numbers and overlay them with the plan to help them try to figure out the most efficient way to do it. We always say to them that there's the top financial strategy and then there's the we have to try to balance that with the I want my money and I want it now strategy. Marc Killian: Right. Nick McDevitt: When it comes to Social Security, there's something to it from the perspective of people putting in the money over years and really wanting to get access to their money quicker. That's how we go into most of these strategies is overlaying it with the plan and looking at how it's going to work. Marc Killian: Well John, let me ask you a couple of follow-up questions on the single income household side. I think there's some confusion too. I typed this in the other day when I was putting these together and I saw this, I think it was, I don't know, Reddit or something feed where people were back and forth and they didn't seem to, there was a lot of misunderstanding about if you didn't work, could you get Social Security? People were saying, "Well, you have to work the 40 quarters in order to qualify for Social Security," which that's accurate for your own. However, and then somebody else would follow up and go, "Wait a minute, my grandmother who never, ever had a job gets Social Security. How is that possible?" I think there's confusion out there that if you're a single income household, if you've never worked, you can claim against your spouse, correct? But they have to have already activated it for it to start, is that correct? John Teixeira: You get the spousal benefit. Correct me if I'm wrong here, but I believe you have to be married nine months in order to receive that. Marc Killian: Yeah, correct. John Teixeira: In reality, most people will get that as a spouse. Marc Killian: Sure. John Teixeira: I had one situation actually where someone got married, they didn't qualify and the spouse died after eight months. Marc Killian: Oh, wow. John Teixeira: So they did not qualify anymore. You do have the spousal benefits, which is half of the earning or the qualified spouse's, what they call full retirement amount. Marc Killian: And they have to turn it on first, right? That's a bit of a sticking point. If you're the worker, you have to claim Social Security before the spouse who never worked can also get their half, correct? John Teixeira: Yeah, Marc. That is accurate. To receive a spousal benefit, the spouse that is qualified has to be drawing on benefits. The person receiving the spousal benefits has to be past 62. The big confusion on this was in the past, you could do some strategies like file and suspend where the person didn't have to be drawing it just yet, so you do some strategies. But they closed those loopholes about six or seven years back, which ultimately was a loophole that needed to be closed to help the longevity of the program but a lot of people weren't happy because it was probably the best strategy out there to use. But good news is it helps longevity of the program. Bad news, you can't do it anymore. But some of the confusion comes into play where people that have already done the file and suspend are grandfathered in. Marc Killian: Gotcha. John Teixeira: Circling back to the spousal benefit, spouses are entitled to half of their spouse's full retirement benefit. They can drawing at 62, and their spouse has to have started drawing on it themselves. Marc Killian: Yeah, gotcha. Nick McDevitt: And if they do receive the benefit, if the spouse that hasn't worked and is receiving the spousal benefit, if they take it before their full retirement age, then there is a reduction. Marc Killian: There's a reduction as well, right. Nick McDevitt: There's a function there. The only other thing I want to mention for the single earner is, single income is if somebody was married for at least 10 years and then are divorced and not remarried, they are eligible to, and maybe they never got their 40 quarters, they are still eligible for a spousal benefit. John Teixeira: To jump on that, because this has come up quite a bit with clients, if you're divorced and you're eligible for spousal benefits, you do not have to wait for the person to be drawing. As long as they pass the age of 62, you can draw. Part of that is because you might have some vindictive spouses that are waiting to draw to make sure their ex doesn't get the spousal benefits. Marc Killian: Well, and we're going to talk about that in a minute as well. There's a couple little things, little caveats there. To our point, kicking this off, there's a lot of nuance to Social Security. We're going to try to keep it high level a little bit and not get too confusing. Again, it's important to talk to somebody, but those are some basic things to think about from that single standpoint. Let's go to the dual income households, which is most people, guys. John, you talked a little bit about file and suspend and while it's no longer an actual strategy, what I know a lot of advisors often talk about with their clients who have dual income is if one person is making more, then maybe you're letting that one grow to 70, right? To the max out. And then the person who's maybe making less, especially if they're the same age, maybe then you're looking at turning that on earlier, whether it's full retirement age or even 62 depending on the money needs. That's a workaround I suppose, to the file and suspend a little bit. That's some things to think about. So what's some other things to think about and dive into wherever ever you want on dual incomes there? John Teixeira: Again, rule of thumb is just overview versus individuals, but it does make sense to always suspend the higher benefit, whether if you're dealing with a survivor benefit, there's some strategies. You have the dual income spousal benefits, you want that extra compounding on the higher amount is basically why you want to do that. Marc Killian: Right. John Teixeira: Another strategy for that and why you might want to delay the higher benefit is the survivor benefit is going to be higher. You can in essence defer someone's benefit till age 70, and if they were to pass away, the survivor benefit now has that increased amount so that is one option you could do. As you mentioned here, you could take a lower benefit earlier, let the other one go. If you have two working spouses, but let's say someone's benefit isn't as high as their spousal, you could look into someone taking their own benefit at 62 and then switching to the spousal later. There's definitely a lot of different things you can do. And a reminder of what Nick said, anytime you take early, you are going to get a reduction of benefits. Marc Killian: Yeah, 30% currently, right. John Teixeira: Yeah. Marc Killian: That's a big haircut- Nick McDevitt: Depending upon your full retirement age. Marc Killian: From your full retirement age, yeah, it's a big haircut, 30%. To your point earlier guys, when you're building a strategy, because I guess Nick, part of this is looking about where are you taking money from, right? You've got your 401(k), you've built up your personal, then you got your Social Security, and it's like, okay, when are we turning on what and where so that we can maximize this? It's like, which horse are you riding? The one you brought or the one the government brought kind of thing. Nick McDevitt: This might be a little bit too detailed, but really, what we do from our standpoint as an advisor is we use the withdrawal rate as the test to figure out. When we look at the overall portfolio and we go through the expenses and we figure out how much income a client's going to need on an annual basis, let's say that delaying Social Security is going to force them to take a 10% withdrawal rate. For three years, they're going to have to take out 10% of their money out of their portfolio a year to cover expenses to delay. That number's probably too high. For most people, that number's probably too high. If it's something around a max of a seven or eight, and it's only going to be for a couple years, depending upon the size of the portfolio, that can make sense. But when there's just too much pressure on the portfolio to perform, then oftentimes just at least getting one of those Social Security benefits and that's why staggering the two oftentimes makes sense. It's like, okay, well if a 10% withdrawal rate is what's needed, then if we can reduce that down to a seven for a couple of years by taking one and then drop it closer to a four and a half, five after a couple more years and stagger it, that's the ideal. Marc Killian: Gotcha. Nick McDevitt: It really is a function of portfolio like the nest egg number, the expenses and what we need to take out to cover those expenses and what the gap that Social Security benefit's going to provide. Marc Killian: Gotcha, okay. Yeah, so I mean, again, there's really a lot of nuance to figuring out. Most of us are going to probably fall into this dual income household planning strategy. You want to make sure that you're working with someone to just maximize things based on what you've built yourself, plus what we're going to get back from Social Security. Can we talk about a lot of money over time? John, you talked about ex-spouses earlier, so let's talk about special considerations for blended families or people who have gotten a divorce and remarried or whatever. I'll throw this out there as well. So my mom found, and Social Security, people that work there, they're not supposed to, typically they're not going to help you with their claiming strategies, right? They're going to give you the options available for you, but it's not really their job and they're not really supposed to be diving into the weeds. But I will say, that said, there was a lady that helped my mom. She was asking her a question, and she informed her, and a lot of people don't know this, that you could claim on an ex-spouse, right? To John's point earlier, and so she found out she could actually get a higher benefit, she's in her eighties, by claiming from her first husband who she hadn't been married to in a very long time. But there are some caveats and rules to that. It could be something that you consider doing in your claiming strategy as well, especially if you're a widow or you're single. You have to be single obviously in order to do that, that's one of those caveats. But talk to me a little bit about some of that stuff. It was interesting, she found out she could get more money. And to your point about the vindictiveness, they don't ever know. So when you claim, they don't find out, they don't get to come to your house and go, "You're claiming against my Social Security." They don't even know. John Teixeira: Yeah. That's something that comes up where I guess some misinformation or I don't know how this comes up, but it's somewhere out there where I've had clients ask, "Hey, is my ex-spouse drawing on my Social Security going to affect mine?" The answer's no. What you just said there, you would never know when they draw on your Social Security, it's not going to affect yours whatsoever. And vice versa, where it's like, "Hey, will they know when I start drawing my spousal benefit?" Marc Killian: Yeah, can I stick it to them? Like, "No." John Teixeira: No, you cannot. And then one thing you mentioned earlier, Marc, when you were going through that is you can draw an ex-spouse as long as you are not remarried. Marc Killian: Correct. And I think you had to be married 10 years, right? To the prior person. Yeah. John Teixeira: Yeah, you have to be married 10 years and you cannot be remarried. I've had situations where people did not remarry to take a spousal benefit. They just let it ride and said. Marc Killian: Mom being in her eighties, she was like, she's not getting remarried anyway. But she was like, "Huh, I didn't know that." To your point about not knowing, one of my siblings was like, because we're half siblings, "Well, that's not cool. She's drawing against my dad's." I was like, A, he's never going to know. B, actually, he's never going to know because he's passed away anyway, right? It's a weird little loophole, but it is one that could be beneficial, and a lot of times I think it does benefit widows sometimes who maybe have been, maybe their second marriage and then that person passed away. It is something to consider if they had a prior husband who maybe made more money. It could be an option to look into, but there's some rules and there's some things, so you want to make sure you're talking with somebody about that. John Teixeira: Yeah, the most important thing is let's say you are in that situation where you have an ex and currently doing this right now, you have to go to Social Security and provide them with the information so you can determine what their benefit actually is. And if you have multiple exes that qualify for you get to pick and choose whichever one's higher if you're going to be doing a- Marc Killian: But you do have to have the paperwork to your point, yeah. You have to show- John Teixeira: You have to have the paperwork and everything like that. Marc Killian: Yeah, to show. John Teixeira: Definitely there's a lot of options, information out there, and it's important to do your due diligence. And if you do call Social Security, and we're going to say this every single time we do a Social Security podcast, sometimes they give you bad information, unfortunately. It's important to make sure you're working with the qualified professional that knows it, and you might want to call multiple times to confirm what you're hearing. Marc Killian: Well, speaking of, that might be a good time to bring up the fact you guys got something going on. What's going on there? You got an event or a class or something? Nick McDevitt: Coming up at the end of the month in January, a fair amount of our clients have come to us through the classes that we do around at different educational institutions. But starting on January 30, it's a two night course, so two and a half hours on the 30th, and then two and a half hours on the following Thursday. And then concurrently, we also run day one of the course on the 4th and the 11th of February. Marc Killian: February, okay. Nick McDevitt: It'll be at Pasco Hernando Community College, the Porter Campus up in the Wesley Chapel area. We've got clients that originally went to the course and then sometimes like to go back and freshen up. We have other people that have come to us, whether it's a referral or heard the podcast or whatever, and they find out that we do the class and they like to join. So more than welcome, just reach out to us if it's something that you're interested in. Marc Killian: What's the best way to go about doing that? Just go through the website or call a number? Nick McDevitt: I would either call our office, (813) 286-7776. Or they could email either John or myself, it's nick@pfgprivatewealth or john@pfgprivatewealth. Marc Killian: And again, that number if you need to, folks, is (813) 286-7776. Or email John or Nick and then @pfgprivatewealth.com. All right, that's going to do it for this week on the podcast. Thanks so much. So yeah, great. If you'd like to attend that event, I mean at the time this podcast is happening, you want to jump on the February one. But definitely reach out to them ASAP, don't delay and get yourself in there because a lot of stuff that goes into Social Security. Make sure, as John said, that you are talking with the professional who can help you with this and you can reach out to them at pfgprivatewealth.com or the information we just gave. Check the show notes below for links and information that way as well. Don't forget to subscribe to us for future episodes of Retirement Planning - Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. We'll catch you next time. Thanks guys.…

1 New Year, New Me: How To Change Your Money Attitude In 2025 22:04
22:04
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요22:04
As we kick off 2025, a lot of people consider what they want the year to look like and how to put their best foot forward, especially financially. Think: “new year, new me!” To figure out what the new “you” is all about, sometimes it helps to reflect first on what you’ve done in the past and what you want to change moving forward. Today, we’ll talk about the financial decisions and habits you’ve maybe had in the past and what changes you can make this year to embrace the new you. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is an SEC Registered Investment Advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk, and unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and/or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Insurance products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents. Speaker 1: It's time once again for another edition of the podcast, Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick, financial advisors at PFG Private Wealth. And you can find them online @pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. And we are into the new year. It is 2025, which still sounds weird to say. And we're going to do that new catchphrase in the last couple of years has been that new year, new me thing. So we're going to do that with our money. Now, I know it's the middle of the month already and you think, well, you should be doing this like the first week. But I was thinking about this, guys, I think January 16th I think which is the day we're dropping this podcast, I think that's actually officially quitters day if I'm not mistaken. But they have a term for it, people who set a resolution and then quit within two weeks. So I thought, well, let's wait till now and then we'll do our money attitude changing hopefully. And that way hopefully people will stick with it when it comes to following their resolutions through. So let's get into it this week. John, how are you doing, my friend? Speaker 2: I'm doing all right. How are you? Speaker 1: Doing pretty good. Are you a resolution kind of guy? Do you set those? Speaker 2: I don't think I've ever set a New Year's resolution. Speaker 1: Really? Okay. All right. What about you, Nick? You doing all right? Speaker 3: Doing pretty good. I can't say that I am a much of a resolution person either. Speaker 1: Okay. Nothing wrong with that. Speaker 3: Yeah, but trying to do a little bit better, set some goals not necessarily New Year's resolution. Speaker 1: Well, I will say this, I'm not a resolution person either, but I did set last year as like I wrote four things down I wanted to accomplish in 2024. And I actually wrote it down, which I never do, and it actually kind of worked. So I kind of did stick with it and I got all four things accomplished. So I tried it again this year. So we'll see how it pans out. Speaker 3: Yeah, there's definitely science behind it, write it down and everything. Speaker 1: Yeah. So with that said, guys, what we're going to do is we're going to do that kind of attitude and we're going to do that kind of conversation piece here with finance. So if you're in that kind of new year, new me camp, this might be right up your alley. So guys, I'm going to give you the old you, like what maybe the old version of yourself might be saying. And then you give us the new you spin. Okay, so how to take it in that direction we want to improve on. So John, we'll start with you. So the old you might be like, man, I live beyond my means. I know I'm overspending. I got to get that under control. And A, first step is if you can accept that and admit that that's already a great thing, but what else should you be doing if you're trying to get into the new me? Speaker 2: Yeah, I think a first step for that is really take a look at where you're spending your money and prioritize what do you want to be spending on? So you kind of look at last year and say, "Hey, a lot of this stuff was unnecessary. I really didn't need it. Could have done without it." And maybe there was a little bit of guilt when you purchased it or did whatever you did. So I think prioritizing is step one. Setting a little bit of a budget. It doesn't have to be strict, but something that you could at least track as you just mentioned there, you wrote down some goals and it kind of helped you out. Same thing with this, write down where's your money going. And as I said, if something gets tracked you can definitely take a look at it and see where you can adjust it. And the hardest thing for most people and I've fell into this category at times, is kind of impulse buying. So definitely figure out how to stop that, whether it's you see something you want, put it down for a second, take it out of the car and give yourself a day or two. And if you really like it, maybe go back and get it. But definitely stop yourself from that impulse buying. Speaker 1: Yeah, it can certainly get us. Speaker 3: Yeah. I would say too, one of the things that a conversation with some clients recently is those that maybe have a little bit of trouble from the spending standpoint, a lot of times they don't really have too good of a system for how they do spend. Meaning not necessarily setting a budget, but sometimes people will whipsaw from any sort of budget. I know that's kind of how I react. But having a plan of attacks. So for example, if we see people that use their debit card for a quarter of things, one credit card for gas, one credit card for publics, one credit card... And try to get all spread out, they oftentimes end up spending way more money than you realize. Speaker 1: Yeah, that sounds like a recipe for disaster for me at least. Speaker 3: Yeah. And so especially with clients that are one to two years out from retirement, more and more we encourage them to have the household use a single credit card that the website has a system where we can do an export or a data dump at the end of the year. It'll categorize the expenses for us, and we can kind of look from year to year and use those same categories that are a part of their card, to help them really see what's going on from year to year standpoint [inaudible 00:04:52] clients. Speaker 1: Yeah. And certainly you could do that with one card, you could do some points. I think if you can manage that stuff and then you can use that for flights and trips and things that... You can certainly kind of couple that credit card idea in there. But multiples for individual things, that definitely sounds like a recipe for disaster. So, all right, good job guys. I like that. So prioritize what you need if you're overspending or living beyond your means, maybe that wants versus needs list kind of thing. And to John's point, to curb those impulse buys, they can certainly get you. All right, so let's go to the next one here. The old you, now this might be a little bit more for our folks that are getting closer to retirement or maybe even into it guys, they are great savers. The old you has saved maybe even to a fault. And I think a lot of retirees struggle with this, and you guys can talk to this point. But they don't now feel comfortable using it and enjoying it. They've gotten so grooved into saving for 40 years, they don't want to touch it. So how do you get that mindset to change to go, hey, this is what I worked for, let's enjoy this money in the new year, the new me, right? Speaker 3: Yeah. Fortunately from an advisor standpoint, we do run into this because it's a little bit easier of a conversation to have with clients versus the overspending one. But this is really kind of where we can focus on the planning, where the software that we use with us being kind of a planning focused firm, we really kind of go through stress test the plan, show them, hey, we've kind of planned for multiple different scenarios, try to have them zoom out a little bit. And again, just like a lot of things it ends up kind of being little psychological things that need to be done to make adjustments where they feel better, where maybe it's increasing their monthly distribution from their investment accounts so that when it's in the bank, they feel a little bit more comfortable spending it. Sometimes too, just playing games. We talked about using the credit cards as a consolidate and obviously pay off every single month. But we've had a conversation with a client that liked to travel a lot. Her daughter had been pushing her to, instead of going on flights that... So from the outside you would look and see, okay, they travel a lot, they go do fun things but maybe it was all day of flying because they had two layovers or three layovers because they wanted the cheapest plane ticket. And so, hey, what are things that you can do to give yourself the permission to make that process a little bit easier for you? And sometimes that's points things. Sometimes it's just saying, "Okay, it's all right to spend a little bit more to make this process easier for you, so it's more enjoyable for you." Speaker 1: Okay. Yeah, and John, do you run into that sometimes where it's just convincing them, or maybe it's just showing them in black and white, "Hey, it's okay to spend this money. I get it, you've saved and you hate to see it go down and you're worried you're going to run out." But sometimes it's really just more of that just kind of coaching, I guess, just to show them it's okay to do this. Speaker 2: Yeah, that comes up a lot more than you would think because most people head into retirement. It's like, oh, now it's time to enjoy it and do the things I want. But that fear of running out money really sets in. So reviewing the plan, as Nick mentioned, really gives the most peace of mind. So I'll tell you, when we do our reviews and it's like, "Hey, this is kind of what you're set to have at the end of your plan.' It's like, "Okay, I feel comfortable spending then." And then it's always a good reminder to say, "Hey, if you're not going to spend it, I'll tell you your beneficiaries are going to spend it." So I think it's important that you enjoy yourself while you can. And most people, once we see the plan and we have that conversation, it's a kind of push to do it. And unfortunately, next year it's another push to do it but it's always a good conversation. I'll tell you the ones that where it clicks, they're very appreciative of that conversation. It's kind of like, "Hey, appreciate you letting us know we're in good shape and we can kind of splurge a little bit more and do the things we want." Speaker 1: Yeah, and that's the point of coming back in for the updates and the consultations and the reviews. So you can keep track of that and make sure that you're feeling a little bit better about it. And yeah, to your point, what's the old saying, if you don't fly first class your kids will whenever they inherit the money. Speaker 3: I haven't heard that, but I'll start using that. Speaker 1: Oh, okay. Well, there you go. Yeah, start using that. If you don't fly first class in your retirement, your kids are going to whenever you leave them the money. So all right guys, so good job on that. Let's do another one here. So old you, I don't really know what I have or where it's at if I'm being honest. So a lot of people are in this camp where I got stuff, but I don't really know why I have it, where it's at and truly how much it is or how it works. So if the new you is trying to get better financially, whether you're still working, a pre-retiree or a retiree, what's some things to think about? John, you take off with this one first. Speaker 2: Yeah, so again, going back to the reviews, this happens quite a bit. As much as you show someone their plan, their net worth, this is what we do for a living so it's constantly on our minds, but the average person probably isn't thinking about their balance sheet or their net worth. But again, back to importance of doing your annual reviews or semi-annual reviews, it's a reminder of, "Hey, this is what I have and here's where all my stuff is." Because it can get confusing where you're talking about, hey, I have an account for this and then I have an account for income and I have a pension coming in. It does get, I would say, overwhelming. But when you have that plan, it's easy just to see it when you're with your advisor or if they have the tools and technology where you can just kind of log into a website or an app and you can just see it immediately. Typically, helps set people at ease. Nick and I just got an email this week, similar thing. And we do our annual reviews and semi-annual reviews and check-ins quite a bit, but it's always nice for them. It's kind of a conversation of, "Hey, I don't know where anything is." We sit down, it's like, "Okay, great. I appreciate you guys. Thank you so much for sharing this and kind of walking me through it again." Because this is what we do and the average person it's not what they're thinking about day to day. Speaker 1: Yeah, for sure. Right. Good ahead, Nick. Speaker 3: I think the client's really trying to become more familiar with technology and using those tools that... because we do set those things up for clients so that they're able to check in on those things. And some like to see it, some don't like to see it, just kind of want the affirmation that things are okay. So it all just depends. But technology luckily has made it a lot easier for those that want to be more involved to be involved. Speaker 1: Yeah. And think about just not knowing where things are at and stuff like that. Especially if the loved one who is handling all that, which is typically the way it works, passes away. The one person it seems like that does this particular thing or whatever goes first, and then the other person's left holding the bag a little bit more. So having a good 30,000-foot view of things and knowing what you have, why you have it, where it's at. Important. Good stuff. All right. All good. Speaker 2: Yeah, Mark. And just to kind of touch on what you just said there, that happens quite a bit where a lot of people come to us and whether it's one spouse or the other. And it's, "Hey guys, I want to work with you. Very important we develop this relationship because if something happens to me, I want to make sure that my spouse has someone they can call on where they know everything that's happening." Speaker 1: Yeah, know where to turn, get some help because you're already dealing with a lot obviously. But being completely behind the eight-ball and not even knowing what's going on with your money makes it even worse. All right, let's do this, let's see if we can do one or two more guys here and then we'll wrap it up for the new year, new me conversation. Old you, until things settle down, I'm going to pause on my investments. We've seen this a lot last year, so I'm going to pause putting money in my 401k if I'm still working because it's so crazy out there. There's the election, there's the volatility, there's the wars, there's the whatever. That's just nuts to me because when is life ever... If anything we've learned since 2020, nothing seems to settle down in the last five years. So Nick, if you're trying to do the new, what's your recommendations for the pause until things settle down kind of person? Speaker 3: Yeah, you kind of referenced it from the standpoint of 2020, COVID, pre-COVID, post-COVID. We're almost four or five years post the beginning. And so the conversation that I'll oftentimes have with people is, yes, certain things may seem a little chaotic, but let's kind of rewind and let's talk about what we've been through over the last four or five years. And so in retrospect, does now really seem super chaotic and- Speaker 1: And more so than it was. Speaker 3: Yeah. And the important part of realizing that China time things rarely works, just kind of having the overarching plan, continuing to average into the market. And that the market tends to be resilient, especially with how money was printed during that phase of time. And so a market continues to be resilient. And for those that did decide to maybe sit on the sidelines, what is oftentimes even more stressful for them is kind of the re-entry and chasing, chasing returns, chasing timing. And then all of a sudden you look back and you have half the money that you could have had. So it's tricky. Speaker 1: Well, think about just people who, John might've even said this for the election, leading up to the recent election here this past November. Well, look at what the market's in the last two years, the S&P of the last two years was 20 plus percent. And if you were sitting on the sidelines because you were worried of what the election might do to it, you're kind of kicking yourself in the butt. Speaker 3: Yeah, and that happens a lot. And again, because sometimes people will make that initial decision, hey, I'm going to wait. Hey, I'm going to sideline some of this money. And it's one thing to do a certain percentage, that's fine. But maybe make a broad, really big decision and trying to then readjust that decision is even harder than the initial one. Speaker 1: Yeah. And I said, John, I meant to say Nick, apologize about that. But John, what's your thoughts on it? Speaker 2: Yeah, I've been saying things are going to settle down for me for the last five years. Speaker 1: Have they? Speaker 2: No, they haven't. Speaker 1: Right. Speaker 3: That's what he keeps telling me and I keep waiting. Speaker 2: Right. Yeah, no, I think there's always something happening. So I think the best time to start doing stuff is the present. There's always going to be something coming up. There's always going to be something why you shouldn't invest or why you should do whatever you got to do. So I think then the best action is save what you can and just continue to save. You'll be in a much better position and happier at the end. Speaker 1: Well, isn't that the point of your risk analysis anyway? Because something's always going to be going on. So if it's riskier right now and you want to pare back some risk, cool. But just wholesale jumping out, especially when you're thinking about just the dollar cost averaging, just the fact that you're losing over time by not putting in... If you're still working, you're not putting in your 401k because you're worried about what the market's going to do, that's just goofy. Especially if you're missing out on the free money from business and matching money from the company you might work for. So just lots of reasons to have a conversation. Again, to sit down with a professional if you're worried, if you are stressing over when's the right time to do this or that. Sit down with somebody so that you can kind of build a plan based on your comfort and tolerance level. That's part of that, which really leads me to my last one, guys. If you're one of those folks that are in that, I have no financial plan. My parents didn't have one and it worked out for them I guess, so I'll just hope for the best. Many of us do this in the old you camp. So whoever wants to start with this one, I guess, John, I'll let you start with this one. If you're trying to do the new you, make a new resolution to get better financially and you're hoping for the best, that's not the way to go. So we've talked about it multiple times, but what should we do? Speaker 2: Yeah, definitely like I just said something's always going to be coming up and the present's the best time to start doing stuff. So we definitely recommend starting a financial plan. If you're just getting into it, maybe it doesn't to be a full comprehensive one, but something where it's just some type of outline, some type of goals you can start setting for yourself using... I'll say times have changed. My parents both had pensions and they were very blue collar old school, so they didn't have a plan. They just kind of went to work, got their pension and retired which most people could have done back then. Speaker 1: Sure. It was great. Speaker 2: Yeah. Now with pensions, pretty much for the most part, I don't want to say gone, but very limited to a select few, the responsibilities on the individual to be saving. And there's a lot more stuff going on now than there was 30, 40 years ago. So planning is very important and making sure you're on track, and hitting your goals and saving money is more important now than ever. Speaker 1: Yeah, for sure. And Nick, I'll let you have the final word here. You've got to take some kind of action. Hoping for the best, hope is not a strategy. Speaker 3: Yeah, we were talking about sayings earlier and I think there's some sayings out there about hoping without any action too. But from the standpoint of how things were versus how they are now, and John kind of covered the pension versus no pension. One of the other things are even if you decide, hey, from an investment standpoint you want to pick your own investments, that to kind of do it yourself, there are more tools than ever before to be able to do that. Whether it's targeted funds, index funds, the financial world has made it easier for people to engage. So that's a positive. But I'll say that I think the most alpha or the biggest benefit that people have is taking control of a strategy. And that's really the biggest difference. You could take two people side by side, and if you were to break them down in 10 different variables and one of the variables that's different is kind of having a plan and not, they could have same income, they could have a lot of the same sort of setup. The person with the plan is going to outperform substantially. And that's just kind of how it is. So can't emphasize that enough. Speaker 1: All right, so before we wrap this up, guys, since we're talking about New Year, new me, Nick, tell us a little bit about the upcoming course you guys got going on at the end of the month. Folks want to attend. This would be a great way to kick the new year off, right? Speaker 3: Yeah, so we do the course and have been doing it for years. It's called Retirement Planning Today. It'll be up in Wesley Chapel at the Porter campus. It'll be starting on Thursday evening, January 30th from 6:30 to 9:00 PM. That'll be the session one. And then session two is the following Thursday, same time, same place. And if Thursday nights don't work, we also run it on Tuesday nights. It'll be February 4th, 6:30 to nine, and February 11th, 6:30 to nine. If anybody's interested, wants to go, just reach out to us directly. You can call our office at 813-286-7776 or email either John and myself. It's just our first name, nick@pfgprivatewealth.com or john@pfgprivatewealth.com. Speaker 1: All right, there you go. So if you guys want to attend that upcoming retirement planning workshop, that class, then definitely reach out to them. Let them know. Good stuff there. And that's going to do it this week for the podcast. So again, find them online @pfgprivatewealth.com or call the number as the guys mentioned, 813-286-7776. We'll catch you next time.…
Are you and your spouse on the same page when it comes to what retirement is going to look like? If not, it’s time to talk. Listen to this episode where we'll explore why it’s so important for couples to have detailed conversations about their finances and retirement futures. We’ll cover exactly what you need to discuss, and how to handle any disagreements. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is an SEC Registered Investment Advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk, and unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and/or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Insurance products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents. Mark: Are you and your spouse on the same page when it comes to what retirement is going to look like? If not, it's time to talk. So check into this episode where we explore why it's important for couples to have detailed conversations about not only their finance, but their retirement futures and their dreams, this week on Retirement Planning, Redefined. What's going on? Welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with John, Nick, and myself as we talk investing, finance and retirement. And we're going to go to couples therapy this week here on the podcast a little bit, or maybe we'll make it more manly, I guess, and call it a team sport. However you want to look at it, you want to be on the same page with your spouse, with your loved one when it comes to retirement. I wanted to talk a little bit about that this week, guys, to see how many people generally are on the same page by the time they sit down with professionals like yourselves, financial professionals, or if it's happening a lot in real time, right in front of you. So we'll get into it this week. What's going on, John? How are you bud? John: Hey, I'm doing good. How are you? Mark: Doing pretty good, hanging in there. Looking forward to chatting about this a little bit. Nick, I hope you're well. Nick: All good. Mark: All good as usual. Well, that's very good. Nick: Good start to the season for the bills, so I'm happy. Mark: All right, well there you go. Nick: It's early. It's early, but... Mark: My lions, my lions are all right for right now. We'll see. I don't have a lot of hope. 40 years doesn't bode well when you have one good season in 40 years, but we'll see. Nick: I get it, [inaudible 00:01:33]. Mark: All right, so let's dive into this couple stuff here. Why is it important for couples to work together on their retirement plan? I mean, you come in, somebody sits down for the first time with you guys for a consultation, and they're just not even remotely on the same page. That's got to be a bit more problematic, yeah? Nick: Yeah. Not being remotely on the same page is tricky. I would almost say we probably, at least for John and I, we probably don't run into it too much where they're completely on separate pages. Mark: Well, that's good. Nick: I would say that there tend to be different ways that they think about money and kind of communicate about money. To be honest, that's one of the reasons that I would say that John and I like working together as a team with clients is because oftentimes one of us will kind of pick up more on the vibe that one of the people in the relationship is on, and then vice versa the other way around. And so I'd say it's pretty rare that people in a couple tend to think about finances the same way. Even though they might end up having similar goals on the backside, they kind of attack it a little bit differently. And really it's, I think we joke sometimes, I think at this point we're 80% therapist, 20% financial advisors. Mark: Right. Nick: And really it's just trying to get people closer to the same page, and realizing that a lot of the things that they're talking about are pretty similar and they're just going about different ways to attack that. Mark: Well, John, to expand on that, when somebody sits down for the first time, do you guys, if they haven't really discussed some of those big issues, is it important that they maybe try to knock some of that out before they come in to see an advisor? Or does it not really matter as long as it's getting done? John: Yeah, I don't think it really matters. I think sometimes they're not even really sure exactly what to be knocking out prior. So to delay meeting with someone just to try to figure out, "Hey, are we on the same page?", I don't think makes sense. I think what tends to happen in our meetings is we'll ask some questions that kind of get them thinking a little differently. Like, "Oh, I didn't think about that." And ultimately, I think what we do when we do our planning, they tend to have some things come out and then they tend to kind of understand where the other one's coming from and that kind of lines up. Mark: Yeah. Well, I mean, I talk to advisors all across the country and I certainly hear stories often about people saying, one person will say something and the spouse will go, "Since when? I never heard of that." Nick: It definitely happens sometimes for sure. I would say almost that tends to be more on the lifestyle side of things. Mark: Okay, all right. Nick: Versus almost purely financial. Mark: Like "I want to go scuba diving in every major ocean or something." And the other one's like, "What?" Nick: Yeah, when the husband pulls, "I want to drive across country in the RV" card, that's where I've seen a lot of the sideway looks where... My parents are a good example, it's like my dad doesn't like to drive to Publix, but then he said he wanted to drive- Mark: Across the nation. Nick: ... In an RV, because that's going to be more relaxing. And I remind him that a thousand miles is a lot worse than five. So there's things like that absolutely. How to spend that time, or even just the extra time together. I've almost seen it where it tends to be a little bit of a smoother process for couples when one person retires first, and maybe there's a year or two lag, where they kind of have a little bit of a staggering on spending an extra 50 hours a week together, which can be a little bit of a shock. Mark: Sure, yeah, it's a totally different animal. Yeah. Nick: Yeah, a totally different ballgame. So I would say from at least my experience with clients, it tends to be more in the lifestyle side of things. What I've seen most often with couples are it's rare that it's a 50/50 input on finances. A lot of times I'll see it where one person might be a little bit more strategic on expenses, and then the other one might be a little bit more focused on the actual investments, things like that. But they end up being kind of having the same goal or outlook, but the lifestyle and how they're going to spend their time in retirement and how much they're willing to spend to do those sorts of things tends to be a little bit different. Mark: All right, John, well let me throw this one your way. So my wife and I are not usually on the same page when it comes to certain different things in a relationship, like most couples. And when it comes to risk, we are completely different. So how can couples navigate if they are in different places risk-wise? Because let's be honest, I mean the statistics are what they are. Typically, us fellas tend to want to take a little bit more risk, and a lot of times the ladies tend to want to play it a little safer. Not always, but that's kind of the average. So how do you guys handle that and what's some advice there? John: So we'll do risk tolerances for each client when that comes up. And we we'll find that someone, again, might be more aggressive than the other, so maybe their accounts are invested, maybe a moderate where someone else's, the spouse might be invested conservative. So that, having separate accounts makes that a little bit easier. It becomes more difficult when it's the, a joint account. And what we'll do at that standpoint is we kind of go back to the plan. So a lot of the times it's what type of rate of return are we trying to achieve from the planning standpoint. We kind of have conversations, and we'll try to blend the two of them together. I'd say for the most part, I don't want to speak for Nick, but he could jump in, have never really had this come up as an issue. It's kind of like, "Hey, this is how you want to do it. This is how this other person wants to do it." And for the most part, the spouses are okay with it as long as they're achieving their goals. Mark: Interesting. Nick: For the clients that tend to be, for the ones that have a little bit more of that risk appetite, we found through conversation that they have the risk appetite when things are good. Mark: Sure. Everybody likes it when it's up, right? Nick: Yeah, for sure. And not necessarily when things are bad. And so we're big fans of almost having, for lack of a better term, like a petty cash drawer or just kind of a smaller investment account that will carve out. So when there are clients that want to have that higher risk appetite, want to take opportunities to really kind of get some big upside. Mark: So that's your speculative casino type money, right? Nick: Yep. Mark: If you will. Nick: Yup, yup, exactly. And really too, because I would say the majority of our clients are pretty close to retirement or in retirement, they tend to, at least in our experience, be a little bit over that phase with any sort of larger amounts of money. Oftentimes they come to us and they're like, "All right, we had our fun and we're ready to be a little bit more in line on the risk side of things with the investment decisions that we're making." And oftentimes when we have that conversation of, "Hey, if you get an itch, let's have this off to the side and it'll help you make better decisions with the rest of the money." That tends to be kind of a winner for everybody. John: No, I was going to say, yeah, that's kind of what we reference sometimes as a cave, this is kind of your play account where you want to buy some individual stocks and things like that, where the fluctuation won't really make a big impact overall on your plan. So as Nick mentioned, that kind of satisfies some of the very aggressive clients. Mark: Okay. Well, so you mentioned the fact a second ago that a lot of your clients tend to be nearing or into retirement, and with a different demographic comes different feelings and mindsets about money. So with that in mind, we tend to find that, which is really weird if you think about it this way, a lot of times you tend to find that in couples, going through the life, building of the life, raising the children, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, typically the wife tends to budget the money, handle the money, so on and so forth. She's doing all that stuff in the house. But when it comes to retirement, it tends to seem like us guys tend to take the lead there. Is it okay for one person to handle all the financial matters? Or do you guys really prefer that both people have a good understanding, even if it's not your bag, do you still prefer them to have a general, I don't know, 10,000 foot view of what's going on? Nick: Yes. I would say too, more and more that, again, from our experience, and maybe it's our clientele where you've got a lot of households that are both people work, both have retirement accounts, and although they may make some differences from the perspective of risk in their portfolios and stuff like that, it tends to be a collaborative effort. Again, I would say we have, anytime we do planning, we have clients fill out an expense worksheet. It's rare that they both fill it out. It's usually one of the two that are filling out the expense worksheet. And so it does tend to get kind of broken up a little bit from who focuses on what. But it's definitely important that they're both on the same page and have a good grasp and an understanding. And I would say too is the easiest example of that, and the people that work with us kind of know this is there's one report that we go over with clients, it's like a cashflow. It's in detail, wall of numbers, lots of columns, can be kind of intense. And then there's an area called the decision center, which takes all those columns and it puts it into kind of a graph format and it's more interactive. And I think that's kind of almost the best illustration of the different sides of the brain where one person in the couple sometimes likes the details and likes the column report and they like to, because they can go in on their client side of the portal and go through that and re-review it. And the other one is, "Hey, let's zoom out. Give me the broader picture. Are we good? Are we not good? Give me an idea of a couple of decisions that we need to make moving forward and let's go from there." Mark: And there's no right or wrong to either one, it's just what is your personal appetite? But I think neither, like if both of you don't have a good understanding, John, that's a recipe for trouble later on too. John: Yeah, no, I'd agree with that. It's important for both to at least have an idea of what's happening and working as a team, whether one takes a lead and one takes a backseat, we encourage everyone to have a general understanding. Because this past year has been interesting where I've had some clients have some health issues, pass away. And you got to make sure that both pistons are aware of what's happening because you don't want that situation where it's like, "Hey, I don't know where anything is. What do I do?" So [inaudible 00:11:43]. Mark: That's exactly the point, right? Yeah, that's the worst case scenario. And it often, it happens more times than people realize. So you both want to have a decent understanding, even if it's not your thing. And again, no gender roles there. It tends to be the case, but I mean, my wife is way smarter than I am, and she actually deals with, she's very analytical and deals with money and numbers all the time for work. And it's one of those things where when it comes to our retirement, she's like, "I don't want to deal with it. So you deal with it." And it could just be as simple as, "I deal with numbers all the time, I don't want to deal with it yet another way." So no matter what it is, you find a way to make it work, but not having a decent understanding of what you have, and why you have it and who to turn to in the event of a catastrophe, is a recipe for disaster. So obviously if you're working with a financial professional and a team like the guys at PFG Private Wealth, then at least you also have that resource to turn to when something does happen like John just mentioned. So one final question here, I'll let you both kind of jump in and chime in a little bit here. What final piece of advice would you give to couples who are maybe just beginning their retirement planning journey, when it comes to making sure that they both are feeling comfortable? Nick: I think it depends on what phase they are in life, but in general, I think it's hard to screw it up long-term, if you're saving money. So even if you are very conservatively saving the money and you're not getting much return on your money, that kind of instills an ingrained habit of saving money and being used to living on the rest. That will lead you to better habits and better outcomes. You can always take the next step in, whether it's working with an advisor, whether it's doing research by yourself and then making better and smarter decisions on how you invest that money that you saved. That tends to be kind of the easier part. But the behavior of saving that money first and then going from there, is the number one thing, I think that's important. Mark: Okay. That's his advice there. What do you about you, John, what do you think? John: Yeah, it's really similar. You can never go wrong saving. And it's really just kind of the words that just get started. Just get started saving, just get started planning, get started with any of it. Whether you have kids, you want to make sure that estate documents are in place, insurances are in place. So depending on what phase, it's just a matter of getting started with the overall planning, and saving is definitely where you want to be the forefront. Because like Nick said, you can't go wrong. You're never going to be mad looking back saying, "Man, I saved way too much for retirement." Mark: Right, exactly. Taking the forward steps and doing something to quote the rush song, right? If you choose not to decide, you still have made a choice. So don't make that choice to do nothing. Do something for yourself and your future self and get started today. Make sure that you are planning for retirement and having conversations with your loved ones so that you guys are on the same page. And of course, as always, if you need some help, make sure that you get onto the calendar with qualified professionals like the team at PFG Private Wealth. You can find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com to get yourself some time on the calendar to sit down with John and Nick and get started today. This has been Retirement Planning, Redefined. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on whatever major podcasting platform app you like to use. They're on all of them. So you can just type in Retirement Planning, Redefined in the search box, or just go to pfgprivatewealth.com. We'll sign off for this week. For John and Nick, I'm your host Mark, and we'll catch you next time.…
Remember the thrill of shaking a Magic 8 Ball to get answers to your childhood questions? Would we ace that math test? Would we be famous someday? Well, today, we're bringing a bit of that magic back. But instead of asking about pop quizzes and playground crushes, we’re turning to the Magic 8 Ball for advice on something much more important: your retirement planning! What would the Magic 8 Ball have to say about these common retirement questions if it had the wisdom of a financial advisor? Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: Speaker 1: PFG, Private Wealth Management LLC is an SEC registered investment advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk and unless otherwise stated are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance insurance. Products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents. Speaker 1: You all remember that thrill of shaking the Magic Eight Ball to get answers to those childhood questions we couldn't wait to find out? Would we ace that math test or be famous someday? All those crazy fun questions we had when we were kids. Well, this week on the podcast, we're going to do the Magic Eight Balls Guide to Retirement Planning with John and Nick here on Retirement Planning Redefined. What's going on everybody? Welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with John and Nick and myself as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. And we're going back to our childhood with the Magic Eight Ball. Going to have a little fun with these things and shake it up and see what kind of answers we get for retirement. Then of course, let the guys give us some proper answers just in case the Magic Eight Ball gets it wrong. But guys, what's going on this week? Good to talk with you as always. Nick, how are you buddy? Nick: Good, thanks. Just staying busy. Speaker 1: Staying busy, rocking and rolling. Very good. John, my friend, how are you? John: I'm doing all right. Getting ready for this upcoming storm we have, so. Speaker 1: Oh, big fun. Yeah. John: Getting to the grocery store quick, so all the crazies don't run me over. Speaker 1: Nice. Now you got little ones. Do they still sell the Magic Eight Balls in the store? I think they still make them. Don't they? John: They do. I think we had one at one point. Speaker 1: Nice. John: And it didn't work very well, so anytime they asked a question, it would end up on the side and they're like, what does it say? And I don't know. Speaker 1: I can't see it. You got to reshake. John: It was definitely something good that entertained them for a little bit. Speaker 1: Yeah. John: But like any little kid nowadays, it lasted all for about 20 minutes. Speaker 1: Oh, yeah. Yeah. John: Like, all right,- Speaker 1: Well I'm a wee little kid of the 70s, so I thought they were great. That and the Etch A Sketch and the Stretch Armstrong, I was a happy dude, so. But anyway, let's have a little fun with this, this week here and I'll toss you guys out a question. You kind of give us the Magic Eight Ball and your answer to it, or at least what it maybe should be, so to speak. Right. So we'll make it easy to kind of get things started. John, I'll toss this one to you. Should I start saving for retirement now? What's the Magic Eight Ball say? John: Magic Eight Ball is going to say yes, definitely. The sooner you can start the better. And that goes for anybody, whether that's you in your 20s. I have some clients that right out of college started and now they're in their late 30s, and when we do reviews occasionally, it's always like, "Hey, really appreciate you kind of getting on me for starting to save," because as life happens, expenses are going up, they have kids and stuff like that, it's harder to save. But when they didn't have too much going on in their early 20s expense wise, they were definitely built up a nest egg, so. Speaker 1: Yeah. John: If you haven't started at any point, wherever you are, 20, 30, 40, it's good idea to start. Speaker 1: Yeah, I mean 50 as well, right? I mean it doesn't make a difference at this point. Waiting yet another day only causes you more problems, right? So should you start now? Definitely. And I'll give you guys kind of a little primer on the Magic Eight Ball. So we kind of looked through some of the stuff. They have, I guess what you'd call the green, kind of the positive answers, right? Stuff like the one John just got there, yes, definitely, most likely, out look good, that kind of stuff. Then they had that kind of middle of the road, nah, not so sure, right? Reply hazy, ask again later, better not tell you now, that kind of thing. And then of course they had the negatives, which was my reply is, no, very doubtful, don't count on it. So on and so forth. So we'll use those answers to kind of kick things off with each one of these episodes and then let the guys expand on it like John just did. All right Nick, so your turn, give it a go. Is a million dollars enough to retire on? What says the Magic Eight Ball? Nick: That's definitely a reply hazy, try again answer on that one. A consistent conversation that we have with people, whether it's somebody that we've worked with for a while or somebody that has come to us and we're kind of taking them through the planning process is that everybody's situation is different. Speaker 1: Sure. Nick: People love to compare things with each other, whether it's cars, houses, finances, whatever. And we try to make sure that people understand that comparing themselves even to a sibling or a neighbor or friend doesn't necessarily make sense. Some of the most common examples that we'll see are people that maybe they have pension plans because of the sort of job that they have. Speaker 1: Yeah, they saved a million, but they got a pension versus someone who saved a million and doesn't. That's a dramatically different setup, right? Nick: Correct. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick: Correct. Yeah. And so assets are important obviously, but really the end game for assets in retirement is to generate income. So ideally people will have the combination of both, but having an arbitrary number like a million dollars is something that doesn't make a whole lot of sense. And I know that recently there's been some kind of articles in the news about, I think we just hit the highest percentage of millionaires in the US. Speaker 1: Right. Nick: And even from that perspective, dependent upon the situation, again, a million dollars isn't what it used to be. So it really just all depends. We've had clients that have had five or $6 million going into retirement that when we look at their plan, they're going to burn through that in 15 years because they spend too much. And we've had clients that are retired with five or 600,000, but they have their expenses very much in check, they have no debt and they live within their means and their plan looks great. Speaker 1: Yeah, there you go. I mean there's three of us here on this podcast and it might take a million for one and 500,000 for the other and two and a half million for the other. Right. It all just depends on where you live, how you live, all those sorts of things. So yeah, reply hazy, try again. And really what it comes down to is get a strategy, get a plan, and get the numbers crunched for your specific situation and then you're going to understand exactly what you need to get to. You're going to have a better outline versus just kind of a shaking the Magic Eight Ball. And I think the idea behind some of this too was fun. You know how you guys in the industry know this. There seems like there's always advisors out there that have a little crystal ball on their desk and they like to say, "Let me check the crystal ball," when somebody asks them a question and they're like, "Well it doesn't work today." And that's because it's not a sound way of doing things. So we thought we'd take that kind of analogy and apply it to this week's podcast. So back to you, John. Can I rely on social security for my retirement? John: Say out look not so good. Speaker 1: Right. John: Yeah, definitely not what you want to be banking on. It's a good source to have. Speaker 1: Sure. John: But you do not want it to be your only source. Speaker 1: It's big dollars. I mean it can be big dollars for a lot of people. And I think an interesting question, and I put it this way, is I've got a family member, a loved one who totally survives on social security only, but it's not what she wanted, right? So could you do it? Yes. But is it ideal? No. John: Yeah, no. I think on average social security covers maybe 30, 40% of someone's retirement income. So you have to look at where's the other money coming from. So just planning on social security I would say is not a very good plan. Speaker 1: Very true, very true. Well following that up there, Nick, give us the Magic Eight Ball answer here. Is it wise then to have multiple sources of retirement income? Nick: It is absolutely as imperative as you can get to try to have different sources of income. A conversation that we have with people consistently is that from the perspective of planning, the one thing that we know and that we can absolutely count on every single year, year after year, is that there's going to be change. And so anything that you can do to build in options, build in flexibility, allow yourself to adapt and pivot to what's going on is essential. And part of that is income streams, not only diversifying assets, but diversifying income streams. Speaker 1: Definitely. Right. So you definitely want to have those. Social security is a big piece of it, but it doesn't need to be the only one. You need to have multiple sources of income streams. All right, John, back to you. Can I expect to have fewer expenses in retirement compared to when I'm working? What's the Magic Eight Ball say? John: I'd say don't count on it. Again, I don't know, we've kind of preface this quite a bit and we've even said it today, everyone's different. So we've had some people where expenses have gone up during retirement because they want to vacation more, they want to do more things with the family. So I wouldn't say plan on that necessarily. And the only way to really find out is to do a comprehensive plan, but then there's going to be curveballs that come at you, whether it's health expenses. That tends to not go down as we get older. So maybe something could be dropping off. Speaker 1: Right. Right. John: But you never know what's going to get added. So do your plan as best you can and try to be as accurate as can. But I wouldn't have that be like the bulletproof, like, hey, my expenses are going to drop so I should be good. Speaker 1: Well, that's a great point because a lot of times people say, hey, here's our back of the napkin math. We think if we curtail this a little bit and this a little bit, we can make it work. Right. We can kind of squeak into retirement. But then you get there and you think, I don't want to do that, right? And there's certainly a lot of conversation around regrets that people have when they're talking once they get to retirement and they go, boy, I wish I would've spent more in those early years when my body would've let me go out and do some things that I wanted to. Right. So can I expect fewer expenses? Yeah, probably not, right? Because like you said, things are going to drop off, but other things are going to add and of course don't count on it. I think that was the answer Rhonda Thomas gave me when I asked her to the seventh grade dance, I think she said don't count on it. I think she must have got that from Magic Eight Ball as well. Nick: That's stuck with you. Speaker 1: Yeah, right. Exactly. It stuck with me. I'm still wounded Rhonda, if you're listening. All right, so let's do the next one here. Should I review my retirement plan annually? Nick, what says the Magic Eight Ball? Nick: Without a doubt on that one. Going back to what we talked about earlier, things constantly change. So updating the plan is really important. The most recent example of why that's important has been inflation over the last couple of years. So when we do a plan and we put in an inflation increase every year in expenses, the software still requires us to kind of update those baseline numbers. And so what we found and what we've tried to emphasize to people is that us capturing and updating those baseline numbers every two or three years is really important and gives us a much more accurate projection from the perspective of planning. So,- Speaker 1: Gotcha. Nick: Those annual reviews are important. Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's how you kind of keep track of the expense changes or the income source changes or added a grandchild, want to change this, whatever the case is. So all those annual things are certainly important. Your life's going to change, your plan has to change along with it. All right, John, will my retirement plan be affected by future changes in tax laws? Not to get political, but you have to talk policy and certainly when it comes to taxation, that's going to be part of the conversation. I mean, seems like everything is political these days, but if you're thinking about future changes in tax laws, you're going to have to certainly think along those lines as well. So what says the Magic Eight Ball when it comes to will your plan be affected by it? John: Signs point to yes. Speaker 1: 35 trillion? Maybe. Yeah. John: Yeah. So you definitely want to take that into account. I mean if you look at maybe people that retired in the 70s and then all of a sudden the 80s, your social security is getting taxed, you weren't really anticipating that happening and then,- Speaker 1: Oh yeah, the IRMAA tax, right? That gets a lot of people blindsided. John: Yeah. So you could count on taxes changing. Whether it's going to go up or down, again, we don't have our crystal ball, but we have the Magic Eight Ball here. Something's going to happen and you should be planning for that. One thing you could do when you're running retirement plans is you can have the ability to stress test it, to take a look at it. So definitely plan on it. Speaker 1: Yeah, I mean you figure, look, regardless of where your political bent is, we've got a lot of debt and so taxes are going to have to change. And even if it's not this particular administration change, this current election, right, God willing, you live long enough in retirement. If you last 20, 25, 30 years in retirement, you're going to see multiple administrations come and go. And that's going to mean multiple tax law changes because they do that every so often. Right. So the odds of that happening are pretty great. So signs point to yes, you should consider how taxation is going to affect you because it is one of the biggest pieces of your retirement strategy. What is that old saying? It's not what you make, it's what you keep, right? So make sure you're talking with qualified professionals like John and Nick when it comes to dealing with all this stuff. Let's do one or two more and then we'll wrap it up. Nick, let's toss this over to you. Let's see here. Should I focus on paying off debt before increasing retirement contributions? Nick: So I would say depending upon the debt, most likely. Speaker 1: Okay. Nick: From the perspective of consumer debt like credit cards, all that kind of stuff,- Speaker 1: Bad debt, right? Nick: That can absolutely, it's hard to argue that that's not unimportant. One thing that can be a slippery slope for people is it kind of tends to depend on their behaviors. We've had clients that have been good income earners but have at different times had debt problems. And in certain ways, whenever they pay off the debt, the debt comes back up and then they kind of find themselves not saving at all. So it's oftentimes kind of a balance of both. One of the most common sorts of comparisons from a perspective of debt is mortgage. We found that over, we had a lot of those conversations when interest rates were really low and we kind of emphasized with people to take advantage of those low rates and that's come to be a pretty beneficial sort of decision. So I would say in order, consumer debt for sure, trying to do both consecutively, both at the same time, obviously ideal, and then just kind of working through the plan and prioritizing what makes the most sense and how to deploy the money. Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely, right? I mean, debt's going to be a big component of that as well, and certainly getting rid of that, the higher interest stuff is always a good idea. So the final piece then here guys, and John, we'll let you wrap it up since you started it. Should I consider working with a financial professional as I near retirement? This is kind of a layup for you, but I'll give it to you anyway. What do you think? John: Appreciate that layup. Answer is yes. As you're getting closer to retirement, it becomes even more important to make sure you're working with someone to update the plan or start a plan and take a look at it. I would say you don't have to wait until you're near retirement. I think the answer is yes at any point. Speaker 1: Yeah. John: Even my younger clients, they always appreciate having someone they could talk to and bounce some ideas off of, whether it's not always comprehensive planning, but it's someone you could talk to discuss things. Speaker 1: Exactly. Because there's so many nuances out there and it just continues to grow and get more complex. So certainly not a bad idea at all to get qualified professionals on your side. So if you need some help, reach out to the team at Pfgprivatewealth.com. That's Pfgprivatewealth.com and don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple and Spotify or whatever platform you like using. It's Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. And we'll see you next time here on the show and enjoy the Magic Eight Ball. We'll catch you later. Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is an SEC Registered Investment Advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk, and unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and/or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Insurance products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents.…

1 Combatting Popular Excuses For Poor Financial Decision-Making 17:19
17:19
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요17:19
Very often, we see people who know that the financial decisions that they’re making aren’t the best decisions, but they try to create excuses or explanations for why they’re doing what they’re doing. Let’s talk about why these excuses usually don’t hold water... Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is an SEC Registered Investment Advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk, and unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and/or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Insurance products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents. Marc: This week on the podcast, we're going to talk about combating popular excuses for poor financial decision-making. Very often we see people who know that they've made some poor financial decisions and they try to explain it away or create excuses as to why they've done that. So we're going to talk about that this week from things the guys have seen and maybe that'll shed some light on your situation right here on Retirement Planning Redefined. Announcer: The rules of retirement have changed. No longer can most of us rely on Social Security or a single pension to fund our futures. We're living longer and retirement doesn't just last a handful of years anymore. Instead, you might stay retired for 20 or 30 years and maybe even more. We need to look at retirement through a new lens with fresh eyes, with a new approach and plan of attack. Here to answer the call are financial advisors John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt of PFG Private Wealth Management, serving you throughout the Tampa Bay area. This podcast is Retirement Planning Redefined, and it starts right now. Marc: Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth here with me to talk investing, finance, retirement, and hopefully avoiding some of these poor financial decisions that everybody gets into. It doesn't make you a bad person, doesn't mean you did anything wrong. But if we can learn from the mistakes of others, I forget who said that, was it, Einstein, probably a little bit better off than making some of these mistakes ourselves. And of course, the guys helping many families retire, so they have seen a lot of this stuff and a great resource for you to tap into. So if you've got some questions, make sure you reach out to them at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. What's going on, John? How are you doing this week? John Teixeira: Hey, I'm doing all right. I'm doing all right, doing real well. So I think you mentioned the end of the last podcast with new puppy. I don't think we talked beginning, but yeah, new puppy is doing well. My girls are attaching to it quite a bit. It's funny, because if my wife and I go to feed it, they're like, "No, no, no, no, I'll feed it. I don't want you bonding with it." Marc: Oh, nice. Okay. John Teixeira: They want to make sure the dog's their friend. Marc: Their dog. John Teixeira: They're pretty excited. It's really cute. Marc: Nice. Very cool. Very good. Well, Nick, my friend, how are you doing? Nick McDevitt: Pretty good. Pretty good. Speaking of dogs, I was with family this past weekend and my sister-in-law reminded me that I volunteered to take care of one of their dogs when they went out of town soon, and I had totally forgotten. So be on doggy duty for about 10 days, which I'm actually looking forward to, so it'll be fun. Marc: That's cool. Yeah, very good. Good stuff. Your sister live far away, or do you have to? Nick McDevitt: It's brother and sister-in-law. They're down in Sarasota, so yeah, not too far. The last time I took care of this dog though, it was pretty funny because he's not used to being in a city setting, so he's just used to being in his backyard. There's so many other dogs around, all the scents. He wouldn't pee for almost two days. Marc: You're driving him nuts, huh? Nick McDevitt: Yeah. Yeah. So I was taking him out every two hours to try to get him to finally go, so I'm hoping this time it's a little bit smoother. Marc: There you go. Very good. Little dog stories here to kick things off. Always good. So man's best friend. Well, let's get into some conversations here, guys, about these poor decisions. Hopefully you won't make any poor decisions when it comes to the dogs, but let's talk about some of these from a financial standpoint, guys. I got some classics here I want to share with you, and then you guys give us your take on what you guys see and how you guys react or help folks through these types of things. So for example, when someone wants to start their social security early at 62, a lot of times the excuses or the explanation is, "Well, they owe me, right? Or I've paid into the system. I want it back before it goes bankrupt," all that stuff we've been hearing the last couple of years. Nick McDevitt: Yeah, definitely heard this one or 100 times, but history has shown that if you can afford to wait, one thing that people are noticing, I would say we have less and less clients retiring pre 65, unless there's something that happens, maybe a health situation or loss of a job and they need the income at 62. That's one thing. Marc: Well, that's the thing, right? If you're talking about excuses, Nick, if you need it, you need it. But if you're just turning it on because you feel like you want to stick it to the government or whatever, you could be costing yourself a lot of money. Nick McDevitt: It has a huge impact over time, especially in the last four or five years where the inflationary raises that have been given for social security have been much higher. People that waited because they get that inflationary raise and people that are collecting get the inflationary raise, but it's compounded when waiting because you get the normal increase plus the inflationary raise. The amount of benefit for people that have made that decision to wait has been substantially higher. And we've had a lot of people that have clicked over to that 64, 65, 66 and have started to take their benefit or will be. And we look back at those numbers. And to a person, they've all been extremely happy that they waited because the benefit is substantially more. Marc: And John, I mean, if you are thinking about turning it on, don't forget that if you decide that you're bored and want to go out and earn some money or something like that, there's going to be limitations there too. There's more than just the haircut that you take from taking it early. There's some other things that go along with that. John Teixeira: And that's one of the things. Typically, as you guys already mentioned, when someone brings this up, it's really what do you need it for or why are you taking it? And the big thing is are you still working? And if you are or if you plan to work even part-time and you make above I think it's roughly 20 to 23,000 or so... Marc: Around 20, 21. Yeah, somewhere in there. John Teixeira: If you make above that, there's what they call a recapture. So they'll take half of it above that amount. So it's definitely something to consider is are you working currently or do you plan to go back to work? But once you hit your full retirement age, you are able to take your social security and not worry about that. Marc: Yeah, sky's the limit then, right? You can make as much as you want then. John Teixeira: But beforehand, definitely something to consider. And what we typically do for clients on this, and we'll offer it to anyone that's listening, is we can run a social security max strategy, which helps people see it. It's one thing to say, "Hey, I want to take it now." But once they see it, and like Nick mentioned, that compounding is really important with waiting, with the cost of living adjustments that you get. And especially we talked last time about inflation and how that's gone crazy, so you really want to plan correctly. Once people see it on paper, it tends to slow them down from taking it, but everyone has their different opinions. Marc: Yeah, for sure. But again, if you're doing it just because it's like, hey, I want to get it before it runs out of money or something, don't make that excuse. Run the numbers, as John said. Get a stress test maximization on that social security strategy before you turn it on. And then if you need to turn it on, well, certainly turn it on. That's the point. All right, number two, when someone is taking too much risk with their money, we often hear things like, "Well, I'm behind. I'm making up for lost time." We talk sports often on here as well. If you're thinking about baseball, the home run kings, typically the people that usually hit the most home runs, are also the strikeout leaders because they're swinging for the fence a lot. And so just be careful when you're doing that. Whoever wants to take this one, feel free to jump in here. But if you're behind, that's one thing. A lot of us do feel that way. But I guess the first question I would have is, how do you know you're behind? Is it just a feeling or have you actually gone in and sat down and had your numbers ran? John Teixeira: Yeah, this is a really common one. When talking about getting these, I got this a couple of months ago and the person wasn't behind. They felt like they were. But when we started doing the planning, they weren't. But a big thing with this, especially trying to get more aggressive is it's going to take you outside of your risk tolerance. Can't stress enough that you really want to stay in with whatever risk tolerance you have. Because if the market starts to fluctuate and you can't handle it, so if all of a sudden we have a COVID type year or whatever might happen, the market's down 20, 30% and you start to panic and you go to cash, and then within a month later a rebound, you just missed out on all that upside. One of the first things in investing is understanding your risk tolerance and investing in that type of portfolio so you don't make mistakes. You really don't want to chase any returns or anything like that and feeling like you got to catch up. Because ultimately if you do that and you're not a risky investor, you're going to end up even more behind. Nick McDevitt: And oftentimes too when people are actively making that decision like, "Hey, I'm going to take a little bit more risk," and when you kind of flush it out and you talk about it, they're often under the impression that they will exit at a certain point like, "Oh, I'm just going to wait until I make X amount or I get this amount and then I'll back off." But when you're in the midst of things going up, it's very difficult to walk away. And trying to time things, having that perception that they can time it is extremely difficult. And the overreaction that tends to happen after that just puts them into a highly volatile situation. Human behavior comes in and just makes it very difficult to be able to even benefit from it, even if it does work out. Marc: I mean, getting that risk analysis done to find out, okay, am I behind and how much risk can I take or should I take, feel comfortable with taking? All of that is part of sitting down with a qualified professional to find that stuff out. And I think we all, human nature, a little bit feel like is once you get to 50, I think that switch kicks in and we're thinking, okay, I've got to start thinking about retirement. And boy, I haven't done a whole lot, whether you have or you haven't. So again, run the numbers, sit down and have that analysis done. That's going to help you understand whether you're behind or not. So let's go to the third one here, John. How about this one for you? When someone has way too much cash, often it's, well, I've been burned, right? Or maybe even more recently right now is, hey, it's a pretty decent rate. With the interest rates rising up, I'm getting a decent rate at the bank, so why not just sit in cash? And that's fine, but it's also not going to last real long. And you're not going to just automatically get that 5% or whatever that you'll see ads for right now. If you just have money sitting in your savings account, check your savings account. It's not generating that much. You're going to have to talk to the bank about a different product. They're not going to automatically just increase your savings account interest rate. John Teixeira: And this goes back to the risk tolerance as well. The first part that you said here of people being wary of the market or they've lost before. So this is what happens, and we've seen clients that lost money in '08 and doing plans for them and introduced them in 2016, 2017, and they were in cash for almost eight years and they'd lost out on some big runs. So if they were invested properly, it wouldn't have been the issue. So you definitely want to, again, risk tolerance, get the plan down, stay the course, because long-term history has shown us that you will in a portfolio basically beat the cash just sitting in cash all the time. Marc: Oh yeah. I mean, it never does. No matter what the interest rate, even people who live through the late '70s, early '80s when interest rates were really high, 12, 13, 15, 16%, it still wasn't beating inflation then. I mean, that's the thing with the interest rates at the bank, they never outpace inflation ever. It's there for that safety portion. John Teixeira: Yeah, exactly. And as far as people that are with money on the sidelines and they want to stay in the money market getting some rates, you're right, it's not going to stay like that forever. They're trying to force these rates ultimately down at some point. The thing is going to be the timing of when do you get back in. So we have some clients that earn that scenario, and we're doing a combination of cash and also dollar cost averaging into the market to give them best of both worlds right now to take advantage of the nice cash that they have, nice interest rate. Again, not just sitting in a savings account in some type of money market, but also trying to take advantage of potential upsides in the stock market. Marc: Yeah, for sure. I mean, again, all this stuff we're talking about this week is they sound like a good excuse, but when you really break it down, again, you need to have that analysis before you start rationing away these decisions that you've made. Nick, how about this one for you, my friend? When someone has no idea what they're invested in, which is often people come in and say, "Hey, here's my stuff, here's what I got," often the excuse is, "Well, finance isn't my thing, or I was told to get this or that, and I don't really know what it's doing for me." And that's certainly not where you want to be. You want to understand what you have and why you have it. Nick McDevitt: Having had this conversation many times, one of the things to try to point out to people is that we can't care more about your situation than you do. So we don't necessarily need you to be reading The Wall Street Journal every day. But at the same time, we want there to be a level of engagement. We want there to be questions. And really I think the trend of the last five to 10 years is people realizing that strategy and planning when you zoom out is becoming more and more important than maybe the underlying investments. Even if you look at a simple example such as target date funds and 401(ks), the tools that are out there make it easier and easier for people to be able to put something on overdrive to a certain extent versus 10 years ago, a default strategy might be a money market fund that back then was paying 1% and people start putting money in. They don't realize their money's not doing anything, where a lot of times the default strategy these days is going to be a target date fund and there's some actively managed things happening inside of that to help them move it along. But maybe they haven't incorporated in or understand like, "Oh, 401(k)s have Roth options now. Have you started to do that? Or, hey, maybe your company has some discounted stock plan that you can participate in." And if it's a publicly traded company and you're getting a 10 or 15% discount right off the bat, you almost don't even have to do anything. You just need to make a really basic decision to do it. So the level of engagement from a strategy standpoint is an important thing, and the underlying how to get exposure to those markets has become easier with time and technology. Marc: Yeah, great point for sure. All right, John, any final thoughts from you on that same one from Nick? John Teixeira: Yeah, yeah, to add to that, something we've seen right now what Nick mentioned with the cash or someone sitting in money market not realizing it, we've seen that with annuities as well. A lot of annuities right now, the rates have gone up and the products look pretty attractive. But some client, if you're not looking at your stuff, you could be in an older one where today's rates might be five, six times better than what you're currently getting. So it's important to take a look at what you have, do a quick snapshot of it and just understand, "Hey, this is where I'm at. Is there anything better I could be doing," which everyone should do at some point. Marc: Yeah, for sure. And there's usually little tweaks. Sometimes people think, well, I probably should sit down and talk with a financial professional, but it's going to be this major undertaking or whatever. Not always. Sometimes it could just be little tweaks and whatnot. So go check them out online, pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. You can book an appointment right there on the page, top of the page on the right-hand side there. There's lots of tools, tips, and resources. You can click on the podcast page to check out past episodes or subscribe to us on whatever platform you like using, check out the blog, and so on and so forth. So a lot of good information there at pfgprivatewealth.com. And again, you can subscribe to the podcast on whatever platform you app you like using, Retirement Planning Redefined. Thanks for hanging out with us this week. We always appreciate your time. For John and Nick, I'm your host, Mark, and we'll catch you next time here on the show.…

1 Take the Fork: Yogi’s Wisdom on Making Financial Choices 16:32
16:32
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요16:32
In this episode, we’re diving into some famous words by the one and only Yogi Berra. You might know him for his legendary baseball career, but Yogi was also a goldmine of wisdom. We'll spin some of his classic quotes into financial advice. It's all about viewing things through the right lens—so let's see what financial insights we can uncover from Yogi’s memorable sayings! Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: Speaker 1: PFG, Private Wealth Management LLC is an SEC registered investment advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk and unless otherwise stated are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance insurance. Products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents. Marc Killian: In this episode, we're going to dive into some famous words from Yogi Berra. We're right in the heart of baseball season, so it seems fitting to do a little classic wisdom from Yogi and some financial lessons here with the guys. This is Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick. Speaker 3: The rules of retirement have changed. No longer can most of us rely on social security or a single pension to fund our futures. We're living longer and retirement doesn't just last a handful of years anymore. Instead, you might stay retired for 20 or 30 years and maybe even more. We need to look at retirement through a new lens with fresh eyes, with a new approach and plan of attack. Here to answer the call are financial advisors John Teixeira and Nick McDevitt of PFG, Private Wealth Management, serving you throughout the Tampa Bay area. This podcast is Retirement Planning Redefined, and it starts right now. Marc Killian: Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for tuning in to the podcast here with John and Nick and myself. And I don't know why I said podcast twice, but I did. Thanks for hanging out with us and we're going to talk about Yogi Berra. We're going to take the fork in the proverbial road, and have a conversation with the guys and just get some financial lessons from some classic Yogi-isms. This guy had some great, great, great quotes through the years. Fantastic baseball player, obviously a legend, but his quotes were pretty good as well. So we're going to talk about that this week here on the podcast. What's going on, Nick? How are you, my friend? Nick McDevitt: Doing pretty good. Getting over a little bit of a cold, but finally turned the corner. Marc Killian: Yeah. Okay. I know you're a football fan. Are you a baseball fan as well? Nick McDevitt: I grew up a big baseball fan. My grandfather... My mom's side of the family is Cuban, so baseball's a huge deal. And I grew up a Mets fan, which is torture, but really kind of phased out of baseball probably over the last maybe seven, eight years, harder to kind of hold the interest. Marc Killian: Gotcha, okay. All right. Nick McDevitt: Yeah, but did grow up really enjoying baseball. Marc Killian: Nice, nice. Well, John, how are you doing, my friend? And what about you? Did you enjoy your baseball growing up or are you a fan? John Teixeira: More of a basketball and football fan, but no. Growing up in Boston, you kind of automatically get sucked into the Red Sox aura. Growing up, I could understand Nick's pain, but then they kind of pulled through as in my college years. But I will say I'm excited. The Celtics is just won the NBA Championship, so- Marc Killian: This is true. Again, yeah. John Teixeira: That's a good thing I'm happy about so. Marc Killian: Yeah, and they've got quite the team, so there's a good chance you might see them again next year in the run for it as well. John Teixeira: Yeah, yeah, let's hope so. Let's hope so. Marc Killian: They're stacked pretty well. John Teixeira: Marc, real quick question as we talk about football is what do you think of Drake Maye? He was there in North Carolina. Marc Killian: Yeah, it was interesting. Curious to see how he's going to do. I don't know. I mean, he played pretty well here, so we'll see how it translates. When they go to the NFL, you never know, right? It's a crapshoot. Didn't work out so well for Trubisky when he went to Chicago. John Teixeira: No, it didn't. No, it didn't. Marc Killian: So we'll see how it goes for Drake, but let's get into some baseball here. We'll talk about some Yogi Berra Again, this guy had some classic lines here, so this should be a little fun. And really they're kind of fitting not only to just finance, but just our world seems today. Yogi's been gone for a while now, but these things kind of fit with our society and the crazy world that we're living in. So let's jump in. Whoever wants to take this first one here. Pretty apropos considering what we've been facing the last couple of years, when Yogi said a nickel ain't worth a dime anymore. Boy, that's the truth, isn't it? Right now? John Teixeira: Yeah, that couldn't be any more true than right now in the kind of time we're in. Inflation over the last few years, really, post COVID has just gotten, ramped it up with the supply chain issues and then the influx of cash going in. It's just a double whammy with what's been happening and as it relates to planning, I've seen a lot of clients happen to really pick and choose what they're spending money on because primarily the cost of food. And I could tell you myself personally, I feel like my food bill has doubled, but not 6 or 7%. I feel like certain things have doubled in the last few years. So inflation is a big thing you got to be aware of when you're doing your finances. And then here in Florida, and Nick can speak to this, and what we've seen is the homeowners insurance is outrageous. Marc Killian: Oh, I bet. Yeah. Nick McDevitt: Homeowners and car insurance have really been a huge, basically like a rocket ship. As far as expenses, John mentioned the groceries. One of the things that we do from a planning standpoint is, especially in times like this, I think where some people kind of make a mistake is they start to really mess with the inflation rate that they use in the planning instead of just repricing where their expenses are now versus where they were maybe a couple of years ago. But from the standpoint of between groceries, car insurance, homeowners insurance, we have a huge section of clients that those numbers, those three categories specifically have probably doubled in the last three or four years. Marc Killian: After the hurricane a couple of years ago, I imagine some of that got worse too, yeah? Nick McDevitt: Yeah, but we have hurricanes every couple of years. Marc Killian: That one was just obviously pretty massive. Nick McDevitt: For sure. And the hurricanes have a big impact on the car insurance. So a lot of people- Marc Killian: Right. That's what I was thinking. Yeah. Nick McDevitt: ... yeah, don't necessarily think about that per se. Marc Killian: All the flooding and stuff, yeah. Nick McDevitt: Yeah. Some of the other laws that are in the state of Florida based around insurance make it on the higher side in general, but companies have really ramped those up. Marc Killian: Oh, I'm sure. Yeah. Nick McDevitt: I think Citizens, which is kind of the insurer of last resort, which is state-backed, just I think applied and got approved for, I want to say a 14% increase. So there's a lot of pressure on people right now, especially in Florida. Marc Killian: For sure. All right, well a nickel ain't worth a dime anymore. Yogi had that one, right? How about this one, guys? I mean, you got to love the simplicity of his lines. If you don't know where you're going, you might wind up someplace else. Yeah, I mean if you don't know where you're going, you could end up someplace completely different. Nick McDevitt: Yeah. It is funny when reading through some of these how apropos they tend to be and how they line up from an industry standpoint where having a plan, having stated goals that you're working towards, having a clear vision of what it is that you want in retirement, make a really huge impact on your habits and overall the probability of having a successful retirement. So these quotes have really kind of stood the test of time. Marc Killian: Oh, for sure. Yeah. Johnny, he said the future ain't what it used to be. And again, if you think about the world we're living in right now, how many people of a certain age are like, "Man, that could not be more true." But even from a society standpoint, but also even just in what you guys do, it's not what it used to be when it comes to finance and retirement planning, even just a couple of years ago. John Teixeira: Things have changed drastically. You look at my parents, they worked for the most part at one place, had a pension, retired, and it was pretty easy for them from a retirement standpoint. They had to really keep their expenses in check. But when they retired, it was Social Security, pension, luckily cost of living adjustments on both of those things to keep up with what we discussed there with inflation, but it was much easier. But what's happened throughout the last, I'd say 10, 15 years, maybe 20 years or so, as the companies have been putting the risk onto their employees to say, "Hey, you know what? We're not going to do the pension anymore, but we'll still give you a benefit. But retirement, your investment is now going to be your responsibility." "While you're working to make sure you're investing the right amount and picking the right options, and then while you retire, now it's on you to figure out what's the best solution for supplementing your retirement income." So it's definitely ain't what it used to be, which is very important to make sure that when you do retire, it's a different game where it's not accumulation. You have to realize that money needs to last throughout your retirement and you have to put together different strategies to make sure that it does do that, not just like you have a pension that's going to guarantee for life so. Marc Killian: Yeah, all the changes to the Secure Act, both versions, clearly the onus is more and more things have been put saying, "Hey, this is on us to do what we got to do for our futures here." And they're putting some rules in place to kind of help out a little bit, but at the same time, if you're not reading the tea leaves, you're going to get left behind there. And that's why you got to work with a financial professional to really help you get sound advice so that you can be set for retirement. I should have segued it this way because, Nick, if you don't, it's going to be like deja vu all over again, which is another Yogi-ism, which is classic. Nick McDevitt: Yeah, it's things changing rapidly. It's interesting because there's always kind of the perspective of zoom out. We talk about that a decent amount where from a smaller sample size or even if we look at things from a micro standpoint, yes, the way that the tools in investing change rapidly or have changed quite a bit in the last few years, how AI is coming along and what the impact of that's going to be and those sorts of things. But when you zoom out, these things are cyclical. So even though the technology may be very new and the way that maybe things react are different than they were before, there's been other times in history where the technology at that point has been new and the way that things react are different. And there's a lot of different quotes out there about how history is really kind of the greatest teacher. And when you zoom out, so many of these things have happened before. The subplots are different, but so many of these different things have happened before. And it kind of goes back to having a good plan, having the ability to adapt to what's going on, kind of not painting yourself in the corner because really the only certainty that we have is change. So it's pretty wild. Marc Killian: That's a good point. And John, I think for this kind quote was like deja vu all over again. Most people kind of feel that way about the market. It's like, "Oh man, here I go again." Especially if you got burned at any time for any amount, it's like even a little dip here or there. And it gets you a little panic, especially if you are over 50 because you start thinking, "I can't afford to get rocked again." Even though... And the weird thing about the current time that we're in is news is always changing and always causing issues, but sometimes this market kind of just kind of rebounds and you think what's going to be the next thing that does it? And soon as you think it's going to happen, it doesn't happen. So it's very hard to read right now. John Teixeira: Yeah. Yeah. It is definitely hard to read because people... Just looking at clients, it's, "It is now the right time to put money that's been on the sideline to get back in?" And it's always hard to determine when that is and try to time things. It comes back to the kind of fundamentals of staying the course and not really panicking depending on what's going on. Because like Nick said, there's always going to be something happening. Things may change a little bit, but there's always going to be something happening in the world. So you stay the course, stick to the plan, and you find those people do much better than the ones that kind of jump around based just looking at behavior. Marc Killian: Okay. Well let's wrap it up here with a final Yogi-ism, for us sports fans of any kind for your team if they're not doing well, it works appropriate for that, because it ain't over till it's over. And that's pretty classic line for any kind of sports mantra. You still got a chance maybe to come back in. I mean, just look at what's going on right now as you guys are in Florida with the Stanley Cup, right? So we're taping this episode here before the final game seven's going to happen, and who would've thought that being up 3-0, Florida would mess up and allow Edmonton to get back in it and tie it up and go to a game seven? So it's not over until it's over, depending on what your viewpoint is, and I guess you could say the same thing from a financial standpoint. If you've made some mistakes, it doesn't mean it's completely over. Get a strategy, start working on it. Nick McDevitt: We've had kind of conversations recently with people where there's been a good run. COVID was an up and down year, but outside of the market drop in last year, which a lot of people have almost forgot about, things have been good, really post recession, Great Recession. So we're talking 10 plus years at this point, and some people have kind of taken a step back and some of these changes that are happening with the inflation that we talked about and maybe a little bit more volatility, we're in an election year, all these sorts of things. It's important to make sure that you keep updating, try to stay on top of things, don't necessarily just kind of check out. So I think it's important to stay engaged and involved. John Teixeira: Going through the ups and the downs of planning, talking about the Stanley Cup here, you want to make sure also when you're building a plan, you want to stress test things to understand when things do really get tough, what is your plan going to look like? So we just did this with a few of our clients where we test market downturns. Things have been good for a while. What happens in your plan if all of a sudden we have two years of negative 15, negative 20%? How does your plan look? If it doesn't look good, what are we going to do to adjust it? You can stress test it with taxes, inflation. Just making sure that whatever happens, whatever scenario you run in, you're flexible to adapt to it. And if you currently can adapt, making sure we understand how do we make you adapt. Nick McDevitt: And even just to kind of add to that, and this ties in with some of the things that we had already talked about. A little perspective is always good from the standpoint of three years ago, four years ago, whenever we were a couple of months into the pandemic, in reality this was an event that most of the people alive had never been through before. Everything changed and then there's still obviously fallout from it, but we got through it. And when you think about it from a planning perspective and markets and all that sort of thing, sometimes taking perspective of what you've actually been through, what you've seen, and the fact that we were able to move through it is really important. Marc Killian: Yeah, for sure. I mean, when it first started, the market first started dropping, that initial bit there, people were having the reaction that we're going to see it drop 50% like it did in 2008 or '09. It wound up maybe being 30 or so percent. But then it also rebounded within just a couple of months, so a lot faster than people thought. So it is not over till it's over. So these are some good Yogi-isms, and it all kind of works really well with financial planning and strategizing. So if you need some help with that, make sure that you're reaching out to John and Nick. If you're already working with them, that's fantastic. Make sure you subscribe to the podcast. If you're not, maybe share the podcast with others who might benefit from checking out the message and the conversation. And you can find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. And you can subscribe to Retirement Planning Redefined on Apple or Spotify or whatever platform you like using. Just type in Retirement Planning Redefined or again, visit them on their website for all the tools, tips and resources at pfgprivatewealth.com. Guys, thanks for hanging out. And John, good luck with the new puppy you got. John Teixeira: Thanks, appreciate it. Marc Killian: Appreciate it. Nick, hope you're feeling better, my friend. We'll see you next time. Nick McDevitt: Thank you.…

1 Retirement Questions The Baby Boomer Generation Is Asking 20:54
20:54
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요20:54
Each generation is currently navigating a unique part of the retirement planning experience. With many baby boomers preparing for the transition into retirement, we're going to focus on some of the top questions this age group is asking in today's episode. Stay tuned to see what you can learn from John and Nick this week on Retirement Planning Redefined! Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is an SEC Registered Investment Advisor. Information presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. The topics and information discussed during this podcast are not intended to provide tax or legal advice. Investments involve risk, and unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Be sure to first consult with a qualified financial advisor and/or tax professional before implementing any strategy discussed on this podcast. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Insurance products and services are offered and sold through individually licensed and appointed insurance agents. Marc: Every generation is currently navigating a unique part of retirement planning experience. No matter what generation you're in, there's going to be different questions that you might want to tackle. So on this week's episode, we're going to talk about that from the baby boomer standpoint, here on Retirement Planning Redefined. Welcome to another edition of the podcast, folks. Retirement questions that every generation should be asking themselves is the docket this week, and we're going to touch on the baby boomers. We may come back around to some of the other generations right now, but I think for most of our listening demographic, the boomers are certainly going to be ones that want to pay attention. It's interesting, guys, the boomer term has become polarized. It used to be one thing to say just baby boomers or whatever, but now they get a little offended, I think, with the whole boomer thing. It hasn't gone very well on social media the last couple of years, but either way, we're going to talk about that demographic from 1946 to 1964. It's so funny with these age things, they keep changing it. I was looking at the one for generation X, which is what I am, and now they're saying late '70s when it used to be like '83 or something. So I think they just changed these numbers based on what they want to have happen for conversation pieces. But anyway, we're going to get into that with John and Nick this week. What's going on, John? How you doing, buddy? John: Doing all right. Actually getting ready for, Nick and I are bringing some Easter baskets to the local children's hospital here. We're going to be handing them out this coming up Friday. Marc: Oh, very cool. John: We're excited for that. Marc: Yeah, very cool. That's nice, you guys are always doing some cool charity things going from around the area, so very, very cool. What's happening, Nick? How are you doing, buddy? Nick: Good. Staying busy, along the lines of what John was talking about, the group that we're involved in, we're working on a big derby party here in St. Pete, so big event. So that's fun to works the other side of the brain, and then we're just staying busy with... We've got one thing that's been interesting, John and I were talking about it earlier, this area is growing pretty rapidly, and it feels like we've had more clients than ever that are looking to move out of the area and slow down a little bit. So, it's starting to become a little bit of a trend recently, so. Marc: To move away from Tampa? Nick: Yeah, yeah. Move away from Tampa or further out to more of the outskirts of the area, but we've had some clients recently like Panhandle, Georgia, North Carolina. The growth here has just been pretty overwhelming. Marc: Monstrous, yeah. Nick: Yeah, and- Marc: There's a lot of states that are that way, right? I mean, there's a number of states where I think people, everyone's flocking from places like New York and California, and it's just like, okay, stop. We can't handle it. Nick: Yeah, it's interesting because this area, the east coast of Florida has always been like the Atlantic coast south, and then the west coast of Florida where we are has always been a little bit more low-key. Still a decent size, but a little bit more low-key, and it has that feeling like developers and everybody is trying to make it more similar to the East Coast. I think that's kind of pushing some people out, but even because obviously Texas has been a place that's been a popular area for people to move to for some of the similar reasons, whether it's taxes or just how the government runs or whatever their reasoning is. But one of the biggest differences, just reading about Austin, which is I would say Austin's most similar to this area in certain ways from a size perspective and all that, but they've had a huge drop, cost-wise in housing because they've been able to maintain supply. Whereas the housing here is just completely insane at this point, especially in St. Pete. Marc: I was going to say, across the country, it seems like it's really inventory's low. So, just a lot of people that just aren't selling, well, because the prices of houses through the roof, so you're not selling the one you're in because you know that when you buy another one, it's going to cost you just as much or more. So, it's interesting. Nick: For sure, that's definitely had an impact. This area specifically because of the influx, there's also been some interesting articles about how much corporate owned, single-family housing there's been. But I mean, you're talking 11, 1,200 square foot houses in St. Pete for 800 and up, [inaudible 00:04:23] how things shift. Marc: It was on my list, a roundabout way to talk about some different questions that every generation should ask themselves. So housing certainly can apply to any generation. I mean, even folks in our baby boomer conversation today could have been thinking about downsizing or whatever the case is in retirement and that certainly could play into that question. So that's one we tackled without really even setting it up to tackle it. So we'll just jump in and talk about a few more of these things. But again, with everything being so wild right now, it seems like from a financial standpoint all across the spectrum, whether it's inflation, housing costs, food costs, whatever the case is, how do you manage all that? So risks, whatever risks guys, is going to be top of mind, especially if you're a senior. My mom is 82 going on 83, and she's constantly worried about the various different kinds of risks that may affect her at that age. Market volatility, social security, whatever it might be. So let's just start with the market volatility. Whoever wants to take that one. Nick: Yeah, so from a market volatility standpoint, it's very interesting from the perspective of how things seem to work these days from a market perspective. I don't have the exact numbers, but I know last year, essentially needed to... The majority of the growth in the market, although we had a great year, the majority happened within a seven to 10 day market window. So your chances of if you're not just holding and studying the market, your chances of really getting the returns that you're looking for are very difficult. So volatility, the swings up are substantial and the swings down can be. I think a lot of that has to go, can be attributed to the algorithm based trading and high frequency trading and things like that have an impact on that. Marc: And if you're a senior, none of that interests you, right? So I mean, that's [inaudible 00:06:18]. Nick: No. No. Yeah, absolutely not. But for a lot of people in that generation, they're used to the returns being more steady throughout a single year or the perception from that perspective at least versus like, hey, if you miss a month and it was a good month, then your returns could be next to nothing. So it's pretty interesting. Marc: Yeah, managing that risk, for sure. Nick: Yeah, it goes back to that classic perspective of the asset allocation continues to be as important as ever. Marc: Yeah, for sure. John, if you think he just mentioned steady income. So if you're a senior, best approach for transitioning from a steady income like your job, for example, to retirement withdrawals, that's usually a massive hurdle for anybody going into retirement but obviously right now, these are the boomers. I just read actually today that we're taping this guys, I think four million people were going to be retiring this week, four million this week. John: It's a good number. Marc: Crazy, right? So, how do you deal with that scared-ness of, okay, I had a paycheck last week and now I don't, I got to use my retirement money and turn that into paychecks. That's a big hurdle for people. John: It's a huge hurdle for people. This is one of the biggest things we see when we're doing retirement planning for clients that are transitioning. It's, I used to work and get my paycheck every biweekly, whatever it is, and now it's gone. There's a fear of spending their money they've been saving all these years. I'll tell you, the best thing to do in our opinion, is to develop a financial plan and a strategy for retirement income. So you really have to put the pen to the paper and determine, okay, what are my expenses? How much do I need? That's going to be the first step. Then after that, it's looking at, hey, what are my income sources? We talked about social security last week, we'll touch on it a little bit more here, but hey, how much is social security going cover? Okay, what other sources do I have? Really evaluating where's the money going to come from? Once most people see it, it provides peace of mind and a little bit of, okay, this is what I'm doing. You got to have the blueprint. Once the blueprint's there, you feel much better about what your approach is. Marc: Well, we all want to know we got mailbox money coming. We all want to know that when we go out, and I know most of us don't go to the mailbox anymore to get it right, but it's the same idea that when you go open the mailbox, the check is there. That's what you need to know. That's that comfort factor that you need to know. So that's turning these accounts that you've been building up through your working years into this retirement income. So certainly, that is an importantly huge question for baby boomers to ask themselves. We're talking about wealth and building wealth and working through the years. Nick, I'll throw this one at you. I'm going to hop around here a little bit, but passing on wealth to the next generation without sacrificing your own retirement, is also another huge question that boomers are asking themselves because they want to know that they are going to be fine, but a lot of times they want to leave something behind. I just was looking this up real fast. Experts are putting that number between 40 and $100 trillion right now that they're estimating in the great wealth transfer conversation, which is what boomers will be leaving to their kids and grandkids over the next 20 years. $100 trillion. Man, that's crazy money. Nick: Yeah, it's pretty wild. What's interesting is I think the baby boomer generation has done a good job of accumulating assets and saving. Marc: Oh yeah, great job. Nick: There's also, I would say, versus maybe their parents' generation, they spend a little bit more. It's interesting, a lot of the people, I wouldn't even call it half-and-half, maybe around 30, 35% or 40%, leaving money for them is incidental, where their focus is primarily on themselves. A lot of times these are people that have done a good... They've helped the kids get through college, kids have good careers, and- Marc: Right, we've saved it, it's ours, let's party, right? Nick: Yep, so they want to travel. Obviously travel is the most popular thing that people tend to want to do. So having that conversation changes things. For those that are highly focused on leaving the money, and what's interesting is where I've seen it happen a little bit more is because people like to, in their mind, it makes it easier for them to segregate money. So we've had a few recently where their retirement plan looks good, their thought process with the money that they have saved and accumulated and leaving it to their kids is incidental like, hey, if there's money there, great, if not, we want to take care of ourselves first. But, they've also inherited money maybe from their parents or a brother or sister, and they say, all right, well this is going to be the money. I consider this found money, and so this will be money that I'll try to leave and pass down. So it's been interesting seeing that thought process. But with the way that current estate tax exemptions are from a tax perspective and avoiding estate taxes, that sort of thing, for most people, that's not an issue. But for those that are, maybe they've got kids that are high-income and they would like to leave them money that has less of an impact from a tax perspective, depending upon their situation, we might look into life insurance options or even converting to Roth options to help them pass on money and not have a major negative impact to their overall plan. Marc: Yeah, because you want to figure out how to... If you do have it in your mindset to transfer some wealth upon passing, and I think probably the healthy approach that a lot of people take is, we're going to do what we want to do, we're going to be fine, and whatever's left at the end, fine, transfer that over to the kids or grandkids. You want to make sure that you're doing that as efficiently as possible. So some strategizing there is certainly going to go into play. John, I'll throw this back to you, whether it's leaving money behind or even how you set up your social security, because you talked about it a minute ago and readdressing social security. Maximizing social security could impact what you do have left over at the end to leave behind because that's not something you can pass on. So it's a matter of figuring out how you want to structure these things to maximize your benefits and get everything out of it that you can while you're still here. John: Yeah, yeah, if you're able to maximize your social security and figure out what's best for you, what that ultimately does is you're dipping into your own investments a little bit less because you have that strong social security income stream. So if there's more investments left over, your beneficiaries, whoever your beneficiaries are, will have a bigger balance coming to them. So definitely, we talked about it before, we always stress on it. You don't want to take social security decision lightly. You want to make sure that you're strategizing for your situation on how to maximize those benefits. I believe it was last week that we talked about the cost of living adjustment in social security. So if you delayed yours, people have been getting 6% or 7% increases, and if you were taking yours later, you get a bigger balance. Those 6% or 7% over the past few years have really added up. So, very important to make sure that you take what's best for you in social security and not just take it lightly. I hate to say this, but you don't want to listen to your neighbor on what they did because you'll be surprised how many times we're meeting with people, it's like, my neighbor's doing this, and it's just like, huh, okay, well- Marc: That's your neighbor, right. John: What does your neighbor do? Well, they're in tech. It's like, okay, well. Marc: It's a little bit different, yeah. Well, thinking about that social security conversation, so getting a maximization ran, going through the planning process, going through a strategy session with you guys, and having it stress tested and having that maximization ran will help you see that because that's a great point. Are you riding the horse that brought you, which is your retirement, or the government one? I know technically it's our money, the social security, the government, but it's like figuring out the best balance between those two when you're going to start pulling things from whatever account. So, good stuff right there to think about when you're talking about for generations. Go ahead. John: One thing Mark, with that. With social security maximization, a lot of people don't realize is there are these calculators that you can look at and say, hey, you put in your numbers, you put in a spouse's number, and it will shoot out, hey, this is the strategy, but it doesn't take into account other factors, as far as, do you have a pension? Things like that. How you want to figure out what's the best strategy is when you look at your social security and how it affects all your other assets and income streams, then you can figure out what the best approach is because when you just look at social security in a vacuum, there's other factors in there that really make a big difference on what the best strategy is. A lot of people will just go online, hey, what's the strategy, maximization strategy, but it doesn't give the overall picture. Marc: A great point, really good point right there. So let's wrap it up with one final piece here to think about, Nick. Of course, we could go forever on this topic, but we'll just... Some couple of concise points to think about when you're talking about addressing healthcare costs in retirement. Obviously for boomers, this is a huge concern, really for anybody, if you're alive and human right now on the planet. Healthcare is obviously growing out of control, but certainly a big concern when you're elderly. Nick: Yeah, I think, and this is almost a tiered approach. So the first thing or aspect that needs to be addressed is if you plan to retire before you're eligible for Medicare. So having a plan in place and understanding what those costs could look like. So for the majority of people, if they want to retire before age 65 and they need to get healthcare coverage outside of their former employer, then we tell them to typically budget between $800 and $1,000 a month per person. For most people, that's going to be a huge increase in costs. They might be able to float it and they also might be able to reduce that cost substantially if they have money saved that are non-retirement funds. So non-qualified accounts where we can keep their income on paper down and they might be able to qualify for a subsidy. So that's phase one. Then phase two is, once you are eligible for Medicare at age 65, making sure that we're budgeting somewhere between 4,000 and $5,000 a year and having them talk to a person, and we've got a couple of resources that we're very happy with and we refer people to, because depending upon their overall situation. Again, if they, especially people that are coming from working for a large company that maybe had really good benefits and they're used to paying maybe a couple hundred bucks a month for coverage for themselves, that may actually be an expense that goes up. Then the phase leading into those two things are, are you eligible for a health savings account at work? Are you putting money in? Then that money that is getting put in maybe something that we could use to help mitigate some of these costs and be efficient from a tax perspective. Then also help you cover maybe potential large, actual purely out-of-pocket medical expenses that start to approach and happen down the road when you get to your 70s, 80s, etc, where these things pop up. People live longer, whether it's some sort of acute care or if it's some sort of need for long-term care, which is expensive, but- Marc: Yeah, crazy Nick: Really, the key to that is the overall plan, making sure that we test those numbers out in the plan and that we've got a strategy to approach it. Marc: Yeah, because if you don't take a strategy into account with that, if you're married and you're a senior and you're like, hey, we're going to just take care of each other because it's just going to be cheaper, it's a wonderful sweet and noble sentiment that has no basis in reality because it's just not smart. It's such a taxing physical thing, a mental thing, to take care of one another without having some sort of help in there. So you've got to plan and strategize for it, whether or not it is daunting to do, yes, but if you don't start having those conversations, it's only going to get worse. I mean, my wife jokes with me all the time. I mean, I'm 52, and she's like, I can't pick you up now, I can't imagine trying to pick you up when you're 72. She's 70, it's just not going to work. So you've got to have a good strategy for healthcare to address the rising cost because it is going to continue to do so. Again, these are some questions for boomers to really think about and ask themselves. If you need some help, if you need to sit down and start that planning session, that strategy conversation because you've been putting it off or you've addressed a few things, not all the things, whatever it looks like, reach out to John and Nick and get yourself onto the calendar at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com for a consultation and a strategy session of your own. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Retirement Planning Redefined on Apple, Spotify, Google, YouTube platforms, whatever, you can find us on all those major platforms. Just type into the search box, Retirement Planning Redefined, or again, go to pfgprivatewealth.com. That's going to do it for us this week for John and Nick, I'm your host, Mark. We'll catch you next time here on the podcast.…
Are you planning for your retirement with the confidence that you're making all the right moves? In today's episode, we'll unveil the crucial income planning mistakes that could jeopardize your retirement and show you how to craft a financial plan that's built to last decades, not just years. Tune in to ensure your retirement strategy is foolproof against common pitfalls and ready to secure your financial future. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Are you planning for your retirement with the confidence that you're making all the right moves? Well, on today's episode, we'll unveil the crucial income planning mistakes that could jeopardize your retirement and show how to craft the financial plan that's built to last decades, not just years. Tune in to Retirement Planning Redefined. All that, coming up next. Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast, John and Nick joining me once again to talk investing, finance, and retirement here on Retirement Planning Redefined with the guys from PFG Private Wealth. John and Nick are financial advisors helping folks get to and through retirement. You can find them online, if you've got some questions, need some help, at pfgprivatewealth.com, pfgprivatewealth.com. And we're going to talk about some income planning mistakes this week here on the podcast. What's going on, gents? How you doing, Nick? What's going on, buddy? Nick: Good, good. Just staying busy. Just crazy that we're almost April. I guess we're approaching April at this point. Just had some friends in town, so that's always a little bit chaotic. But no, everything's good. No complaints. Marc: John, how's it going in the crazy household that is yours my friend? You doing all right? John: It is crazy. I don't want to get into it. But yes, it is a madhouse. I'll leave it at that. But, yes. Marc: But having little ones always is, but that's good. John: Yeah, you know well. Marc: Well, and it's April, right? It's a busy time of year, too, a lot of things happening with taxes and financial strategies and everything. Anyway, it's spring, all that good stuff. So, let's talk about some income planning mistakes. Let's kick it off with something simple. I teed it up a little bit in the intro there about being retired for decades, not just years. I know that we all fundamentally think that, John. We're like, "Yeah, of course, we're going to be retired for decades." But somehow or another it disassociates, I think, as we're getting thirties, forties, maybe even in our early fifties. We don't really put as much thought to it, I guess, as we should. For me, for example, all the men in my family die young. I've already had heart surgery at a young age, so I could easily jump onto that path of, well, I'm not going to live that long, so whatever. I am not going to really worry about planning for decades. But that's just a bad move, especially if you've got people that you love, loved ones that you may want to make sure they're taken care of too. So, ways to think about it, right? John: Yeah, the worst thing you could do is plan to retire for a few years, and next thing you know, run out of money, you don't know what's happening anymore. But no, we get this quite a bit where I can remember clearly Nick and I were doing a plan and the money around the eighties, it was looking a little tight. The person was pretty excited. We were like, "We need to make some adjustments to make sure it lasts age 100." He is like, "No, I'm good." He's like, "I'm not lasting until 80 or 83." And we were like, "Okay, well, we'll still do our due diligence to make sure your money lasts for a while," but [inaudible 00:02:55] Marc: What if you're wrong? That's the thing. And did this person have a spouse? Were they married? John: He had a spouse there. He was semi-serious, but we ended up making some adjustments to it. But that is something we had quite a bit. When we do our planning, we make sure it goes to age 100, because you can't predict the future. And with technology and everything that's going on now, people are living longer. Marc: For sure. John: It's just the healthcare industry, there's just always new innovative things happening. But it's a mindset that I will say people need to understand. And that goes with building a portfolio. Just had a conversation with a client this week, and we're doing some things, and they're just looking at everything short-term. I had to remind them and say, "Hey, you're looking at a 20, 30 year period where there's some long-term money here. Not everything is the next five years." And just talking to her made her realize that of just saying, "Hey, I'm still invested for the long term. I can't make adjustments just based on expecting the next four or five years." So, that is a mindset people really don't understand with the investment portfolio. You still have some long-term money, because your retirement is going to be 20, 30 years, not just four or five. Marc: No, a great point. Glad you were able to have that conversation with her and get her eyes moving. I think that's a real value add right there that people don't often take into account when working with a financial professional. We tend to think, "Well, it's the X's and the O's. They're going to help me figure out the dollars and the cents." But there's also really thinking through and behavioral analysis a little bit, behavioral changes that we have to walk through, because you guys see this day in and day out. And Nick, I'll throw number two over to you. Part of that, as John was just saying, "Hey, you've got to set things up for short-term and long-term," social security is going to play a big factor in that. So, starting it too early could really change your long-term numbers. Nick: Yeah, there's an extra emotional attachment to social security, which we very much understand. Marc: Whether you're mad at it or not, whether it takes off or not. Nick: Yeah, and we totally understand that. For us, we always try to integrate the social security decision with the overall investments and the overall plan. Just like with anything, we always approach it from the perspective of, hey, our job is to tell you the impact of the decisions you may make, and then ultimately it's your money. But, for sure, one of the biggest negatives, especially if they're financial situation is pretty solid otherwise, starting social security too early these days makes a difference. Really the last few years have really played that out. Anybody that started social security before COVID and maybe didn't necessarily need to, between the inflationary adjustments that have happened, which they still would've received, that inflationary adjustment compounds with the delay. And so, the jumps in benefits for anybody that's waited those few extra years have been substantial, and people that are starting it now are pretty happy that they waited, and it's made a difference for them. Marc: Well, if you don't have a strategy, you could be costing yourself tens of thousands. This could be big dollars over the course of your lifetime. I get it. We're all terrified about what's going on in the world, because every five seconds it seems like there's some new, crazy, weird, wonky thing happening in the world that is 2024. But you've still got to make sure that you're making the right decision so that these planning mistakes don't come back to bite you 10, 15, 20, 25 years down the line. So, good points, for sure. Hey, John, what about bonds? For years, you'd go 60/40. You'd go standard portfolio. You'd go to bonds as we age for safety. Last couple of years though, they ain't been all that great. So, is it still one of those things where assuming it's a safe source is a good move, or not? John: Yeah, I would say it's not to assume that that's going to be 100% your source of income. We're going to- Marc: From a safe side, right? John: Yeah, yeah. We're going to touch on inflation and things like that. We've talked about being retired for decades, so you want to make sure that you have some equities in the portfolio so you are keeping up with costs of living going up. If you're just in bonds and fixed income, you're going to lose out on a lot of upside. And then, if you look at the past years, although interest rates have gone up obviously the last couple of years, there was about a 15, 20-year period where you get a bond and it's giving you two or 3%. That's nearly not enough to supplement most people's income. Marc: Oh, for sure. John: So, you definitely want to diversify, make sure you're planning for the long term for some growth, and also you want to adjust to an environment where interest rates are very low and the bond yields just aren't enough to sustain what you're trying to do. Marc: And at the time we're taping this here, it's just at the very end of March, it'll probably be out sometime here in April of '24, Powell still saying that even though the numbers came back in, inflation was a tad higher, I think, just last month then what they anticipated core inflation. He's still saying that nothing's changed for him, and that they may be looking at cutting rates throughout 2024. So, who knows? But Nick, that does play into inflation as John just teed it up. Our fourth point here is it's going to play into it no matter what's going on with the dynamic that we have right now. But even just basic inflation, even if you just go sticking with the normal 3% we've seen for years and years and years, if you don't take this into account, and again, our topic being income planning mistakes, you are seriously messing yourself up, because five grand right now, if that's your expenses, is not going to be five grand in 10 years. It just isn't. Nick: Yeah. I would say too, especially in this area, I think there's been some studies at the inflation rate in the Tampa Bay area has been higher than other places. Marc: Okay. Nick: I've had multiple conversations with clients where there's been this... I think because there was such a period of scarcity in getting decent fixed rates, whatever it was, eight to 10 years, it's like people are just taking a deep breath and just saying, "Oh, finally I can get four and a half or 5% on my money again," which is great, but the issue is that some are assuming that it's going to last for a long period of time. Last year is a really good example from the perspective of that five-ish percent, whether it's a CD or money market or whatever, solidified last year. We had some clients that shifted more over, and we had many conversations about it. But again, it's like the S&P then did, what, around 20% or something like that? So, there was an opportunity cost there. When the market's up like that, you really don't want to lose out on those years. And so, the inflation is compounded. For example, even just people that are in Florida and live in a condo, maybe they've lived in a condo for a while, all the condo rules and association rules have changed. They're like, "I've seen association fees double in the last two or three years," and it's really putting a lot of pressure on people. Even if their mortgage is paid off, but they've been on somewhat of a fixed income, there's a lot of pressure happening there. And so, yeah, we try to just keep emphasizing even if it's a small portion of the money, even if it's only 20 to 40% of the overall portfolio where we have something related to growth, more marketed towards that, getting them to understand that, hey, this is for money down the road. No matter where the rates are right now, the one thing I can promise you is they're going to change. And so, that's been a little bit of a different conversation than we've had to have probably, I'd say, the 10 years previous to that. So, it's going to be interesting to see how people start to react when the cuts do happen. Marc: Yeah, because you're talking about having to keep up with inflation, you need to have some stuff at growth. You've got to have some stuff at risk, basically, so that you can pick up gains in the market, things of that nature, wherever it's coming from. But you've got to have some money out there taking a few chances, because you do have to keep up with or outpace inflation. I guess that really just brings me to my last point here, John, and you guys can both jump in if you'd like to on this, but you've got to have other income streams besides just social security, plain and simple. That's all fine and good, but you've got to have some other income streams and some of that needs to be safe, and some of that needs to help you with the future money, which is growth. John: Yeah, 100%, Mark. Social security might cover thirty to forty-percent of someone's expenses, and covers a portion of what they need for income there, but really important to have some other income stream, whether that be real estate, whether it's your investments. Right now, we're talking about rates, rates are really strong. We have a lot of clients looking into these income annuities, because they look really appealing right now. Because as interest rates go up, those annuity products typically tend to look a little bit better. So, just having that guaranteed income or just reliable income source to put on top of social security really gives a nice buffer. I don't want to speak for Nick, but I have found when you have your floor of guaranteed income, it helps you make better decisions even with your other money, where if the market's volatile, but you say, "Hey, I have X amount of dollars guaranteed income coming in in this pool of money here that's set aside for growth," even when it's a little volatile, it's just giving you a little more peace of mind to saying, "Hey, I know my baseline expenses are covered, so I'm going to be okay." We find that that does help people make better decisions when they have multiple income streams. Marc: Yeah, you got to do it, right, Nick? It's just the point of the fact that you want to have that diversification not only in income but also with tax buckets. You just want to have some general good broad diversification in your entire portfolio. Nick: Yeah, absolutely. The diversification, and I alluded to it earlier, it's just as important as ever. Having the higher floor on fixed rates has been helpful the last couple years, but the phrase that I've used quite a bit lately is zoom out. We need to zoom out and continue to zoom out, because that's really important, for sure. Marc: That higher view of things versus trying to narrow in? Nick: Yeah. Marc: Yeah, I got you. Well, so there's some income planning mistakes that we can certainly make, so make sure that you're avoiding these. And of course, if you think, "Well, I don't do this every day," or, "This is something that I just can't wrap my brain around all the time because I'm just too busy living my life and working my own job," or whatever the case might be, that's why you have a financial team to help you out. So, if you need some help, and of course you've got questions, always reach out to a qualified professional like John and Nick before you take any action to see how something's going to fit into your unique situation. They're financial advisors to PFG Private Wealth. You can find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast Retirement Planning Redefined on Apple or Spotify or YouTube platforms. That's going to do it this week for us. We'll be back with more on future episodes. So again, hit that subscribe button and we'll catch you next time on Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick.…
“Learn from the mistakes of others. You can’t live long enough to make them all yourself.” – Eleanor Roosevelt… Ever wish you could foresee financial missteps before they happen? On today’s episode explore some real-life stories of regret and arm yourself with the essential dos and don'ts to ensure your money works for you, not against you. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc Killian: "Learn from the mistakes of others, because you can't live long enough to make them all yourself." Eleanor Roosevelt said that, and we all certainly wish that we could foresee financial missteps before they happen, so on today's episode, John and Nick are going to share some stories with us and talk with us about money mistakes we might regret and how to avoid them here on the podcast. This is Retirement Planning Redefined. Hey, everybody, welcome into the show this week, as John and Nick and myself are going to talk about those money mistakes and hopefully ways to avoid those. So we're going to get into a few of them this week. And as always, if you've got some questions, you need some help, reach out to the guys before you take any action on something you hear on our show or any others as it relates to your situation specifically. We all have these universal things that apply to us, but individually in the nitty-gritty is where we need the qualified professionals to really help us dissect and do the right things for our retirement. And John and Nick can be found at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. Get yourself onto the calendar and don't forget to subscribe to the podcast. John, what's going on, buddy? How you doing? John: I'm doing pretty good. How are you? Marc Killian: Hanging in there. Doing pretty well. Looking forward to talking to you guys today about these money mistakes and seeing what we can do about them. Nick, my friend, what's going on on your end of the world? You doing all right? Nick: Yes, sir. Staying busy. Marc Killian: Yeah? Just keeping busy. Well, that's good. It's that time of year. We are into, I don't know, we're right around November about the time we're doing this, so we'll see. The year's winding down quick and so it's always something coming fast and furious. So let's talk about a few of these things so hopefully we can avoid them, especially in the fourth quarter. Sometimes we start to maybe spend a little bit more money than we realize. So let's get into today's conversation a little bit, guys. And I want to talk about IRA withdraws, whether it's a loan from I guess a 401K or I know that you can't do it from different kinds of accounts, or just taking them out prematurely. Why is this a money mistake that people might regret? Because I've talked to a lot of advisors and it seems like everybody universally says this is the last place to access money early if you need it. If you needed something for an emergency or something's happened, most people seem to advise against pulling money out of these types of accounts early. Why is that? Whoever wants to tackle it. John: Yeah. I'll take that one. So yeah, the main reason why you want to avoid this is it can be riddled with fees and there's a 10% penalty. If you're under 59 and a half, you don't qualify to take the distribution out, so what you're doing there, and we talked about it last week, is Uncle Sam has a liability on your money. You're just basically giving Uncle Sam 10% of your money. And then on top of that, you're paying taxes on any withdrawal. And if you're already currently working, now you just actually raise your tax bracket, so you could be paying additional taxes and this is money that's just lost. And what you're really losing out on is the growth potential down the road. So it really is a lost opportunity cost of, hey, if you pulled out 40, 50 grand over whatever, a couple year period, well, depending on how long you were going to wait until you retire, that's 50 grand of six, 7% potential compounding growth. That could really add up and could be a detriment to your overall retirement strategy. Nick: I would add to that, too, from the perspective of a lot of times, the reason for taking out the funds isn't necessarily the best, and there could be other ways. If it's a last resort, that's one thing. If it's something where it's for an update to a house or different things like that or even certain types of debt consolidation, we've found that literally the money just disappears almost to the standpoint of it never gets replaced. When that expense goes away, they don't catch back up and reemphasize savings or things after that. The money comes in quick, it feels easy, it goes out quick, and then they just move on like it never happened, so it really can put people behind the eight-ball. Marc Killian: Yeah. And I definitely like the point of not only is there the immediate impact, but there's that future impact that John talked about by losing the ability to continue to grow that money for our future self. So certainly a money mistake that we could regret and why many advisors, most advisors advise not doing that and looking for some other alternatives. Let's talk about lifestyle creep. It's not a song from Radiohead. It's like you get to that peak earning years, I suppose, and the kids are out of the house. I'm there now, guys. I'm 52, the kid's in the Navy, she's doing well. My wife and I are doing all right, and so I've been splurging a little here and a little there on some extra items and we're enjoying ourselves, but I'm also being mindful not to let it get out of control because there is that future me still waving, saying, hey, don't forget about I need some of this money, too, when you're 75. So you got to be careful with that. You guys see that sometimes when folks get to this age where they're like, hey, I've worked really hard. I'm going to treat myself a little bit. Nick: Oh, yeah. Definitely we'll see that. And we always joke with people that we're not the money police and we're not here to tell you that you can or can't use your own money or those sorts of things, but to just show you the repercussions of decisions, both good and bad. So those years in your fifties where you're able to save really make a big difference. And so sometimes we'll even phrase it like, okay, well, maybe you're going to splurge on a certain type of vehicle or a second home or something like that. Marc Killian: That's big splurging. Yeah. Wow. Nick: Yeah, yeah. So what can we do from the perspective of, okay, a little bit for you now and a little bit for you later sort of thing. Because sometimes it's as simple as, all right, let's just start an automatic deposit into a separate account and at least force it. Let's see how it feels. Because a lot of times people will adjust to having a little less take home income or they're used to having a certain amount of money in the bank and maybe it's substantially higher than it was five or six years ago, and they get almost addicted to looking at it, and now it's like, all right, well, you've reached that. Now let's deploy some of what we'll call the new money elsewhere and start to save it to try to make up for that creep a little bit. Marc Killian: Yeah. It's all about balance. And of course, John, I was talking about just buying season hockey tickets and he's talking about buying an extra house. But either way, it's all about finding that balance so that you don't get that lifestyle creep out of control a little bit. And John, I'll throw this one at you since you've got the little ones there. Another one of the big money mistakes people are starting to really wake up to is I paid too much for my kid's tuition and I can't finance retirement. So I told my daughter this. When she was 20, I was like, all right, you need to get your stuff together because you ain't staying on my couch forever. And besides, you don't want me on your couch whenever I'm 70 and you're in your forties or whatever and you've got your family and you're raising your kids and I've had to come live with you because I gave you too much for college, or I helped you too much along the way. It's got to be about balance on this as well, I would think. John: Yeah, yeah, a hundred percent. I think most parents, they want to provide obviously as much for their kids as possible. Marc Killian: Of course we do. John: They'll say, oh, I don't want them to have all these student loans coming out of school. I just want them to focus on school. But a hundred percent. You can't go at 59 and a half or 65 and say, hey, I need a retirement loan. That's not an option. Marc Killian: The only choice there might be maybe a reverse mortgage, and that's the conversation of the day. John: Right, exactly. So you don't want to catch yourself in a situation where it's like, hey, in your high earning years, you're really, hey, let's help out with school. And then all of a sudden they're done and you look at your nest egg and it's like, wait, I got to work extra or I have to adjust my lifestyle. And you really back yourself into a corner. So there's other ways to go around it. Maybe they do take out a student loan and once they graduate, maybe you assist them in paying it back, but at least you have that option to really adjust it to your situation. We're talking about mistakes and how to avoid them. What you especially want to avoid is backing yourself into a corner at the 55 plus age, because that's a lot of times where you're a high earner and companies might look at it and say, hey, we need to downsize. I've had a few clients where late fifties, early sixties, and they're looking at it like, hey, I got to go find a job somewhere. And they weren't planning for that. So you definitely want to leave yourself flexible to adapt to any situation that's going to come up. Marc Killian: Yeah. Since I was talking about hockey a second ago, we'll use that as an analogy. You definitely don't want to have two guys in the penalty box, two of you in the penalty box, and have it be a five on three because it's just going to be a little rough right there. So making sure that, again, balance is going to be the key, right? Making sure that you can handle helping the kids without sacrificing your future. And they don't want you to do that either, ultimately. At the moment they feel like they do because it's great to have mom and dad help, but when it comes back around years later and they have to help you, they're going to really regret that decision as well, so that's why we're trying to highlight some of these areas for you to avoid. And Nick, I'll toss this one to you. Similar in a way, but instead of helping your kids, you're helping yourself because you chose to retire early. And if longevity risk is the great multiplier to all the other risks we face in retirement, and that's just the years we live longer, I would think that retiring too early is almost like longevity risk on steroids. Nick: Yeah. I think the retiring too early thing is usually if there's a really strong plan, meaning financial plan, retirement plan done, I think we feel pretty comfortable with the level at which we do plans and give people just input on, hey, we feel comfortable with you retiring. We don't feel comfortable with you retiring. But for example, recently, a new client, somebody that is going to retire a little earlier than maybe is considered typical reviewed the plan that they had been working off of the last maybe 5, 6, 7, 8 years, and the rate at which the plan had expenses dropping for the client jumped out to me as a red flag. And so it's not only from just a standpoint of, hey, in theory it doesn't make sense to retire too early and all these different things, but also just showing the importance of second opinion or the importance of the plan, importance of inputs in a plan where in our opinion, cutting expenses by 50% between 70 and 80 is a pretty tricky thing and can be very misleading with the security that you feel with your plan. So yeah, things like drawing down the money too early, whether it's taking Social Security too early. Those increases that people have gotten in the last three, four years in Social Security, especially those that have waited are going to make a really substantial difference because they've been so high, and just anybody that took those real early and locked in those gains on much lower numbers, they're going to feel it 10, 15 years down the road. Marc Killian: Yeah. I don't have the exact data in front of me, but I just saw something not too long ago that talked about waiting three years, just three years to retire, delaying it three years, made some crazy number difference in the math for retirement. It was pretty wild. I'll have to find that. We'll have to talk about that on a future show, but it was pretty interesting, just the massive difference that it can make. So certainly important. Hey, if you want to retire early and the numbers bear out, cool, but just I think that's the point. Run the numbers. Make sure that you truly can pull the trigger and retire early so that it doesn't bite you along the way. Because you certainly don't want to get to 80 and be like, oh, okay, now I got to go back to work. That wouldn't be good, so let's not do that. John, let's talk about the last one here. I want to have you chime in a little bit on different taxable buckets. We were just talking a couple of weeks ago about kicking the can. We're so used to it. That's what we've been taught. Pumping into a 401K, defer, defer, defer, and many people, if we're talking money mistakes again, is I didn't really explore other tax buckets and I regret doing that. So maybe it might've made more sense to look at Roths, for example, or something else. John: Yeah. Going back to our last session, this is when you look at your nest egg and you say, wait, Uncle Sam's getting about 15 to 20% of this, and you realize, hey, I should have done some Roth money. But yeah, that's definitely something. We see a lot of people going into retirement where Roths weren't too popular really 10 or 15 years ago, and 401Ks, that is, and now it's more popular, so more people are doing it. But definitely right now, we're seeing a lot of people where most of the money's pre-tax and they'll go into retirement and realize how much they're paying in taxes and just saying, hey, I wish I had some tax-free money to really help the burden of the taxes I'm paying. And again, the tax rates could change, so just being able to adjust and pivot depending on what's happening. Marc Killian: Yeah. I definitely think that it's something worth investigating, having a conversation, but there is some things they have to think about, too. So I know it's been the hot topic lately to talk about we're doing Roths or conversions, Nick, but if you are considering doing so, make sure that this is also money that you're not going to need to access right away because there is a five-year hold, correct? If you're converting? Nick: Correct. Yeah. So if you're going to implement conversions into your overall strategy, it's really important to have it road-mapped out because we've seen people that have converted too much or converted money that they expected to be able to use within that five-year window, and then it defeats the purpose. And or maybe they don't have money outside to be able to pay the taxes. So yeah, it's really important to have a broad-based strategy when you're looking to do that. Marc Killian: Yeah. Because I know it's been a hot topic and a lot of people have been really pushing the importance of getting money, paying the taxes now at the lower rate that we're in, because we're all pretty sure the tax rates are going to go up, yada, yada, yada. And so it's been a big focus, but don't just get sold on it because it's the thing, and then all of a sudden, to your point, someone's saying, hey, I got a million bucks. Let me start converting all of it because you're going to jack yourself up in tax brackets that way, too. So there has to be some strategy to that as well. Just like everything in finance. Make sure that you got a good strategy in place for all the different pieces, the income side, the taxation side, Social Security, all those pieces need a strategy to them in order to be effective and working together within that strategy. So if you need some help, that's what the guys do day in and day out. Get yourself onto the calendar. Or if you know someone who's in a situation that does need some help, share the podcast with them. Let them know to reach out to them or just stop by the website, jot this down. Pfgprivatewealth.com and share that with those that might benefit from the message. Pfgprivatewealth.com is where you can find John and Nick, financial advisors at PFG Private Wealth. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Retirement Planning Redefined on Apple, Google, and Spotify. Guys, thanks for hanging out. Nick, buddy, I appreciate you as always. Nick: Thanks, man, and enjoy your hockey. Marc Killian: Absolutely. Going to do that, and to your mom as well. She's a new big fan as well. So go hockey. And John, my friend, I hope things are going well for you, and thanks for hanging out, buddy. John: Yep, have a good one. Marc Killian: Yes, sir. We'll see you next time right here on Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick.…
The retirement planning world is filled with plenty of advice and suggestions, but there are critical questions lurking in the shadows – the unasked, the overlooked. These are the questions that can help define the comfort and security of your retirement future. On this episode, we unearth and tackle these hidden, but essential questions about retirement. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc : The retirement planning world is filled with plenty of advice and suggestions, but there are some critical questions that sometimes get lurking into the shadows or unasked or just overlooked and that's the questions we're going to talk a little bit about today here on the podcast. So check it out here this week on Retirement Planning Redefined. Hey, everybody. Welcome into the podcast. Thanks for tuning in as John and Nick and myself talk about today's topic, which is some hidden or overlooked questions in retirement planning. So the guys are going to help break this down this week on the show. Thanks so much as always for being here and listening and if you've got some questions, make sure you reach out to the guys at pfgprivatewealth.com. That is pfgprivatewealth.com. Get yourself some time onto the calendar and you can also subscribe to the podcast on whatever app you like using. Find it all right there at pfgprivatewealth.com. Guys, what's going on? Nick, how are you, bud? Nick: Pretty good, pretty good. Happy that we've worked our way into football season and we're starting to get some tease of cooler weather. I'm excited about that. Marc : Yeah. Very good. John my friend, what's happening in your neck of the woods? You doing all right? How's the little ones? John: Good. Little ones are good. They're seven and four. So they keep getting older and a little bit more- Marc : Weird how that happens, right? John: I know. Personality's definitely coming out I'll say. My kids are completely different and we're like, "How did this happen?" One is very reserved and shy and the other one's a complete maniac, but they're great. Marc : Yeah. It's like they look at each other as they're going through things and the stuff that we don't see as parents and they're like, "I'm going to be the opposite of this person," or whatever the case is. It's always funny how the siblings, now I just have the one, but I'm one of seven myself so I certainly can relate to the siblings, but myself, I only have the one kid and she's all of it rolled into one. She's got a little bit of everything going on with her so there's definitely nothing happening. There's nothing hidden about that kid that's for sure. She puts it all out there. And that's my segue into the topic today for retirement plannings hidden questions. I think guys for some of these, they're not necessarily hidden as much as maybe overlooked is the better term. I think we know it, we keep it in our mind somewhere, but we tend to just either forget about it or we put our focus someplace else during the journey towards retirement. So you'll see what I mean here with this first one. The question might be, how much are these tax deferred savings eventually going to cost me in taxes? And so you can kind of see where I'm going with this. If you're pumping away into the 401k 'cause you've been told that's the thing to do for 40 years, you kind of forget that eventually you know it, but you forget, eventually Uncle Sam's going, "Hey. Where's mine?" Right? So how much is it going to cost us? Nick: Yeah. I would say that's definitely a topic that we talk about quite a bit, especially with the required minimum distribution age getting pushed back. Some clients that have allocated a large portion of their retirement funds to pre-tax accounts and then maybe have their expenses low and don't plan on taking out much money at least initially early on in retirement can get a bit of a surprise when those required minimum distributions kick in. And so that's something that we try to plan around where oftentimes accountants are usually focused on taxes today. So a lot of times they'll suggest, "Hey. Defer those until you only have to take them out and use other money first," and we tend to try to split that money up, take some of the money out of the pre-tax accounts earlier on, make it kind of blend with some of the other non-qualified funds so that when the required minimum distributions kick in, it's not such a huge surprise and maybe causes income above and beyond what they expected to have. Marc : Yeah. And John, 'cause a lot of people, let's just use a million dollars 'cause it's a round number and it's easy, but it's kind of sexy, right? It's got this allure to it like, "Hey, I'm a millionaire." But if you've been pumping this all into one of those type of accounts, you're not really a millionaire. You're more like a 700,000 aire because the government wants their share again, right? John: Yeah. Yeah. It's something that's always there and if you start to look at it, you want to estimate I would say on average, again everyone's different, but I'd say 10% to 20% you could expect would go to taxes. Obviously if you withdraw it in one year, it'd be a bigger chunk than that, but when you retire, we're looking at effective tax rates between 10 to 20 sometimes 25%. Marc : Yeah. John: Not that we like to look at rule of thumbs, but if you're looking at a balance sheet and wondering, "How much of this is going to be mine?" That's a decent place to start. Marc : Yeah. It's a good place to start the conversation, right? John: Yeah. Yeah, exactly. But it's something to be aware of and this is where the planning becomes very important to understand, "How much taxes am I going to be paying per year?" And that's where it's important, whoever you're working with when you're doing your retirement plan, they should be able to show you that at any given year how much you're going to pay in taxes and that way you have an idea of like, "Hey.' The big thing with this too, especially this day and age, a lot going on in the world and- Marc : Just a little bit. John: Yeah. Big question is are taxes going to go up? So if a lot of your money's pre-tax, and we're going to get to this later I believe, if taxes go up, that's a bigger hit that Uncle Sam's going to take out of your nest egg. So it might be 10% or 15% when you first retire, but all of the sudden it could be 10 years in and that's a bigger chunk they're taking depending on the rule changes. Marc : Yeah. That's a great point. And so using that same million dollar analogy here, Nick, the next question that again gets looked at, but maybe not looked at the right way is how much can I pull out of this joker each year? And so talking about rules of thumb a second ago with John, it's easy to do the back of the napkin and do the 4% thing, but if you did that off a million dollars and you say it's 40 grand, well if you don't have a million dollars, 'cause again, you got to pay the taxes and you got more like 700,000, now you're at 28 grand, so on and so forth. So it becomes a real, I don't know, sliding scale as to what you can withdraw each year. Nick: Yeah. It could be a tricky thing, especially because, and I would say even the landscape has changed a little bit. So for example, clients that retired five years ago when interest rates were really low and the money that they needed to take out of their nest egg wasn't going to just be this concept of interest only or dividends only because the ability to be able to do that was minimized with where rates were. So we do talk about the 4% rule to give people an idea of and a better grasp of understanding of, "Hey. When you look at your nest egg and you're trying to figure out how much money can I really take?" That's an easy calculation for people to make so that they understand, "All right. 40,000 for every million," because some people are under the impression that they can take out a lot more for example. And so helping them understand, "Well, hey. Maybe not quite," is a big thing. And that also, kind of what you alluded to, where 40,000 from maybe a non-qualified account is different than 40,000 from a retirement account because of taxes and especially if they're living in a state where there's state income tax, that sort of thing. Marc : Gotcha. Nick: So we discussed that 4% rule with people so that they have a better understanding of it, but then it really helps us emphasize the importance of having a withdrawal or a liquidation order, helping them understand, try to focus on some short-term, mid-term, longer-term assets and almost kind of assigning a job to different types of accounts because some accounts we're going to spend down a little quicker. Other accounts we want to let grow, but especially when it gets to times like these where the markets are a little haywire and people are getting nervous, sometimes they want to bail and try to emphasize it's important to still make sure that you keep some long-term investments in play. Marc : And that's a good point 'cause that's going to lead me to my next little hidden one here that we've been reawakened to John and that's our friend Mr. Inflation. Not that he's our friend, I'm being sarcastic, but- John: Not my friend. Marc : Not my friend at all, right? But we've been reawakened to it, but forever in a day it was like, "Okay. It's just there. It's not that bad. Two and a half, 3%, whatever." But now people are going, "Well wait a minute. Is this going to derail my plan?" John: Yeah. We are seeing quite a bit of that. Everyone's inflation rate's different. That's one thing that we will say is that everyone has a slightly different inflation rate depending on what you do, what's important to you- Marc : The things that you buy. Yeah. John: Yeah. So example, I'll tell you where I've seen my biggest expense has been food. Fairly well and all of the sudden it's like to try to go eat something that's a little bit good for you, it's like, "Man, this is getting expensive." Marc : Exactly. That kind of hit my ear funny. I'm sorry. I'm going to cut you off real fast just to ask you to expand on that some more, but people might go, "Wait a minute. The inflation rate, it's 4.5%. Why is it different for different people?" But that's a great point. How you live and your lifestyle, and we're not even talking like living super high on the hog now, go to the grocery store or other places, you know it's still not 4.5%. They don't factor so many things into that number. It's really kind of a misnomer, right? John: Yeah. Everything's different. As we know, energy costs are different, food, and then what do you like to do in retirement? Do you plan on traveling? Are you doing more activities where it doesn't cost anything? Then guess what? If you're just hiking and doing things like that where you live, then not going to be a big impact for you, but if you like to travel and do other things that result you get on a plane, going out to eat, things like that, it's going to be a whole different experience. Again, we harp on this, but it's important to do the plan and if you are working with an advisor, maybe they have the ability to categorize each expense and have it have a different inflation rate depending on what's happening in the world. Marc : Nick, are you guys taking into account a higher inflation rate currently for folks to adjust that or do you still look at the historical over the long-term rates and say, Okay. Historically we'll probably be somewhere back down in that three or 4% range over time?" Or do we need to adjust for that in the interim? Nick: So the way that we've been handling it, because we think it's a little bit more efficient to look at it, is it's a little bit more work. So every couple years we have people update their expenses. So we have an expense worksheet. So the key being that when they update their expenses, we can account for their inflation over the last few years. And then we'll use a more traditional rate moving forward 'cause the tricky part with using a higher rate is that's over the lifetime of the plan. So we're talking 20, 30, 40 years. And normally that's not something that happens. So we know that oftentimes there are these spikes, which we've had in the last couple years. So we want to reprice that in and take in accounting for what these higher expenses that they have are and then use a more traditional rate moving forward because the amount that we would have to increase it over the last couple of years would be higher than it would be over a 10, 20 year period. Marc : Gotcha. Okay. Makes sense. Nick: So that's kind of what we found to be the most accurate. And again, there's things where, as an example, had a friend that got into a car accident either late last year or earlier this year and they were forced to get a new vehicle versus if they hadn't gotten into a car accident, they wouldn't have wanted to. So they were forced to get a new vehicle and with where prices were on used vehicles- Marc : At the time, yeah. Nick: Yeah. Just like crazy pricing. So that is something that specifically impacts them differently than somebody that doesn't need to buy a vehicle and can just wait until things slow down a little bit. So that's just kind of a good example. And we've got people who, if they're renting, I live in downtown St. Pete and I rent and the rent in downtown has doubled over the last five years. There's things like that versus somebody who's in a mortgage and that's a little bit different. So those are just kind of some examples of why we want to reprice where things are at, update our baseline, and then kind of move forward in a little bit more traditional and keep an eye on it. Marc : Yeah. And John, you said a second ago, how you're living, the kind of food you're getting or whatever, but also where you live. So another hidden question might be, is where I live going to impact my retirement situation? I can't see how it wouldn't. What you're going to be doing there in Tampa, for example, where you're at John versus where I'm at, I'm in sticks. Just even property taxes are going to be vastly different from county to county and so on and so forth or state to state. John: Yeah. Where you live will make a big difference and one example Nick just actually gave where it's renting versus owning. That's going to make a big difference depending on what's happening. But no. It definitely makes a big difference. I was just up in Boston a couple of weeks ago and I saw some of that inflation up there as I was up there and I'm like- Nick: Wow. John: Tampa's catching up, but it's still not there and it's just like, "Okay. Things cost a lot more up here." Nick: Yeah. John: So it does make a big difference and then of course, where you live, is that where you're going to spend most of your time? Again, are you traveling? You know what I mean? Marc : Well with Florida being a retirement destination, a lot of times people will do the moving to Florida. I don't know if I would move there just for the tax benefit. Is that big enough to wag that dog or it should be moving there because you want to move there for various other reasons? Oh, and then there also is the benefit of the tax situation. Is that a better way of looking at it or just, "Hey, we're going to move from New York to Florida because the tax rates are better." Nick: I would say that the lifestyle that people used to have when they came to Florida, and this is in all parts of Florida, but obviously Miami, Lauderdale, Naples have always been pretty high and areas like Tampa and St. Pete have lagged a little bit, but now a regular middle class home in Tampa is going to cost you 500 plus thousand where six, seven, eight years ago it could be you might have to move out into the suburbs a little bit more, but the high twos to 300. And so it's going to be interesting to see how it does impact that traditional, unless you're coming from a city like a Boston where the values are still much higher. Marc : New York. Yeah. Nick: There's a lot of places where, I'm from Western New York, Rochester, New York, the value of the homes were never that high, but the tax difference was substantial and now it's a lot cheaper to live there even with the taxes than it is here to have the same sort of house and neighborhood and when you factor in car insurance has gone insane here, property insurance has. So it's going to be interesting to see how it impacts it. Marc : For sure. Well let's do the final one here. We'll wrap up with pit questions and Nick and I were just talking about some significant ladies in our life getting into hockey, his mom, my wife. And I asked my mom, I was like, "Hey, you want me to take you to a hockey game?" And she's 82. She's like, "Honey, I could never get all the way down the stairs and then back up again." But the question becomes is should we be planning, especially if you're in this what they call the sandwich generation, if you're in this 45, 50 range, 55, for caring for your elderly parents. It's certainly happening happening more and more. John: Yeah. I would say definitely something you want to look at in your plan and something you just want to be aware of it and the potential of that happening and then you want to have conversations with siblings if you have siblings on, "Hey. If this were to happen, what are we going to do in this situation?" Marc : What do they have? What does mom and dad have? And then what do we need to shore up possibly? John: Yeah. So it's having all these conversations with the whole family of, "Hey. Do you have long-term care insurance in place?" "Okay, you don't. Okay. What's the nest egg? What's the income coming in?" So something you definitely want to have a discussion on and I think Nick has shared a couple of stories and I have a couple of my own where we're seeing where maybe it's not financially impacting the couple that's retiring, but it's impacting their lifestyle. So I've had some scenarios where clients couldn't do the things they wanted to do because they were caring or taking care of a parent, not necessarily financially 'cause the finances were fine, but they were physically doing things and had to be present. So it really impacted some of the things that they were able to do. Marc : Yeah. Nick: Yeah. I can speak to that 'cause my grandmother lives with my parents. It's been over 10 years now. Marc : Wow. Nick: And it's real life for them as far as what John just talked about of being able to travel and do the things that they want to do. They get some breaks where, for example, now she's up staying with an uncle up in Rochester. So they've been doing a little bit more like traveling and trying to do things to enjoy that, but- Marc : They have to plan out their activities more. Nick: Yeah. Much more so. And let alone the stress of taking care of someone and all that kind of thing. So I think that one of the best pieces of advice to potentially give people is to, and that generation can sometimes be a little more difficult when discussing money. It feels like they're getting a lot better, but being able to have conversations with them to understand what do they have? Do they have their documents in place? Who are the executors of their estate? Or is it a will? Is it a trust? Is there going to be issues that may be a fallout from how things are written? What can be done now to clean that up? And even things from the perspective of, 'cause sometimes parents will start to want to gift money or do different things and we've seen that that generation oftentimes has a lot of non-qualified money. So maybe it's stock accounts or things like that where if they sell to try to gift some cash to kids or grandkids or whatever, they can incur some serious taxes 'cause oftentimes that generation has held their accounts for a long time. And so even just understanding like, "Hey. Well if you leave these types of accounts after you pass, it's going to be much more tax efficient than leaving these other types of accounts." So let's be smart with how we have some sort of liquidation in there and work through that. Marc : Gotcha. All right. So those are some hidden questions that you may want to consider and have top of mind or at least readdress when you're talking about getting a retirement strategy into place. So if you've got those questions, again, reach out to John and Nick and subscribe to the podcast. Find all the information at pfgprivatewealth.com. That is pfgprivatewealth.com and subscribe to Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick on Apple, Google, or Spotify to catch future episodes as well as checkout past episodes or just find it all at pfgprivatewealth.com. For John, for Nick, I'm Mark. We'll catch you next time here on the podcast. This has been Retirement Planning Redefined.…

1 Till Debt Do Us Part: Resolving Financial Sources of Tension Between Couples 18:19
18:19
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요18:19
Money can't buy love, but it can certainly start some spicy debates between you and your better half. In this episode, we're digging into the financial face-offs that make Monopoly fights look like child's play and exploring some money minefields that can test even the most solid relationships. Listen in as we explore how to resolve some of the most common financial sources of tension between couples. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Welcome into another edition of the podcast. It's Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. Find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com if you've got questions or concerns about your retirement strategy or lack thereof. This week we're going to be talking about 'til debt do us part, resolving potential financial sources of tension between couples, because let's be honest, married couples fight, and often it's about money. That's usually the number one reason that we get into arguments. So we've got five that we want to identify and talk through a little bit and try to hopefully shine some light on some places where we can talk about some of these things and maybe get onto the same page and not have these arguments. Because a lot of times these things happen in front of advisors the very first time. Guys, not too long ago, I was just chatting with another advisor, who said he was sitting down with a married couple, they were talking, they were going over the stuff, and they were pleasantly surprised about some extra money that they were going to have. The husband says, "Great, we're going to buy an RV and travel the country," and the wife looked at him and said, "Since when? You've never ever brought this up before." So it was the first time she had ever heard it. So we want to make sure that that's not happening. We want to try to have these conversations, ideally with each other before we sit down with an advisor, but certainly that's going to happen as well, because you guys, as you know, often wind up having to be a little bit of marriage counselors sometimes when it comes to dealing with finance in front of folks. That's going to be the topic this week. We're going to get into it. Nick, how you doing buddy? Nick: Doing well. Doing well, thanks. Marc: Yeah. You ever run into that situation where a couple said something in front of you and you could tell the other one was completely caught off guard? Nick: Oh yeah. Yep. Yep. It's- Marc: Par for the course? Nick: Yeah, that's when the couple's therapy hat goes on. Marc: That's right. Nick: Probably a lot of advisors don't work in teams like John and I do, oftentimes, and I would say one of the things that it helps with the most is just being able to pick up on the social cues a little bit easier from both people, just because people, depending upon their personality, they may show you a lot with their expression. Marc: Yeah. Little tandem action there. John, you're married. I'm married. Married couples argue, right? And money's usually the big deal. John: Whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa. Speak for yourself, Mark. [inaudible 00:02:15] aware of it. It's all roses over here. Marc: Your wife's listening, that's right. Make sure you don't say anything, yeah. But it does happen, right? And money's the number one argument point. So, let's talk about these five that we've identified here that people tend to run into in y'all's industry. Risk tolerance, if I start that first one, risk tolerance in investments. This is pretty simple. If you're talking about two people, there's a good chance one feels one way about something and the other one feels the other way, especially when it comes to being married couples. So one person may be more aggressive with the portfolio and one's not, right? That simple. John: Yeah. This does happen quite a bit because everyone has different risk tolerances, personalities, and how they react to the market. What we typically do in this situation is each person will fill out their own risk tolerance questionnaire, and that gives us understanding of how to invest each portfolio. And if it's a joint account, we usually have a discussion of, "Hey, how does this fit in the overall plan and the strategy?" So, again, hate to sound like a broken record, but we really try to have the plan dictate how much risk we should be taking, and then obviously the risk tolerance comes into play. But what we do in this situation is we take account both risks' levels, and then we'll try to incorporate that into the plan and make sure that it's in line with what we're showing for numbers. Marc: Yeah. This is pretty basic one here, but we want to make sure that both parties are feeling comfortable with the risk that they're taking. It's just that simple. So to not have the argument, you don't want to have the portfolio 90% in the market, for example, just as throwing numbers out there, if the other person's tolerance is only going to be comfortable with half of that or less than that. So you want to have those conversations. It's also good to work with an advisor who can help you go through. And this is why another piece of the importance of both parties being involved with the financial planning process, so that they both are getting their needs met, as well as understanding what's happening and knowing what their plan is. So that's the first one. Nick, let's talk about the second one, retirement age. My wife and I are five years apart, and she jokes all the time, and I don't think she's joking, but all the time she's like, "You're going to retire five years before me and I don't think I like that," because she just doesn't want to see me goofing off and having fun while she's going to work. Understandable, but something you got to talk about. Nick: Yeah. It's definitely something that comes up quite a bit. It's interesting, honestly, it varies quite a bit from couple to couple. I've seen it go from anything from one person really enjoys their job more than another and they plan to work longer and they're comfortable and happy with that. In the last few years, we've had people shift to working from home and that has kept them in the job longer. They don't have to do the commute anymore. We've even had clients move maybe a little further out into the burbs because of it and start their adjustment to retirement by being in a quieter area, that sort of thing. Also, in a funny way, sometimes couples are like, "We need to ease into this whole spending all this extra time together sort of thing. So us doing it at the same time may not be best for us as well." Then purely from a financial standpoint, there could be a significant age gap or maybe at least three to five years where the cost of health insurance, those sorts of things for the younger one, could make a significantly negative impact on the overall plan if they were to retire early. And so they just do it. They continue to work just for that reason alone. Marc: Yeah. So you've got to have those conversations to sort that out a little bit so that you don't have that argument or that fight over what's going on, things of that nature. Again, this could be an easy one, but it also may not be depending on the age disparity, or even just from the financial standpoint of figuring out the ideal way to do this. John, let's go to number three for you here on legacy for the family, for heirs or whatever the case is. I joke with my daughter all the time, we only have the one, but I joke with her, I'm like, "I'm not leaving you anything but a credit card statement." So she's expecting to get nadda. She knows that's not true, but for folks who have multiple kids like yourself, it could be simple, where one party wants to leave them a whole bunch and the other party doesn't, right? "We worked hard for this. We want to enjoy our retirement with the money that we put together. The kids are doing fine, so I don't want to leave as much." And that's certainly the source of tension between a married couple, if one's wanting to give a lot and one's wanting to give a little. John: Yeah, this is probably, I would say, my planning career here, the biggest tension one I've seen actually, because if you're setting aside money to leave for a legacy and you're not spending it, that can make a big impact to what you do in retirement. So, again, the planning does help this out where you start to kind of see it. But this is definitely one where I would say it's a conversation to have in making sure that everyone is on the same page as far as what is the goal for leaving a legacy to kids or grandkids? Marc: Yeah. And the grandkids can certainly be another whole equation in that too. Although the funny thing is, is couples tend to get on the same page about the grandkids. It's like, "The heck with the kids, just give it all to the grandkids." But, again, you've got to really talk about how you're going to separate that out. Nick, do you see that as the biggest one as well? As John's mentioned, that's the thing he's seen the most in his career. Do you see that quite often as well? Nick: Yeah, I would agree with him on that. That's definitely the case for me as well. Marc: Yeah. It's, again, "Let's leave them as much as we can. No, they're doing just fine. We've given them everything throughout their life. I'm not leaving them that much." That's what my wife and I joke about with our kid. We're like, "I'm not leaving her nothing. We've given her tons of stuff. She's doing well on her own. She doesn't need any of the stuff that we have. We're going to enjoy our retirement ourself." So, we don't have big fights about it, but you could. John: Mark, actually, one thing that I've seen at work is a kind of in-between, if this debt does become a sticky point, is I've seen some clients that instead of leaving money, it's, "Hey, let's do some things that we enjoy with the family." So instead of just saying, "Hey, we're going to leave you this nest egg," maybe it's, "We go on a vacation and we pay for everybody to come, so we create memories versus just passing away and just leaving them a chunk of money." So that's kind of an in-between, where it's, "Hey, I want to enjoy my retirement. We'll leave it for the kids. Let's do both." Marc: Gotcha. That's a great point. Yeah, for sure. So maybe trying to enjoy that while everybody's around is a good way of looking at that. Let's do number four here, housing and retirement, probably the second biggest one, more than likely. "Do we downsize, do we not? Well, we raised the kids here. I want to stay here and raise the grandkids here," kind of thing. Like, "Have the grandkids come here for those great memories, but financially it makes more sense to downsize," or whatever. So there's a whole plethora of arguments that can pop up around the housing issue, Nick. Nick: Yeah, the housing issue, from almost like a hyperlocal standpoint here, has really become quite interesting, and, to a certain extent, in other areas as well. In our area here we've had really home values post-COVID double, and then interest rates go up. So there's this stuck factor, where in theory somebody may look to downsize their home, but for what they would get for the money, the change in taxes, if there was financing involved, it's one thing if they'd be able to pay cash, but if there'd be financing involved, a lot of times that cuts into any sort of gain that they would get. So unless they're shifting out to an area that's substantially less expensive or that sort of thing, people are a little bit more stuck than they had been previously, which we see that from the standpoint and the perspective of low inventory and that sort of thing. So we're in an interesting cycle, and it's going to be pretty interesting to see how that ages in the next few years, because we've already had some clients that had looked into downsizing but wanted to stay local, and with the pricing where it's at, it just didn't end up making financial sense. The downside of that is that there's more maintenance and the house is harder to keep up. So instead, they're spending money on maybe some services related to the home that they hadn't before. It's pretty interesting. Some clients that have relocated from other areas of the country where the housing markets are higher, they've been able to have that be a downsize that's worked out well for them. But that gap used to be much more substantial. What they would sell a house for in maybe the Eastern Seaboard versus what they could buy something for here now, the gap is much smaller than it used to be. Although for some areas it's still a better value, it's changed. Marc: Yeah, it's easy enough to get into these arguments about different things, and certainly anything that's emotionally attached, like leaving money to the kids or raising the grandkid... I keep saying raising, but spending time with the grandkids in the same home where you raised your children can certainly carry a lot of emotional weight to that. But if the finance or the math bears out in a different direction and one party's leaning towards math and finance and the other one's leaning toward emotion, can certainly lead to arguments. And also, not having the conversations until you sit down with the advisor, probably not the best way to go about that either. "We're going to sell the house." "No, we're not. We're going to stay in the house," and you guys are left sitting there going, "Oh boy, this is going to be fun." So definitely something you want to have a conversation about. Then the last one guys, is also a pretty big one as well, which is just retirement lifestyle in general. Again, what do you want to do? I used my wife and I as an example a minute ago, I'm going to retire before she does, and she travels a lot for work. Well, she doesn't want to travel that much in retirement. She wants to be at home and enjoy her garden and so on and so forth. And I'm like, well, I'm always working from home, especially while she's traveling now, so I want to get out and do things once we retire. So we're in two different spaces. We've got to find a way to make that work as we get there. And many couples face that same kind of analogy. John: Yeah, this happens quite a bit in understanding and getting that aligned. I think with all these topics, I'll say that just sitting down and starting a financial plan will answer a lot of these questions and making it come to light. And once you see the plan, you'll really start to determine, "Hey, should we downsize? What can we leave to the kids?" Retirement age, et cetera. And then also, "What are the things we can do in retirement?" It really opens up the conversation. Just kind of give you scenarios here. I just had a client that, she, herself, her goal was to hike the Appalachian Trail. She just did about half of it, and the husband didn't want to do that. She did it, and then he would actually meet her at certain spots in the trail and they would hang out and then he'd fly back home. But those are things that she wanted to do, and she's not the only one. I have some other people like that as well. If it's that drastically of a difference, some people might do things solo off their bucket list. But the majority of the time, I'll say, maybe we've been fortunate that we've worked with people that will actually compromise and work with each other, even if they have different bucket lists in retirement. Marc: Yeah. Yeah. Nick, you want to chime in on this one? Nick: Yeah, it's really an interesting dynamic. I see it now more with my parents who both retired during COVID. The caveat with them is that my grandmother lives with them so that puts some restrictions on what they can do. We have a lot of clients who have that same sort of situation, which is also another reason for people to be strategic about the things that they want to do, and be able to plan around that sort of thing. As an example, for my parents, I have an uncle that's going to fly down and stay with my grandmother for a week, and they're going to go travel a little bit, go out west for a wedding, and be able to enjoy that time. So, people that tend to be homebodies too, I think I've seen maybe struggle a little bit more than others. I would just say that any sort of engagement, hobbies, things to get you out of the house, all those sorts of things, we've seen have a very positive impact on people's energy levels and how much they're able to actually enjoy retirement. Marc: Yeah. Well, and again, these are five big places where we can certainly argue about money when it comes to our finances, sources of tension. Whether it's arguing over how aggressive or not we are with our portfolio, whether it's what kind of age we want to retire at, the legacy to leave behind, where we're going to live, or just what overall retirement's going to look like, why have this be a source of tension when we can have a conversation with each other? Hopefully we've done this already, but again, many times couples, they know they're going to fight, so they try to avoid, or maybe they're not as truthful, guys, as they might be with their partner when it's just them. But sitting down in front of advisors like yourselves, now they're a little bit more comfortable because they feel like they've got this mediator who doesn't have a vested interest in the fight. They're just there to help provide the financial information. Is that fair? John: Yes. Nick: Yeah, I would say so. John: Yeah, I would definitely agree with that. Marc: Yeah. I think a lot of people feel better about doing that in front of an advisor, but again, try not to catch your partner off guard by never having this conversation with them and just springing something on them. Talk about it, and work your way through it, and hopefully maybe use this podcast as a catalyst if you need that, if you're having trouble with your spouse, and just say, "Hey, listen to this." Maybe this will get you guys talking or whatever. And then sit down with a qualified pro like John and Nick to go through the process and see what it is that you need to do to tackle these items and get onto the same page. So reach out to them, pfgprivatewealth.com. That's where you can find them online. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, pfgprivatewealth.com. You can find Retirement Planning Redefined on Apple, Google, or Spotify. Whatever podcasting platform app you like to use, just type that into search box, or again, stop by the website, pfgprivatewealth.com. Guys, thanks for hanging out and breaking this down a little bit for us this week. I always appreciate your time. For John and Nick, I'm your host, Mark, we'll see you next time here on the show.…
Get ready for part two of our Retirement Cash Flow series! This time, we're diving into the income side of the equation. In our first two episodes, we tackled the ins and outs of your expenses in retirement. Now, it's all about understanding the crucial role of income analysis. We'll uncover the secrets of guaranteed income versus the uncertain stuff and shed light on the consequences of retiring without a clear income plan. Don't worry if you're feeling lost - we've got your back with practical solutions and expert guidance. Tune in and take charge of your retirement cash flow! Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Mark: Welcome into this week's edition of the podcast. It's Retirement Planning - Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth, back with me again to talk about mastering retirement cash flow. So we're going to dive into the income side of the equation here a little bit on these things that we need to discuss, and go through this crucial role of income analysis. And we'll talk about, hopefully, some ways to highlight some points to think about when it comes to making sure you've got that cash flow taken care of. Because clearly, we've got to have income in retirement when we're no longer getting those paychecks. So that's on the docket this week on the show. Once again, guys, thanks for being here. John, what's going on buddy? John: Oh, not too much. Just starting to get this Florida heat hitting me and we're only about a month into it, but I think I'm already tired of it. Mark: Already tired of it? Yeah, you got a ways to go if that's the case. What about you, Nick? How are you doing, my friend? I know you're doing a little moving. Moving's always fun, right? You getting that all worked out? Nick: Yeah, yeah. Well, luckily the move wasn't too bad, but pretty much settled in and I got a little bit of break from the heat in July after going up north for a little bit, like I tend to do during the summer. Mark: Oh, yeah. Although it's been hot everywhere. It was probably hot up there too, wasn't it? Nick: It was, it was. But it was, for sure, cooler and the humidity less. Mark: Yeah. That's the kicker. Yeah. Nick: We definitely had some warm days for sure, but I do enjoy being able to go on the fresh water up there, because I don't do fresh water in Florida. And it's not like I go to the beach that much anyways, but the water at the beaches here right now is just insanely hot. It's not even worth going in. Mark: It's like you get in the bathtub. Nick: Yeah, yeah. It's ridiculous. Mark: You think, "The ocean! I'm going to cool off." No, you're not. But yeah, well, good. I'm glad you guys are doing all right. So let's get in and talk about this cash flow thing here a little bit. Why is understanding income, guys, in retirement critical for the stability of your financial strategy, and what could happen if you don't have that clear picture? Nick: Yeah, so I was actually having a conversation with a client earlier today and really kind of emphasizing ... We emphasize this with our clients quite a bit, that it's super important to have income. Obviously, income is king in retirement, but not completely in lieu of liquidity, of having other funds. So this one client had good direct income sources and then had a decision to make on a pension, on whether to lump sum, roll over or take it as an income. And because of the overall financial strategy, for her it made sense to take lump sum, roll it over into an IRA. And that would kind of give her the balance of having assets that she can dip into, versus just a stream of income that would limit her on other things. Creating that balance is different for every single person, but we really try to emphasize trying to make sure that you understand the different forms of income, and balancing that with making sure that you have access and accounts that are invested, but are also liquid. Mark: Yeah, okay. I mean, that makes sense, clearly. And so, when we're thinking about the stability of income streams, John, what are some examples of different sources? I mean, there's some that are pretty obvious, but we want to make sure we have more than just one, clearly. So what are some of the things to think about? John: Yeah. You definitely want to analyze where the money's coming from. I know the last podcast, we were talking about expenses, and that's really where you start, is getting to understand, "Hey, how much am I spending?" And the next step is, okay, now that I'm spending this, where's my income coming from to cover those expenses? And you want to make a clear picture of understanding what your income sources are, because the biggest risk going into retirement is making sure you do not outlive your money. And part of that is understanding, "Okay, where is my income coming from? And how do I make sure that I maintain my lifestyle without running out at age 80 years old, and now all of a sudden I'm looking to get a job at 80." Mark: Yeah, nobody wants to do that. So we're talking pensions, right? IRAs, 401(k)s, social security, annuities, so on and so forth, things like that. Is it advisable to try to rely more heavily on one versus the other? And I think for many years, John, people would kind of say, "Well, social security's going to make up half or more", but I don't know that that's the reliable source we want to go with anymore. What do you think? John: Definitely not, no. Especially with ... Not that anyone's done this yet, but a lot of talk of updating the social security program, cuts and things like that. You definitely want a good balance of retirement income sources, because if, let's say, there was an update to social security, you'd want to have something in your back pocket where you can say, "Okay, that's okay, that's not going to affect me too much. I can pull from this income source." Nick: And things like understanding ... One of the things that we walk people through as far as if they're taking distributions from their retirement accounts, as they're leading up to retirement, going over the whole concept of a safe withdrawal rate, being around 4%, maybe 4.5%. Rates are a little bit higher, but we don't know how long they'll stay that way. That helps people get a little bit of a grasp of how much money they can take from their investments safely, and look to make sure that any other sources kind of fill in the gap. Mark: Let's talk a little bit about some of those guaranteed sources versus non-guaranteed, Nick, I'll let you kick this off for a second here. What is a guaranteed income and what's the difference between that versus non-guaranteed? Nick: Sure. The way that we would look at something such as the term "guaranteed income", although there are issues with social security for the most part, we look at that as a guaranteed income source. That may be something that we toggle down as far as the percentage that they would receive, but we would look at that as a guaranteed income source. If they implemented an annuity strategy, dependent upon the type of strategy that it is, that could be considered a guaranteed income source. That would be something. It's always important to point out to them that, although the history is pretty strong for insurance companies, when it's an annuity, the guarantee is provided by the insurance company itself. So that's something that's important to know. Pension plans are usually considered pretty safe and a guaranteed source of income. Mark: Yeah. I mean, non-guaranteed is going to be ... I mean, when we think about a normal 401(k), right, where we're just pumping money away, but unfortunately, if you've got it weighted in the market or things of that nature, it's not necessarily guaranteed. If you're risking it, by having exposure to the markets, then that's where that non-guarantee comes from. Correct? Nick: Correct. Yeah. For example, the conversation I had earlier with the client as far as ... Because the question that she had was exactly that. Like, "Well, hey, if I do this lump sum rollover, is that guaranteed like the pension is?" And of course the answer is no. But I also did kind of point out to her, and this was somebody that doesn't have a spouse but has kids, that, hey, this single life option is guaranteed for your life. But if you pass away within five years, you haven't even gotten close to the lump sum balance and nothing would pass onto your children. So that's something else that can come into play, where the word "guarantee" can be tricky, because it can guarantee certain aspects, but not others. Mark: Right, yeah. And so John, listeners have probably heard of things like paycheck versus playcheck, right? So if we're talking about explaining, and as you mentioned, we did some expenses on the last show. If you can walk through some of the ways that we might do that. I would think that we would want to try to use our guaranteed income sources to cover, which would be our paychecks, to cover all the have-to-haves in life. And then we use the non-guaranteed, possibly the playcheck side, as the fun items. I guess every situation is different, but is that a simple way to break that down? John: Yeah. So your paycheck would be associated with your fixed expenses, the things you need. Your necessities, things that you really need to make sure that are covered. Taxes, groceries, things like that, that you cannot do without. Mark: Rent. Electricity. John: Yeah, exactly. Your playcheck is obviously, as you mentioned, discretionary income, your wants. Let's put it that way. And what we do when we're doing the plan, and everyone's situation's different of course, but we'll have a lot of people that, let's say they're very conservative and they just say, "Hey, I want to make sure that my paycheck items are covered on a guaranteed basis. That no matter what, I want to make sure I have this covered, so I stress a little bit less about what's going on with the markets." And we can adjust the plan to basically make sure that happens for them. And then what we end up doing is, anything that's tied to fluctuation, whether it's the market or anything else, or rents, then it'll be the playcheck scenario where, "Okay, this is going to cover it." And let's say where that comes into play is, if a year is down in the market or interest rates drop, well, all right. Maybe that specific individual might not do as much in discretionary spending in that given year. Mark: Yeah. And Nick, maybe depending on how you've saved for life or how your setup is, maybe you have a pension or not, there's a possibility that you could have your paycheck cover everything that you need in retirement, or most of it, and you're really just using those accounts that you've built up, your 401(k) or your IRA or something, as something to leave to heirs. So I mean, there's lots of options out there, lots of strategies. It just really comes back to, what have you done and what kind of a saver you been, and so on and so forth. Nick: Yeah, that's absolutely correct. And for clients that we have that did retire with maybe a substantial pension, and they've been a really good saver, and they don't really dip into those investments, we definitely put together ... And their main objective is to leave money, we can work together and put together strategies to try to do that as efficiently as possible and that sort of thing. Mark: Yeah, because a lot of people will say, with RMDs for example. I mean, I can't count on one hand or both hands how many advisors I talk to that have clients saying, "Yeah, I got to take this money out for the RMD and I don't need it. What am I supposed to do with it?" But you have to do it, right? Nick: Exactly. So it's like you got to take that hit from a tax perspective, but the money could always be reinvested, it can go into a different sort of investment vehicle. There's a way to continue to have it grow. Some people will use RMDs to fund a permanent life insurance policy, to kind of shift money from a taxable inheritance to a tax-free inheritance, that sort of thing. So it just kind of depends upon, just like anything else, the overall situation and the factors that are specific to their plan. Mark: Gotcha. Well, John, let's finish off with this. So, any strategies for maximizing, maybe some non-guaranteed income? Because we often think about, or hear, John, stuff like, "Hey, get your social security maximized, run a social security analysis, make sure that you're getting all that you can there." But how do we do something similar, I suppose, in the non-guaranteed space? John: Yeah. So this will be where, I'll give you a scenario. If we're doing a plan for somebody and all they have is social security and there's no other guaranteed income, and let's just assume this person's conservative, and they have a decent nest egg where we could look at it and say, "Okay, what we could do is, from the investment portfolio, whether that's a 401(k) or IRA or a Roth IRA, whatever it is, we could pull some money out of there, put it into one of these annuity companies that provide a guaranteed income", and of course, disclosure based on their paying ability. Mark: Sure. John: And from that we can say, "Okay, here's your social security. And based on the plan, we feel that together we come up with this number, you should have x amount of guaranteed income on top of social security." And we can basically take a chunk out of the investment portfolio and put it into one of these annuity products to give, in essence, some guaranteed income. And what that typically does, it'll provide the person with a little bit of peace of mind where they say, "Hey", back to that scenario of paycheck and playcheck, "I know that my paycheck items are now covered and I feel a little bit more secure about what's happening." Mark: You're kind of creating your own pension. John: Exactly. Mark: Yeah. Okay. And again, for some folks, Nick, that's where the strategy might play off. Because some people, obviously, especially when you think about the annuity term, some people are game to learn, some people are very hesitant because they've heard whatever it is that they hear. But it could be an option for folks who don't have a lot of other resources to tap into, especially if you're going to do something like a fixed index where you're going to tie it to an indices. And that way you're kind of experiencing some of the upside, but you're also having some of that protection on the downside, so that it's not quite as non-guaranteed as it could have been if you just left it straight in the market. Is that fair, is that accurate? Nick: Yeah, annuities are always a subject that can be ... Mark: It's a hot topic. Nick: Maybe volatile, yeah, hot topic sort of thing. And the way that we tend to approach the subject is, there are so many different options when it comes to annuities. There's kind of dividing up the decision-making process between strategy and then implementation. So what I mean by that is, oftentimes, integrating in an annuity strategy for somebody can make sense to really dovetail into what John talked about. "Hey, we've got an income gap that's needed of maybe $15,000 to $20,000 a year, and hey, we can carve out this amount of money and cover that." And then we'll see issues arise in the implementation, where the advisor that they had worked with uses a product that is maybe super expensive or the guarantees are not good, or it's been misunderstood or mis-sold, or the sales charge period's a really, really long time. So the implementation is poor, and that oftentimes sets off the red flags and that sort of thing. So just like anything else, we would look at it and we tell people upfront, "Hey, this might be a strategy that makes sense for you, it may not. We think our job is to explain to you how it works so that you understand it, so that you can say yes or no. And then we move forward with whatever you feel comfortable with." Mark: Yeah, so sometimes you may have to create some alternate sources using life insurance products or different things that are out there. But again, each situation's going to be different, so you want to identify what kind of income sources you need and then where you're going to be getting them from. So if you need some help, as always, make sure you're talking with a qualified professional, like John and Nick, before you take any action on anything you hear from our show or any other show. You always want to see how it's going to relate to your unique situation. Obviously, we're all affected by the same kind of things; we're going to have expenses in retirement, we're going to need income in retirement. But how you break that down and how you're able to utilize the things that you've done through your life, are going to be different from person to person. So, get yourself onto the calendar, have a conversation with John and Nick at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. That's where you can find them online. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, or Spotify, whichever podcasting platform app you like to use. Guys, thanks for hanging out. As always, I appreciate your time. For John and Nick, I'm your host, Mark, and we'll catch you next time here on Retirement Planning - Redefined.…

1 Mastering Retirement Cash Flow (Part 2): Understanding Changing Expenses 19:11
19:11
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요19:11
On this episode, we will continue our conversation on what expenses may change when you enter into retirement. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Mark: Back here for another episode of the podcast with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. On Retirement Planning Redefined, we're going to get back into our conversation from the prior episode about cashflow. We went through some categories, housing, work stuff, healthcare, taxes, so on and so forth, on how those expenses will change either to the plus or the minus, depending on our setup. Well, this is the time to talk about the setup. So as we are assessing our retirement expenses, we'll break these down into a couple of categories. So we're going to talk about those with the guys. John, welcome in buddy. How you doing this week? John: Hey, I'm doing all right. How are you? Mark: Hanging in there. Doing pretty well. How about you, Nick? Nick: Pretty good. Staying busy. Mark: Staying busy and enjoying. So we're taping this before the fourth, but we're dropping this after the fourth, so hopefully you guys had a good fourth? Nick, you probably went up and saw family, yeah? Nick: Heading up north to just, yeah, extended family and friends. That fourth week makes it an easier week to get away because everyone's doing stuff anyways. Mark: Yeah, yeah. It's always funny when we have the holidays and we're kind of taping the podcast ahead of time because then drop it because we're not around, so sometimes I get confused on my dates. So yeah, again, we're talking about this before the fourth about what we'll probably will be doing on the fourth. So John, are you on grill duty? Because I know I am. I'm stuck on it. John: No, no. My brother's forcing me to have a cookout at my house, so I told him if I'm providing the house, he's the one on grill duty. Mark: Okay, that'll work. John: He's visiting from Boston, so he's excited because my other brother's down here and my sister, cousin, and actually the best man in his wedding is married to my sister, so he decided to come down. Mark: So Marketing 101. So the second you said Boston, all I hear is these Sam Adams commercials right now, "Your cousin from Boston." Every freaking time I hear Boston, that's the first thing I think of. Or Sam Adams beer, I go right there. All through the hockey playoffs and NBA playoffs, I kept seeing those commercials so it's embedded in my brain. But hey, that's the point of marketing, right, is to be those little earworms, so you go out and buy whatever it is that you go out and buy. And speaking of that, that's my transition into the must haves versus the nice to haves. So if we're talking about those accounts, those different categories that we went through on the prior episode, guys, how do those things now play into for our cashflow? Again, cashflow is the conversation wraparound, it's the wrapper of this whole endeavor. We need to break this down. And do you guys do this with clients? Is it something you encourage them to do, because everybody's individual needs and wants are going to be a little bit differently, but do you break things up in the must-haves versus the nice to haves? Nick: I would say to a certain extent, we do. We kind of list basic expenses and discretionary expenses. Mark: So give us some musts. What's the musts? Nick: So obviously housing, healthcare, food and groceries, some form of transportation, whether it's one vehicle, two vehicles. Getting rid of debt. Those are all things that are obviously needs. [inaudible 00:03:02] Mark: Life essentials, right? Nick: Yeah, for sure, for sure. Depending upon the people, some things are discretionary. I would say most of the people that we work for can't afford to have some sort of traveling in retirement. Mark: Yeah, so is two trips a year or is it five trips a year? That's kinds how it starts to change? Nick: Yeah, exactly. Or even a big trip every X amount of years. So like a baseline travel budget of X, and then let's add one of the things that we commonly do is, let's say the travel budget is $6,000 a year from a baseline standpoint, and then every three years they want to do an additional trip of another 6,000, that's one trip. And so we can scatter that in throughout the plan and show them what it looks like and toggle that on and off. And with how we do planning, we can show them the impact of doing something like that and what it does to their plan. So for the higher tier, nice to have. For discretionary expenses, we will use our planning software and kind of show them, Hey, here's the impact on your plan if you want to do that. Because we always preface everything, it's telling people that it's your money, we're not telling you how to spend your money or what to do with your money, our job is to show you the impact of the decisions that you make. Mark: That makes sense, yeah. Nick: So let's arm you with that information so that you understand if you do these things, then let's make an adjustment accordingly. And for sometimes it helps them put into perspective where not everything is a yes or a no. And what I mean by that is, well, let's just say that there's two lifetime trips that they wanted to really do, and so they like to have a bigger travel budget, but really when you boil it down, it's like, okay, I want to make sure I go to these two places. So we make sure that we can accomplish those and make adjustments elsewhere. [inaudible 00:04:58] Mark: Yeah, because the must ... I'm sorry to cut you off, but I was thinking about this as you were saying it. The must-haves, like the housing, the health, food, you're not going to have any kind of discretionary wiggle room. Well, you don't want to. Now you could say, okay, we'll eat less food, or something like that, but that's not the goal in retirement, you don't want to go backwards. So the place typically we do make some adjustments in the cuts are in the nice to have categories. Nick: Yeah, and usually it's almost more of a toggle where even to a certain extent of, we've had conversations where, hey, if things are going really well in the markets and we're able to take advantage and take a little extra money out in years where things have gone well, that's kind of the impetus to do this sort of thing. Mark: Kind of pad the numbers a little bit. Nick: Yeah. Mark: John, let me get you on here for, besides the expenses we covered, some of the things we went through, what are some contributing factors that will affect cashflow problems that you guys see in retirement? So all these different things, whether it's healthcare, housing, whether it's whatever, give me some bullet points here for folks to think about on things that can, not in a category per se, but like outside effectors, outside influencers, that can really cause us cashflow problems in retirement. John: The number one I'd say, concern for most people going through retirement is longevity. How long does my money need to last? Mark: And that's the great multiplier, right? Because if you live longer, it makes everything else go up. John: Correct. Yeah. So that's one thing we look at, and we do plans. We're planning for age 100, and we'll always get people like, well, I'm not living that long. But the thing is, that's always ... Mark: What if you do? John: Exactly. So it's like, Hey, listen, if you live to 100, guess what? Mark: You're covered. John: Your plan looks good. You could live to 90 and the plan looks good. So we always plan for, we again, overestimate the expenses, overestimate the life expectancy, Mark: And then you don't have to live with your cousin in Boston, right? John: Exactly. That's right. Mark: All right. What else besides longevity? John: Another big one we're seeing right now is inflation. Because with retirement, you're not getting a paycheck anymore, so your ability to earn is now gone. So your nest egg is providing that income for you and social security. And keeping up with inflation, especially the last few years has been a challenge for quite a few people. And mostly I would say for me, I've noticed my food bill has gone up drastically in the last couple of years, more than anything else is really. Because we talked about musts and nice to have, if trips go up, you could say, all right, I'm going to go on a little bit lesser trip, or not go as much, but you know, you got to eat and you got to have healthcare. So those things there are big ones to really consider going into retirement and to be aware of, is the plan [inaudible 00:07:42] Mark: Yeah, a friend of mine, for Memorial Day, we were talking about cookouts earlier, so we got July 4th, you're probably hearing this after July 4th, but how much did it cost you to buy this stuff? So a friend of mine posted a picture around Memorial Day that he bought three steaks, and he lived in the New York area, Nick, actually. And the tag on the thing was like 60 bucks for three steaks. It was like, holy moly. And I know different parts of the country are more expensive than others, but it was just where I'm at, it was like, wow. And they weren't like that impressive of a steak. So to your point, you got to eat. Nick: To be honest with you, I think there's a little bit of ... Mark: Price gouging. Nick: ... ridiculousness and price gouging going on right now from the perspective of a lot of different areas. I just got my six months notice on my car insurance, I've been complaining to everybody about it. One vehicle, no accidents [inaudible 00:08:34] John: Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait, wait. Nick, this isn't a therapy session, right? Mark: Well remembered, well remembered, John, from the prior episode. Very good. Nick: Yes. I drive probably 7,000 miles a year at the most and paying almost $2,500 a year for car insurance. But the crazy part is that, so okay, if it's always been high, that's one thing, but two years ago when I had switched companies, it was about 1,700. So again, we take ... Mark: Inflation. Nick: Do the math on that. I'm sorry, but 50% is not inflation, there's some 50% in two years and it's kind of wild. And then even just going, the area that we're in has been massive growth in this area, but even what the restaurants are charging, and it's just inflation impacts different areas differently. Mark: It's an excuse. I mean, just like anything, we've turned it into excuse, just like the supply chain problem issue. A friend of mine was trying to get his RV worked on and they were like, well, we're still having supply chain issues for a valve. And it's like, really, a valve on an RV, it's been three years. I don't know if supply chain issue really holds in that argument, but if companies are dragging their feet or employers, somebody's just taking long, that's just an excuse. And I think that's the same thing with the inflation. Is it real? Yes. But to your point, are some of these numbers really truly justified? But they can use that, well, inflation's bad. That's the excuse they use in order to hit you with a 50% increase. Nick: Yeah, and I'd say from a planning perspective, because people get concerned about that from a planning perspective, and saying, well, hey, we had much higher inflation last year than we did in our plan moving forward, and [inaudible 00:10:27] Mark: Are we going to be okay to survive it, yeah. Nick: Yeah, and the easiest way that we mitigate that from a planning perspective is we reprice current expenses. So in other words, repricing the current expenses allows us to take that into consideration, the increases that we've had, and then use more normal rates moving forward, which is how you more accurately display that from a planning side of things. Mark: Gotcha. All right, John, so you hit us with longevity and inflation as a couple of areas that can contribute to cashflow problems. Give me a couple more before we wrap up this week. John: Investment returns is another spot, depending on what type of plan you do or type of planning, if some people will really have their income depend on what their portfolio is returning for them. Mark: So we're talking about sequence of return risk, kind of thing? John: Yeah. So if you having a down year and there's not as much income coming in from your portfolio, well that could ultimately affect your cashflow. Or if it's a down year, and we go back to longevity of, Hey, how long is my portfolio going to last, just have a 20% dip in the market, you're going to be a little concerned about pulling out in that period of time, because once you pull out, you know, you realize those losses, and there's no more recovering [inaudible 00:11:41] Mark: Yeah, it's a double way, it's the market's down and you're pulling money out. So the truth that makes the longevity factor interesting. Okay. John: So one more thing on this. This is really important, and especially what we're seeing in the last couple of years where you have some type of plan where if you are dependent on that, you have almost like a different bucket to pull from in a time like this. So you really want to position yourself to be able to adapt to downturns in the market which could affect your income. Nick: One of the things, and I've been having this conversation quite a bit lately, is that previous to last year, for the dozen years leading up to that, rates in return on fixed or cash and cash equivalence was so low, you couldn't get any return on that money, that really people shifted predominantly, or at least in a large way, to take more risks, meaning more upside, so more heavily on the [inaudible 00:12:39] Mark: Well, because the market was going up too. We get addicted to that, so it's very easy to go, well, it does nothing but climb, it's done it for 12 years in a row, so let's keep going, right? Nick: Yeah. And a little bit of that's a circle where it's part of the reason it kept climbing, is because people were saying, well, and not just, but it's just a contributing factor where it's like, well, hey, I'm literally getting zero return here. So inflation's eating away at my money anyways, I might as well take a little bit more risk. And so earlier this year in the majority of our client portfolios, we took some money off the table because now we can get four to 5% in something that has no risk, and that lets us kind of at least take a deep breath, see what's going on, get some sort of return, where most of our plans, we use five to 6% in retirement anyways. Mark: Yeah, that's a good point. You just got to be careful, right? Because we don't know how long those rates will last either, so you don't want to lock yourself into anything too hefty either, without making sure it's the correct move for you. Especially, I'm thinking more like CDs for example. Nick: Yeah. We still target things that are short term, that sort of thing. But for a retiree, even from the perspective of, let's just use the million dollar number, there's a huge difference between five years ago, where if you wanted to do a one year CD and you could get 0.8%, that's $8,000 on a million bucks versus 5%, even just for a year, now it's 50,000 of income. I mean, one is you can't pay your bills, another one is going to be much more comfortable. So for a retiree, one of the sunny side or glass half full part of what we've been dealing with from an inflation perspective, is that at least there's a little bit more return on safer money as we try to re-plan and readjust. Mark: Yeah. No, that makes sense. So one more category here that I want to hit for just cashflow problems in retirement, John, you did longevity inflation and investment returns. I'm going to assume the fourth one's probably just the emergencies, the things that life throws at you in retirement years? John: Yeah, a hundred percent. Emergency funds, it's [inaudible 00:14:44] Mark: Got to have one. John: ... for that, because you just don't know what's going to happen. Mark: Murphy's Law's going to happen, right? John: Murphy's Law's been happening for the last three years. So basically a big one is healthcare expenses, which we touched on as a must have. So big health event could really dip into your emergency funds. Or again, especially here in Florida with the roofs, have talked to some clients and friends who basically were having homeowners insurance issues here, and then carriers are basically saying, Hey, for you to get renewed, you need a new roof. And all of a sudden it's like, what? I just go, my roof's fine. It's like, well, it's outdated, you know, you need a new one, or else [inaudible 00:15:24] Mark: And so they're not covering maybe the full cost or some of the cost, I guess, but they won't insure you. John: I had some friends actually get notices saying, your roof's too old. If you don't replace it, we're dropping coverage. Mark: Oh geez. Okay, yeah. John: So that's an emergency expense. Mark: Definitely. John: Roofs aren't necessarily cheap, so important to have an emergency fund because like you said, Murphy's Law, you have no idea what's going to come up and you want to be prepared for that. Mark: Yeah. No, that's a good point. Nick: The roof thing is pretty wild here too, because a lot of people have tile roofs down here. And depending upon the size of the house, a tile roof is going to cost you, what John? Between 50 and a hundred thousand dollars? John: Yeah, 50 to a hundred grand. Mark: Really? Holy moly. Nick: And so, yeah, and then if you're in a neighborhood that has association rules and all these other things, it can get a little squirrely. So just understanding even little basic things like that, where especially people that came maybe from up north where it's just shingle roofs and 10, 12 grand, 15 maybe, and then [inaudible 00:16:25] Mark: Yeah, I was going to say, my metal roof was like 20, and that was like eight years ago. Nick: Yeah. So there's just things like that where we always very much emphasize having an emergency fund. Mark: Yeah, definitely. All right, good stuff. Talking just cashflow issues, things to consider here on the podcast the last couple of weeks. So if you're worried about the cashflow or you're just worried about making sure your plan is accurate for the time of life you're in, especially if you're one of these folks that maybe got a plan, you're like, ah, I got a plan put together like a decade ago, or whatever. Well, it's not a set it and forget it, it shouldn't be a set it and forget it, anyway. Even insurance policies, sometimes it's very easy to get one and throw it in the drawer for 20 years and forget about it, but all those things can be looked at and reviewed and see if there's a better way to put a strategy together. So if you need a first opinion or second opinion, reach out to John and Nick and the team at PFG Private Wealth. Find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever the case might be. Whichever podcasting platform app you like, just type in retirement planning redefine in the search box. Or again, find it all online, pfgprivatewealth.com. For John, Nick, I'm your host, Mark. We'll catch you next time here on the podcast. This has been Retirement Planning Redefined.…

1 Mastering Retirement Cash Flow (Part 1): Understanding Changing Expenses 20:46
20:46
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요20:46
In this episode, we’ll explore many of the expenses in your life that might drastically change (one way or another) in retirement. We’ll break those expenses down further to see which ones are the top priorities and analyze some of the other factors that impact your cash flow in retirement. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Welcome back to the podcast. It's Retirement Planning-Redefined, with John and Nick here with me to talk investing, finance, retirement, and mastering retirement cashflow, part one, is going to be the topic today. We're understanding just changing expenses. We're going to break this into really a two-parter here, obviously, by calling it part one. And we'll do a little more focus on some of the other things on the next session. But for today, I want to explore some of the expenses in life and how they just change as we're moving some things ... as we're moving from working into retirement. And things you guys see with your clients and how you work through that process for them. So that's the topic today. Let's get into it. John, first of all, how are you doing, buddy? John: I'm doing all right. Getting ready for the summertime here. Marc: If it happens. I don't know what's going on in the south. I'm in North Carolina, and we've had one 90 degree day, and it's almost July. Totally unusual for us, so it's very, very weird. Nick: Oh, it's hot here. Marc: Yeah. It's like two states seem to be in a weird spot. I don't know what's going on with the middle of the south here. It's very strange this year. But Nick, I heard you chime in. How are you, my friend? Nick: Doing pretty good. Marc: Yeah. So you guys are sweltering, is that what you're saying? Nick: It's definitely hot, yeah. Marc: Well, kick a little this way because I don't know what's going on. It should be warmer here than it has been. So, very weird. Nick: Well, I'll trade. Marc: Okay. All right. Yeah. Like today, it's ... well, we're getting a ton of rain. Today, taping this podcast, it's 72 for the high, and tonight's overnight low is 58. That doesn't happen usually in North Carolina in late July or late June. Nick: Yeah. That is pretty surprising. That's cool for North Carolina. Marc: Very, very weird. So I don't know, Mother Nature is off her meds, I guess. But what can you do? So let's get into this conversation, guys, about changing cash flow, before I keep going down that tangent. I've got a few parts here I want to run through. What are some of the expenses that might drastically change one way or the other, either to saving us money or to costing us more money? Whichever way you guys want to take this, whatever you've seen with your clients. But let's start it off with housing. I think housing is probably the number one expense in retirement. Correct me if I'm wrong there, but what do you think? Nick: Yeah. I would say for a lot of people that maintain a mortgage past retirement, it's definitely a significant monthly expense. One thing that we are seeing here with the tick up in interest rates over the last 12 months, we had had conversations with multiple clients from 2018 through 2021 about taking advantage of low interest rates and keeping their mortgage and that sort of thing. And for a lot of people, that makes them feel uncomfortable. But to a person, everyone that we've talked to that has done that, now that rates are where they are, they've been pretty happy about that decision and being able to take advantage and lock in those low rates. But for those people that just naturally, with the schedule mortgage that they had, and ended up paying off the mortgage by the time they retired, that drop in expenses is usually a big help. I would say one thing that jumps out that's a reminder that we use for people is ... especially because the homeowner's insurance market here has now gone completely insane. Taxes and insurance don't go away. So I can't tell you how many times we've had a conversation where maybe somebody had a mortgage that was $3,000 a month, and they're like, well, once I retire, that 3,000 a month is going to go away. And we point out, well, hey, about half of that is. The rest of it's for taxes and insurance. So sometimes that drop in expense isn't quite as much as they thought it was going to be. Marc: Gotcha. Yeah. And it's easy to do, even with downsizing, because the market's been high. So it's not always just lowering things just to go to that downsizing piece. John, what's your thoughts there? John: Yeah, I would say the downsizing is a big part of it. Not only if you downsize, you might be able to get some equity out of your house there. So if you downsize, buy a two or $300,000 house, you get some cash that you could do something with. But then you start looking at smaller house, less homeowners insurance, less maintenance costs, things like that, it could really be a pretty significant savings. Especially, as Nick mentioned here, with homeowners insurance. I think mine went up like 60 or 70% in a year, which was ... ... I've heard a lot of people. At first, I thought it was just me. And then I talked to some clients, friends, family, and it seemed across the board that it just shot up. Marc: That's hefty. Nick: Yeah, there's a lot people that are falling between five and $10,000 a year now. For homeowners insurance down here, it's gone just wild. Marc: Well, I imagine the big hurricane added a lot to that, right? That's probably part of it. From last year. Nick: Yeah, yeah. Marc: Yeah, for sure. Insurance companies are like, we got to recoup some money. How are we going to do that? 60% hikes. All right, no more work stuff. Category two on the changing in expenses. I think we probably assume for the most part that no more work stuff means we're going to save a little bit of money. John: Yeah. So this is something that when we do planning, we definitely hit on. We have different categories of current expenses and then retirement expenses, and then we actually go one further and we're looking at advanced age expenses. But this is one where you're not commuting anymore, or at least to work. So depending on what your commute was, you could be saving quite a bit on gas, car maintenance expenses, things like that. And then the big one, I know when Nick and I worked in West Shore, was the lunch expense. Where it's like every time for lunch it's like, all right, where are we going? A good excuse to get out of the office and just get a change of scenery, you find you're going out to lunch every day. That does tend to add up quite a bit. Marc: Oh, yeah. You can spend some dough that way, for sure. So I think in this category, we feel like ... and this one I think maybe drives a lot of people feeling like, oh, I'm going to spend less money in retirement. Right, Nick? I mean, this is one of those things. Well, I'm not doing all those things now, so I'm going to be saving money. But you're also doing more stuff because you don't have to go to work, so you may not save as much as you think. Nick: Yeah. I would also say too, that this post-COVID work from home shift has prepared a lot more people to have a better idea of the expenses that have changed. We do have a fair amount of clients that used to commute, and no longer do. And so they've gotten a peek into what that looks like. And people are creatures of habit. Inevitably, they develop new things that they do, and usually there's other expenses that replace previous ones, but- Marc: There's always something, right? Nick: Yeah. But oftentimes, there are reasonable reductions in some of those work-related expenses. Marc: Okay. Let's go to healthcare. This one here, this one to me seems like this is not going to be going into the positive. This is not going to be putting money back in our pocket. More than likely, this is going to cost us more. Nick: Yeah. I mean, for a big chunk of people, especially if they work at a company that has pretty good health benefits, and maybe they haven't had their kids on their plan for a while, so it's just them and a spouse or them solo. Oftentimes, the shift to what we budget for post-age 65 Medicare-related premiums, oftentimes it goes up for people. So we typically budget about $4,000 a year, and we have a more aggressive inflation number that we use on that. Oftentimes, people come in less than that, especially with a high deductible plan, those sorts of things. I just had this conversation the other day with someone, where they were going to have a pretty substantial jump. And they had worked for the same company for a long time, didn't realize- Marc: You mean a jump in the premiums? Nick: Yes. Yep. They had worked for the same company for a long time. It was big company and had really good health benefits, and premiums were going to go up. So it can be a little surprising that way. If it's somebody that's shifting more from the perspective of, kids recently got off their plan and they're cutting back on ... maybe went from a regular health plan to a high deductible, those sorts of things. It can be a drop. But honestly, I see it more neutral or go up than I see it go down. Marc: Yeah, definitely. John, taxes, let me hit you with this one. This is a big misnomer that's been around for years. That when we get to retirement, our taxes are just generally lower because we're not getting a paycheck, we're not making as much. But more times than not, eight out of 10 times people are not in a lower tax bracket. John: No. Typically, they tend to be in the same, if not, maybe a little bit lower. Because what you're really trying to do when you do planning is you want to keep the person's income where it was while they were working. Marc: Right. You're trying to fill in the ... you're shortening the short shortfall. You're pulling from our assets to make up the shortfall based on Social Security or if you have a pension or whatever those kinds of things are. So you're trying to keep the numbers basically the same, correct? John: Exactly, yeah. So we are trying to keep the numbers the same. And we find a lot of people ... I would say we find the majority of people have most of their money in pre-tax accounts. So what you'll find is when you're pulling out of the pre-tax accounts, you're paying taxes on it. So this is really important when it comes to planning, where you ... and we harp on this constantly. It's a matter of setting yourself up to adjust. So maybe if you have some tax-free money, some after-tax dollars in some other accounts, you can really try to eliminate ... or not eliminate. But try to lower what your taxes are going into retirement. And I'll say one thing that happens quite often with clients, and this is only maybe a year or two that we see in retirement, is they just have a couple of years of just massive expenses where ... we just had someone that's purchasing a second home and they need to pull out of their retirement account. And all of a sudden, it's like in that given year, that's going to be a big tax hit. Or it's a health expense. Or I've had other ones where they want to do a remodel on their house and it's like, well, I got to pull money out of my account. And everything is pre-taxed, so they really get ... we see a significant increase in their taxes in those years. Marc: Yeah. And that's why we want to get tax efficient, if we can. And maybe that's worth looking at, trying to maybe move some money so we don't have that tax time bomb sitting there waiting on us. Some different things. And speaking of actually that, Nick, let's go to the next one here because you can chime in, it fits well with that. Is one of the biggest things we're doing is pumping money, hopefully, especially the last 10 years of working, into our retirement account. Maybe that 401K that John was just talking about. And therefore we're growing those dollars. And that is an expense that goes away once we stop working, we're no longer feeding that. Nick: Yeah. That deferral is usually the lowest hanging fruit of expenses or cash flow going down. Marc: Money back in our pocket, kind of thing, right? Nick: Yeah, exactly. That outflow is usually the biggest drop, especially if it's ... if you're talking a couple that is essentially, maybe they're both maxing out or pretty close to maxing out, they're saving around 25,000. That's $50,000 a year. Granted, that's the money that they're used to living on anyways. Marc: Yeah. Because we weren't seeing that. When we're working, it's going straight to the paycheck ... or straight to the 401, for example. But now that we're not working, we also don't have the paycheck. So to me, is it truly a savings or is it a wash, because you weren't seeing it before either? You know what I mean? Nick: Yeah. I think for a lot of people it's a wash. Realistically, in the day-to-day setting and from a lifestyle perspective, it tends to be a bit of a wash. Marc: Okay. Yeah. Nick: Yeah, it's more of an on-paper reduction, more than anything. Marc: Makes sense. Nick: And in theory, when you start ... if you want to nitpick a little bit. The money that you defer into those plans, you still pay payroll taxes on it. So there's a little bit of a savings there. So that's something that can factor in. And one of the changes that fits in with both the tax and retirement things is a lot of times at that point in time, they're no longer claiming kids. Maybe the mortgage is paid off. So from a deduction perspective, there's also a change as well from the standpoint of what they're able to deduct versus what they can deduct in retirement. Marc: Okay. And so what we're doing is we're talking about these categories here on understanding how our expenses are going to change, whether it's to the plus or to the minus. And then we'll talk a little bit more later on about how that's going to affect us in our overall expenses and some things to cover in ways to be more efficient in that. So let's continue on with a couple more categories here and then we'll wrap it up for this podcast. So we went through housing, work stuff, healthcare, taxes, the retirement savings account when we're no longer feeding the 401 animal. John, so you mentioned earlier travel and leisure, when you were talking about there's different things we're going to spend money on. So if every Saturday is the day I spend the most money, well, guess what retirement is? John: Every day seems like it's a Saturday. Marc: It's a bunch of Saturdays, right? John: Yep. Marc: It's Groundhog Day. John: The more time you have, you find yourself trying to fill the gap of what to do. And we see a lot of people that are, if they're like golfing, they tend to be golfing a little bit more. Or fishing or whatever it might be. I'll see- Marc: But that's the point, right? That's the point of retirement. It's what we're striving for. But I think the scary part is, is if we haven't budgeted for how much we're ... the activity. That's when we can maybe shortfall ourselves. John: Exactly. Yeah. That's where it's important where you're doing a cashflow analysis for retirement. Like I said, we typically look at retirement expenses. We'll look at what the person does for hobbies and try to estimate, okay, this is what we can expect. And you always want to go over the amount, you never want to go under. Marc: I was going to ask you that. Yeah. You want to- John: Yeah, you always want to go over, because- Marc: ... inflate it a little bit. John: Yeah, exactly. I'll tell you this ... and my wife doesn't listen to the podcast. When she's at home more, I start to notice my Amazon bill goes up and packages end up at the door. So when there's a lot more downtime, you tend to say, okay, what's out there? Oh, let me go run to the store. Let me go do this real quick. And all those things add up to just added expenses, which fine- Marc: Yeah. Well, sitting on the computer or the phone, you're just like, I'm bored, I'm not doing anything. Next thing you know, you're on some sort of shopping site because you're like, I was thinking about this or that, or a new set of golf clubs. Right, it's easy to do. John: Home projects because Pinterest is giving you all these different ideas that you should be doing with your home. So yeah, all those things are up. Nick: All right, John. This is not a therapy session. Marc: No, but I mean he's right, though. I mean, it totally ... and people do that. John: So Marc, that's coming from the single guy right now. Marc: Right. Yeah, exactly. Yeah, I was thinking the same thing. And you mentioned, you were talking about projects, DIY projects or Pinterest. We're right in the middle of rebuilding ... I'm building a billiards room here next to my office for the pool table. And it's just, scope-creep has taken over. It's like, oh, I can ... I factored in the budget. I'm like, I could do it for this amount of money. And I'm way over budget. And that's, again, if you're retired ... I'm still working. But if I was retired, that could be a real problem. If I let scope-creep get in there and I'm spending 25% more than I budgeted for this project, that could be an issue. So you want to make sure that you are inflating it, to your point. Puff those numbers up a little bit, just to be on the safe side. Nick: Oh yeah, big time. I don't think I've seen anybody come in under budget on anything in the last three years. Marc: Yeah. And that's with professionals, let alone doing it yourself, right? Nick: For sure. Marc: Okay. So that's travel and leisure. So the last one here, last category, insurance. Many people, guys, walk into retirement saying, well, I don't need insurance anymore. That's also that old standard, as far as the financial services world. Well, who needs ... why do you need insurance if your kids are grown and you don't have to replace your income because you're not worried about sending them to school. Or all that kind of stuff that you guys have heard probably a million times. Nick: Yeah. So we'll see ... one of the most common insurances that go away, whether it's at retirement or early in retirement, is life insurance. So we obviously emphasize the fact that a death early on in retirement is the bigger risk, especially if there's outstanding debt, those sorts of things, versus later on in retirement. So sometimes we'll have people that, maybe they've got three to five years left on their term policy and the premiums aren't prohibitive. And we'll just them keep the coverage because there's still a mortgage, or just that additional money if something were to happen would be a big boost to the surviving spouse. But disability definitely goes away because disability insurance, by definition ensures your ability to work. So if you're not working, then you're not insuring anything. So that's something that drops. And then some of these supplemental policies that maybe were provided by the employer, aren't portable and you can't take them with you anyway. So some of those things will drop off. So that's definitely something that can be adjusted and adapted to reduce some of the costs. Marc: Well, I think for every situation, insurance is one of those questions, John, that goes either way. Some people may not, when you guys are developing and looking through the plan, maybe insurance isn't needed. But then again, maybe it is. Or maybe they're using an insurance policy for the cash value policy side of things or whatever. So this one is one I think could go either direction. John: It definitely could go either way, it really depends on the individual. And like we were just talking about here, each person, whatever is important to them will dictate whether your insurance is going to be going up or down. That's really what it comes down to is, each individual, what they value and what they want to protect with insurance and what they're ... oh, okay. I'm okay without it. Marc: Well, and that's a good way to think about what we're going to get into for the next podcast, is really assessing must-haves, nice-to-haves, things of that nature. And then how other aspects in the financial services world could affect those categories we just ran down. So we're going to wrap it up this week. So again, these are just the expenses categories, and some major ones here to think about how they may change to the plus or to the minus with our cash flow in retirement. And we'll be back next week with the second half of this conversation. So do yourself a favor, if you haven't done so yet. Reach out to the team if you don't have a strategy or a plan in place, and get started with a consultation and a conversation for yourself. You can find the guys at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com, where you can get started today on a strategy for yourself. Reach out to John and Nick there. And guys, thanks for hanging out. I'll see you next week ... well, in two weeks on the podcast. Nick, have a good one. Nick: See you. Marc: All right, John. Thanks, buddy. John: Sure. Marc: And I'll catch you later. We'll see you guys here on retirement Planning-Redefined, with John and Nick.…
This is part 2 of our Social Security conversation. We will be debunking the remaining 5 myths on today's show. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Back for another edition of the podcast. This is Retirement Planning redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth, serving folks all around the area here. So reach out to them on the podcast, pfgprivatewealth.com is where you can find them online for a lot of good tools, tips, and resources. You can subscribe to the podcast, book some time with the team, all sorts of good stuff. Again, stop by the website if you're not already working with them at pfgprivatewealth.com. And if you haven't subscribed to the podcast, consider doing so while you're there. We're on Apple, Google, Spotify, and all that good stuff. So you can check that out. And this week we're going to follow up with the second half of our social security myths. We did the first five on the prior episode. You don't have to have listened to that one to listen to this one, but it certainly isn't a bad idea to go back and check that one out. So that one came out a little bit earlier in April. So we're going to drop this one here and get into the second half of this, the next five myths. Guys, you doing all right this week, John? How are you buddy? John: I'm doing good, having a little contract work done at the house, which is, as you know Mark is - Marc: Challenging. John: I'm dealing with that. It's always a challenge and fun. Marc: That's right. John: Looking forward to the project being complete. Marc: Yes, we need more contractors, we need more people who are in the trade services. That is for sure as there is a major shortage all across the country, really I think globally actually as well. But Nick, what's going on with you bud? Nick: Staying busy for sure. Marc: Spring is here and the weather's nice. That's always good. Nick: Yeah. Although it has been warmer here than I feel like typical this time of year. Marc: Could be a hot summer then. Nick: Yeah. So hopefully it cools down just a little bit for the next month so we can enjoy the end of spring. Marc: Have an actual spring, not skip it. Nick: Yeah, that's all I'm asking for. Marc: There you go. Well, let's jump into some myths here and see if we can help some folks out with some more of these. Again, we did the first five, which are kind of the big five I think that many people hear often, but I've got some other unique ones as well. So these might appeal to some folks who are thinking about social security or getting close to that age and are wondering about some of these things that they've heard maybe online or on the news or whatever. So let's jump in, talk about a few things guys. Myth number six, out of the total 10 we were doing, you can't work and receive social security benefits at the same time. I think this myth revolves around the fact that if this applies to people who take it early, because there are some limitations. So Nick, why don't you break this one down a little bit? Nick: Yeah, just like everything else, the devil's in the details. So essentially the way that SSA, Social Security Administration, looks at this is kind of from a tiered perspective. So they break it down in essentially three sections. So from when you're first eligible which is 62 up through essentially before the year that you reach full retirement age, and then the year that you reach full retirement age has its own section, and then the period of time after your full retirement age. So as an example to bring that all together and make it make sense, you can have income while collecting social security before your full retirement age, but there is a limit. That limit is about $21,000, little over $21,000. And for every $2 that you make over that amount, you have a $1 reduction or penalty on your social security. Marc: So almost like part-time, you could do part-time work if you took it early, so to speak, right? Nick: Yeah. And a lot of times that's kind of the ticket for some people is to work part-time, keep them busy, help them transition into retirement, and to help prevent them from having to dig into their nest egg. They might file and collect social security and those numbers kind of balance out, they have income less than the amount that would cause a penalty, and so it works out for them. In the year that you reach your full retirement age, that amount goes up to about 56,000. So essentially what they're saying is we understand that birthdays range and that from a calendar perspective it can get a little bit tricky. So they say that you can collect your benefit and earn up to the 56,000 without any sort of penalty. Once you've reached your full retirement age, there's no income limit at all. So you can do a full double dip per se in that scenario. Marc: Yeah I mean if you make $1,000,000 a year and you're 69 years old, that's fine, right? Let it rip. Nick: Yeah. What you're giving up per se is the 8% increase per year on the social security benefit. So there is some sort of give up, but whether or not that has a big impact depends on somebody's situation. Marc: If you're waiting till the 70, right? Nick: Correct. Yeah. If you're to wait until 70. So some scenarios that we see this work out really well are somebody hits their full retirement age, they plan on continuing to work, but maybe the mortgage isn't paid off, so they'd like to turn on the social security with the goal of, when they retire at 70, these social security payments that are coming in, will go directly towards paying down the mortgage and they can retire without having a mortgage. Or maybe they're behind on their retirement funds. And so they want to make sure that they can really maximize retirement savings, so they'll collect and save it or just put the money away. So it's like, I'm going to take this benefit, but instead of just spending it, I'm going to go ahead and save it and then I've had people say, this is going to be my vacation fund for our first five years of retirement. We're going to save as much as we can, and then we'll use that to pay for our vacations for those first five years where we're most active in retirement, that sort of thing. So you can get strategic, but that's kind of the breakdown of how it actually works. Marc: Yeah and John, I think for many people that that's where that confusion comes in, like my brother, for example, he's already 65, but he is retiring before full retirement age, so he has to wait, so he can work part-time make up to that limit that Nick was just describing. But I think that's where the confusion comes in. At least that's what I've seen from my perspective. How about you? John: Yeah, I'd agree with that. A lot of people confuse 65 Medicare eligible age to full retirement age and social security, so I'd agree with that. Something else that people typically miss with this or maybe just don't fully understand is that this is based on the individual's earned income, not household. So I've seen some scenarios where someone was thinking about drawing social security, they were retired, the other spouse was not, and I said, well, I can't draw yet because our income is higher and our household income is much higher. It's not based on household income, it's based on the individual's earned income. Marc: Yeah, good point. All right, so that was myth number six. Myth number seven, I don't think I've really heard this one before. Social security benefits are only for US citizens. This seems kind of like a no-brainer. That's basically the case, wouldn't it be? John: Yeah this is definitely a myth, it doesn't come down to whether you're a citizen or not, it comes down to have you met the requirements to be eligible. Marc: Okay, which is that 10 years, 40 quarters thing. John: Yeah, 10 years, the 40 quarters there, and once you hit those, you are eligible for social security. Marc: I wonder if some of this is for folks who retire abroad, so there's some confusion there, because I even thought about it myself. My wife and I were joking. We were going to retire and live in Aruba part-time, and I asked myself, I wonder if you live in Aruba, can you still collect social security benefits? And I think if you have dual citizenship, I think you still have to maintain citizenship is my understanding. But it's certainly something that you can have a conversation. That's some of the questions that might make more sense when you're going to the social security office versus saying, Hey, when should I turn it on? They're probably better equipped to answer questions like that than they are answer questions about when's the best time for you to activate it. Nick: Yeah. One example that goes in with that too is you'll have people that are considered permanent resident alien. So I can even give an example where in my family, my grandparents came from Cuba. My grandfather work was a professor at State University, and he spoke English and Spanish, but my grandmother had different issues and she never fully spoke English, so she never was able to do the citizen test, that sort of thing. But my grandfather was here his whole adult life and paid into social security, and so she was eligible for a benefit as a spouse and she has permanent resident alien status. So there's different things like that that kind of come into play. Marc: Yeah certain non-citizens then. Nick: For sure. Marc: Yeah. That's cool. That's a great example. Thanks for sharing that. All right, so myth number eight. This one is interesting, and I don't know if this is state by state or why this myth is around, but see what you think about this one. If you have a pension, you're not eligible for social security benefits. This just seems weird to me. I don't think that one precludes the other. Nick: Yeah, so I can kind of explain this as well. So what some states used to do with their pension system, and a lot of times it was, again, in certain states or even certain kind of counties or municipalities in certain states, they would allow, or their structure would be, instead of the person who was working for them paying into social security, they would pay into the pension. And so it was both they and the employer were paying into the pension system in lieu of paying into social security. And there's a clause for this, what would happen. I know I for sure had some people in Illinois that dealt with this. And so because of that issue, there was this calculation that would offset the amount that they were eligible for social security. And so where people got in trouble would be sometimes what people would do is they would say, I'll use a teacher for an example. So this whole program is called the windfall provision. And so what they would do was, so say a teacher, they knew that they weren't going to be eligible for social security because of the way that their pension was structured, so they might work a summer job so that they could start to build in their 40 quarters and be eligible for social security, but they didn't realize that there was an offset with how this worked. So the windfall provision, or it's called windfall elimination provision, is something where if this sounds familiar, it's something that you want to look into. And it was because the main part wasn't paying into the social security, but unfortunately when they would get the scenario with the second job or something like that, that's where it would almost penalize them because they would subtract the amount that's coming from the pension out of the amount that they'd be eligible for social security. Marc: Interesting. Okay. So the windfall provision, interesting. All right. John, any thoughts on that one? John: No, run into the same scenario in Massachusetts where I've had some clients up there that have paid into the pension system up there, and basically they got reduction of social security benefits. Marc: So it sounds like it doesn't preclude you, it just may alter benefits. John: There's different situations. Nick: Significantly. Yeah. Marc: Okay. Good to know. Interesting. You never know sometimes, there's always some sort of kernel to these things which kind of gets distorted and pulled out. So again, if you've got questions around this, and especially if you're on a pension, you may want to certainly talk with your financial professional about that. And John and Nick are here to do so. So again, reach out to them at pfgprivatewealth.com. All right. Good stuff. Let's do myth number nine. Social security benefits, John, are based on your income and assets. This one's an interesting one, I think because I guess the confusion of thinking, if you have a, I don't know, whatever your salary is, but then if you have a $5 million home, it's somehow different than someone who has a million dollar home. John: Yeah, that's not the case. I mean, it is based on your earnings, which I guess some people could say, well, is that my income? And we're going to talk about this later, it's based on your highest 35 years of earnings. Marc: But it's not means tested, at least not now, not yet anyway. John: Not means tested, but I'm glad you mentioned that. That is something that has been discussed as doing some means testing to basically help the program out where let's say if you're above a certain income or asset level where they start to reduce your social security benefit. Marc: I mean, could you see Elon Musk ever needing or Oprah Winfrey ever needing social security? but technically they're eligible, right? Nick: With the means testing, that's a tricky thing because the way that it goes kind of hand in hand is that people that exceed the cap, which I think right now is around 150,000, something like that in income, they no longer pay into social security. So there's almost like a built in kind of means testing. Marc: But doesn't that have a donut hole, Nick, where it kicks back in again after a certain higher amount, you start paying again after $400,000 or something? Nick: They're discussing that, but not currently for social security. And it's that way for Medicare, so for example, the Medicare portion of the tax is in perpetuity, and then there's an additional amount over a certain amount of income. So what could be interesting is almost giving people an option of, and again, this is just speculation, but hey, you have the option to over this cap, you can continue to pay social security or have a means test later on when you retire. That's something that could be interesting, almost like one or the other, or just remove the cap completely and then just have a maximum amount that could be paid out. So going back to what we had talked about in the other session, there's definitely a way to figure this out, but somebody's got to have the guts to do it. Marc: Well for us, regular folk, I guess. So to John's point, it's not really based on those things. Not exactly anyway, it's more based on your work history and your salary through the years, right? John: Yeah. How many years you've paid into it and what those numbers were. Marc: And so that just walks us into the number 10 here. So we'll do that one. John, I'll let you start with it then. So your social security benefits are based on your last jobs salary. And you kind of alluded to it, it's really based on the highest 30 years, correct? John: 35 years of earnings. Marc: Sometimes I hear advisors say, hey, make sure you go to ssa.gov and take a look and make sure that your numbers are being reported correctly. Heard a lot of this during COVID, especially for folks who may have been laid off or things are kind of wonky to make sure those numbers do get reported correctly because that kind of thing can make an impact. And if you think about your highest earning years, John, many of us, that's going to be between the ages of 40 and 60 or 45 and 65. So you want to make sure those numbers are correct. John: Yeah, typically those are the highest earning years, and it's always good to do a checkup every two or three years, especially after you're hitting the 40-50 mark you really want to take a look at what did they put in there for me last year? I'd say more often than not, it's accurate. If there are any issues, sometimes we'll see them with someone that's self-employed, so this comes always to the person that is self-employed and I don't want to say determine their W2 income. It's kind of like, how much income do you want to show for social security when you're talking to your accountant? But that could be a negative if you're doing some accountant stuff and showing lower income. Marc: It could bother you for your earnings later, for your social security draw later on. I think about the highest 35 years when you're talking about that, you could hear someone saying, well, I don't remember what I made at Wendy's when I was 16, 40 years ago. That one probably gets dropped off. So the idea of being the highest, again, 35 years versus maybe that first job way back when. Nick: Just to kind of add to that context, because that social security cap has continued to go up over time with inflation it's the highest 35 years in relation to the cap. So that's something to understand because effectively your income income today, let's say in theory, for example, $100,000 today compared to $75,000 20 years ago, that 75 may actually be a higher percentage compared to the cap. So there's a little bit of nuance in there, but that's just in general, that's how it works. Marc: Okay. All right. Well, some good stuff. John, any other thoughts as we wrap up this podcast on Social Security myths? Anything else you'd like to chime in with? John: No I think we've hit all the points. I think we're good. I think we did a good job debunking all these myths. Marc: Certainly some good stuff in there. I think there's a few things that might catch people by surprise. Nick, anything else before we go? Nick: No, just the additional emphasis that it is a complicated decision and the good part of that is that there's usually strategy involved and that you can do things to improve the overall planning for yourself. So just like a lot of things, the gift and the curse per se, but we'd rather have people have the ability to be able to adapt their decision making process to help make this a decision that improves their overall situation than be forced to do just the same old thing. Marc: I like on the prior episode we were talking, John said that you guys can break things down a couple of ways. You can look at social security in a vacuum, but then also look at it as it applies to everything else that you have going on from a retirement standpoint. And I think that's going to be a real advantage when folks are trying to sit down and figure out the best ways to handle something that can be actually a lot of money. I mean, social security could be a lot of income, total dollars applied to your retirement nest egg. So you certainly want to make sure you're getting it right, and that's what the team can help you with. So again, if you got some questions, need some help. As always, we appreciate the time on the podcast, but don't forget to subscribe to them. And so you can catch new episodes and check out past episodes. But also just in case you need some help, stop by the website and schedule some time. Have a conversation with John, Nick and the whole team there at PFG Private Wealth. Find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com to get started today. A lot of good tools, tips, and resources. And of course you can also, again, find the podcast and subscribe there on the website as well. Find us on Apple, Google, Spotify, under Retirement Planning Redefined. Guys, thanks for hanging out. As always. I appreciate your time. I'll sign off for us. But for John and Nick, I'm your host, Mark. We'll catch you next time here on Retirement Planning Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

Have you ever wondered if the Social Security system will run out of money before you retire? Or if claiming benefits as soon as you're eligible is the best decision for your financial future? In this episode, we'll be debunking common myths about Social Security and answering the questions you've been curious about. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Welcome into another edition of the podcast, it's Retirement Planning-Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. Got a little two-parter going on this podcasting episode. We're going to spend this one and the next one talking about some social security myths, some of the top social security myths. Some of these certainly, I've heard and many of the guys have heard, and maybe even the listeners have heard, but there's a few in here maybe you haven't, and hopefully it'll help you out a little bit if you've ever wondered some of the questions or things that we hear on the news all the time. Now we're constantly making the rounds online. So again, we're going to break this into a two-parter. So if you have not yet subscribed to the podcast, make sure you do so at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's P-F-G privatewealth.com. Just hit the subscribe button or heart button or whatever it is on various different apps you might have already on your phone, like Apple Podcasts or Spotify or Google or whatever the case might be in that regard. So with that said, we got a lot to get through. We got five this week and five for the next episode as well, so let's dive in. Get started. Nick, what's going on buddy? How are you? Nick: Good, good. Just staying busy. I had some family in town this weekend, which is nice to visit, which tends to be a trend this time of year. Marc: Yeah. Yes, we're taping this right after Easter, so yeah. Yep. Nick: Yep. And then tax season is always entertaining. Marc: Oh, busy. Mm-hmm. Nick: So yeah, so we're just plugging. Marc: Good, good, good. John, how are you my friend? John: Doing good. Doing good. Just celebrated my oldest daughter's seventh birthday and I'm like, "Man, she is... Marc: Where does it go? John: When she hit school, it's like, "Man, this is going by much faster than I anticipated." Marc: Yeah, it always does. Nick: Yeah. Marc: Mine is 25. She'll be home this week, actually, for a couple of days from the Navy. And yeah, I'm like, "God, 25. Really? Stop.". It only speeds up my friend, so good luck with all that. John: I believe it. Marc: But happy birthday to her. All right, let's get into some social security myths. Neither one of our kids, John, will need this anytime soon, but for a lot of our listeners, social security is certainly a big topic of conversation, whether you're, I think, you're 50 plus. I think anything financially related from a retirement standpoint, we start paying a little bit more attention, maybe getting a little bit more nervous about some things that we see in here. So let's jump in and talk about some of these myths. Number one, whoever wants to tackle this, I'll let you guys go. The Social Security Administration will help you make the best decision about when you should start your benefit. Nick: I'll jump in on this one. Although I have heard some reports from clients, recently, where some of the information and/or slash, I wouldn't call it advice, but information has been more comprehensive when they've had appointments with Social Security. It's definitely not going to be the primary resource that one wants to use, as far as helping them to make their decision. Ultimately, this is one of those things where the social security decision should be heavily, or for most people at least, is heavily dependent upon the rest of the parts of the planning and the scenario. Is there a pension involved? When is retirement? Is one spouse still working while the other is retired? So there's a lot of different factors that go into deciding and figuring out which options, scenario are best. And a lot of times, one of the things that's come up quite a bit, with people, is we try to explain to them that it's almost a two-part decision, where three to five years out, we have a good outlook and projection of when we expect to take it. But at the same time, in reality, what ends up happening is that the shorter-term, or more of a micro, decision tends to be impacted by factors that come up. So for example, a spouse gets laid off and retirement for them happens sooner than expected, or the market's going haywire, and we want to dial back on withdrawals that were taken from investment accounts, those sorts of things. So having the ability to be able to pivot is important, but having a broad, overall plan in general when you want to take it is obviously the most important. Marc: Yeah, and to your point, they just don't know your personal, complete situation, so they can give you some ideas on, I'm sure, the best overall... Well, I mean not the best overall, but just looking at some of the claiming options that you have available to you, but how that's going to play with everything else, they're going to not have any clue to that, because they don't know your financial situation. Now that's the first one. Myth number two, John, you want to tackle this one? You won't get any social security if you're a stay at home mom. That's not exactly right either. John: Yeah. I'll jump on this one, and then also I want to go back to myth number one. One thing I have also noticed, that people need to be wary of, is calling Social Security and getting wrong information. I've actually had multiple calls with clients and the representative didn't necessarily know exactly, maybe what was being asked and they basically gave the client bad information, where we had to call up together and ask. And it really affected the client's strategy that they were going to use, because at first they were kind of like, "Well, this is what Social Security told me.". And we did our due diligence, realized like, "Hey. No, that's not accurate.". So we called up once, continued to got bad information, then we had to call back again. There's actually specialists that we were able to talk to, that basically gave us the right information, which in her case ended up being quite a bit of money that she ended up gaining, by able to do some widow benefits where... Marc: Oh yeah. That's good to know. John: Otherwise, she wouldn't have known. So yeah, I just wanted to add that in, because I've seen it happen a couple of times. Marc: No, absolutely. Yeah. John: And as far as not being eligible as a stay-at-home spouse, basically that is a myth. There are spousal benefits and if you qualify for those, you're eligible to get half of the other spouse's full retirement benefit. There's different strategies that one can implement in that situation, but you are eligible for some spousal benefits, even if you were not working and have earned credits into Social Security. Marc: Yeah, and so I think some of the confusion, and a lot of times how these myths is usually it's kind of close, but maybe a little off. So if you're talking about your own individual benefit, you have to work, what is it, 40 quarters I think, through your lifetime, which is 10 years total, in order to qualify. But, to your point, if you're married, and I think there's a caveat there too, is it not that you have to be married at least 10 years. Is that what it is to get the spousal? Nick: Correct. Married 10 years is the case. Marc: Yeah, so there's a couple little caveats, but I think that's how myths get started and get skewed out of proportion. So yeah, if you're married and you've been a stay-at-home mom raising the kids the whole time, you are still eligible for your spouses. So it's certainly good information to know there as well. All right. Myth number three, you won't pay taxes on social security, since you already paid taxes on that money when you paid it into the system. Once upon a time, that was true, but it's no longer true, right? Nick: Oh yeah. If you want to get somebody fired up, this is the way to do it. Yeah. So what we try to explain to people, is that for most people, most households, kind of middle class and up, about 85% of their social security income is going to be includable in their taxable income. So there's a chart and it is dependent upon the other income sources that are coming into the household. But, like I said, for the most part, most people are going to have their income, up to 85% of their social security income, includable in the amount of taxable income that they have. So it is important for people to understand that there's a difference between that, "Hey, it's taxed at X amount rate.", or something like that, because there is confusion in there. So that 85% of the number just is tax at whatever effective tax rate they're in. So for most people, they're going to fall into the 10 to 12, 13% effective rate. So it's not a huge overall impact, but because it is considered a payroll tax that funds it, there is a little bit of firing up that happens when, from an emotional standpoint, where the thought process is, "Well, hey, I paid taxes into it." Marc: Yeah. Nick: Yeah. Marc: I mean it is... I was going to say, just didn't mean to cut you off, but I think where people also don't realize this is a good place where strategy comes into play, because how you're pulling your income, it's your income levels that's going to determine how much that this could get hit. So again, social security should be part of an overall strategy and not just, "Oh, I'm pulling money out of X, Y, and Z account and then also I have this social security thing.". You want them all working together, right? Nick: Yeah, and the reality is, and people don't necessarily want to always hear it this way, but the reality is, is that social security payments through your payroll, while you're working are essentially, I try to tell people, essentially you're paying into a pension, is kind of what you're doing. Marc: Sure. Nick: So you're kind of paying it into a pension, so it is done via payroll tax, but in reality that's kind of what's happening. Marc: Yeah. John, anything you want to add on that one? John: Well, I guess the one thing would be, as you mentioned, strategy. If you find yourself in a position where your social security is going to be taxed, maybe you have to take extra income in a given year, Roth IRA would be a great spot for it, because that does not count towards your modified, adjusted gross income in this case for the calculation. Marc: So, maybe looking at ways to lower your taxable income limit, so just to help with that strategy? John: Yeah, yeah. And that's why it's important. And if you tune into this podcast, often you hear Nick and I always say, you want to put yourself in a position to adapt to any situation and have balance, so that's where that's important, where it's like, "Hey, I have to take some money out this year. Health, whatever, house.". As we were chatting offline of house issues and contractors. Roth could be a good spot to take from, where it doesn't affect your income. Marc: Okay. John: To get off-topic, same thing goes with Medicare. As you have too much income, your Medicare premiums might go up, so planning is very important. Marc: Exactly. Strategy is completely important in how it might affect that particular myth. All right. Let's do the last two. Here are some of the big ones, and these are the ones that get people most concerned or whatever. Myth number four, there won't be any social security left by the time you get to retirement. I just don't feel like this is probably going to... I can't see any politician standing up there and doing it. It's too much of a hot potato. They're going to continue to kick the can down the road, and I think there's going to be something, in some form or fashion. Could changes be coming? Sure, but the whole concept of it's just going to go away, just seems like a lot of fluff to me. John: Yeah, I would agree with that. Changes are already happening. We already see the cap limit for income going towards social security. That's been increasing. So there are some updates that we see happening, and this is really an actuarial problem, so it's a matter of just being like, "Okay, this is what we need to do to fix it and it will be fixed.". What most people... What's interesting, is I just got a question last week on this from a client, because they read an article about the trust fund will be exhausted between 2032 or 2034, if no changes happen. So their concern was, "Hey, is the money going to be there?". And the answer is, your benefits will still be coming in, because it's funded through your payroll, so there'll be people paying that system, while people are drawing out. Marc: Right. And we do have a problem there. That is a concern, right? If you look at those numbers, there's way less people paying in now than people pulling out, which is why some other changes may need to come into play. But yeah, I think that's where the confusion comes in too. John: Yeah, exactly. And I believe a couple.. And you can look this up, if nothing changes, there will be roughly a 20 to 24% reduction in benefits, if they don't change anything. But we feel confident that they'll make some adjustments to the program- Marc: Last minute, yeah. John: ... to get everyone whole. But again, it comes back to planning correctly. So, are you positioned yourself to adapt to this, if this were to happen? If social security benefits were to get cut, how does that affect your plan and what are you going to do? Marc: Yeah. You hear all sorts of strategies out there, Nick, right? I've heard the one that if they just eliminate the early, at 62, and even moved it to 64 or just said, "No, we're just dropping the early and you're 66 or 67, depending on your full retirement age.", it could fund it for another hundred years. Then they're talking about means testing. So there's a lot of things on the table, they just haven't pulled the trigger on any way to actually replenish it yet. Nick: Yeah, it's pretty frustrating, because like John said, there is kind of a science to calculating this when you're talking about this many people, from an actuarial standpoint. Literally from, like you had mentioned, increasing the initial, early retirement age from 62 or even starting to phase it in, like they have in the past as far as what they consider full retirement age, starting to move that towards an average of 65 would make a huge difference. Adjusting the cap, as far as the maximum amount of income that you pay into social security on, if they adjusted that up. So it's frustrating, because like so many other things, and without going on a rant, it tends to be quite political. And unfortunately what tends to happen is instead of it being the small adjustments, that can make a huge difference, what tends to be in the news is more of like, yes or no. Will it be there or will it not? Versus like, "Hey, we can start to just adjust these numbers and make these... People are living longer, so we can figure this out.". Marc: Well, the doom and gloom makes a better headline too. Nick: Yeah, for sure. Marc: I mean, look at what's been happening in France for the last month. They're totally upset over pushing their pension there, which is basically the same thing that we have, back two years. There's options there, it's just a matter of what's going to be acceptable. And I think for many of us, if you're probably 50 or over, the chances of it affecting you greatly are probably diminished. I can certainly see though, changes to the ages or things like that affecting people. They say, "Okay, born from this date down, for sure you're going to see some changes.". So possibility, but just the quote on quote, "Well, it's empty. It's gone. No one gets a check ever.", I think is just kind of silly. Nick: Yeah. Marc: All right. Final one guys and this kind of rolls into that prior one, as well. Number five is go ahead and claim it as soon as possible, turn it on as soon as you possibly can. And I think, again, whoever wants to answer this first, but if you need the money, that's one thing, right? Turning it on, because the strategy makes sense, because you need the money, but turning it on, because you think it's going to run out is maybe not the best way to look at that. Nick: Yeah, we tend to agree. Taking it when you're first eligible is very rarely a best bet. You give up significant benefits by taking it when you're first eligible at age 62. And it kind of dovetails a little bit into what we had talked about, just on the previous question, where people that were at the point in time where their full retirement age was 65, so 62 is only three years before that period of time, the reduction, which is about a half a percent per month before your full retirement age, it didn't have as big of an impact. But now with full retirement age, for many people, being 66 and a half to 67, now we're talking a wider gap of years, four and a half to five years. So that the compounding effect of that early benefit is significant. So it has a really big impact for people that take it really early, when they don't necessarily have to. And I get more regretful responses from people that took it early, not understanding the full situation, than I do from people that waited and had more of a strategy for when to take it. Marc: Yeah. Any thoughts on that take it as soon as possible, John? John: Yeah. I think it comes back to, like we said, what is the person's situation? I really see situations where if someone doesn't need it, taking it early makes sense. The only time is if there's significant health issue or something like that. But then you also have to think about survivor planning. So there's a lot of variables that you got to think about and does it make sense? Nick: And just to dovetail off of that, John mentioned the survivor planning, where sometimes, as an example, one person in a couple taking it earlier and using that to leverage the other person waiting much longer, that combination can work out sometimes, work out- Marc: Yeah, a couple's strategy. Nick: ... really, really well. Yeah, yeah, so factoring in both strategies, letting one ramp up and using the other one to make it easier on the overall nest egg, sometimes that can make sense, but this is always something that we use. We have different calculators to strategize for social security and that sort of thing, and so we try to be as strategic as possible. Marc: And John, I think you're referring to the break point, so you're talking about when you're turning it on, you can run some calculations and see what that break even point would be if you turn it on early versus waiting. Obviously health plays a factor, but you guys can kind of stress test those numbers as well to see the best chance or the best option. John: Yeah, so we have different programs, which is great, where one, we just look at social security in a vacuum and basically it's, "Hey, let's look at taking now versus 67.", if that's the person's retirement age, and we can go look at their break even, which typically is mid-seventies in that scenario. Then we have our comprehensive planning tool, which takes into account other factors of, "Well, if you take it early, your investments can build up a little bit longer. What if you take it early and save it, so you can really put in different factors on it.". But one thing people really think about if they take it early, and we've seen this lately, is the cost of living adjustments. So those in the last few years have been pretty significant. So when you take it early, you're still going to get those cost of living adjustments, but they would've been much greater had you waited, because the balance is bigger that you'll be getting monthly. Marc: Gotcha. Okay. So again, there's a lot to the social security strategies, the conversation. These were some of the bigger ones. We're going to do a second part, with five more myths in a couple of weeks here. So make sure you tune in and check that out. But as always, if you've got questions, if you need some help, especially when it comes to claiming strategies and maybe running a maximization strategy to see what the best option's going to be, don't just run out and do something. And also don't treat it as a separate entity from everything else that you've set aside for retirement. It really is about them all working together in a cohesive plan. And that's what John and Nick and the team can help you out with. So if you need some help and you're not already working with them, jump onto the calendar at pfgprivatewealth.com for a consultation and a conversation. That's P-F-G private wealth.com. Get yourself some time onto the calendar, subscribe to the podcast. You can do so while you're there as well, so there's a little dropdown tab for podcast. We're on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. So again, P-F-G private wealth.com is where you can find them online. And we always appreciate your time here on Retirement Planning-Redefined. For John and Nick, I'm your host, Mark, and we'll see you next time for more social security myths.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 58: Fore Your Retirement: What Golf Teaches Us About Financial Planning 16:22
16:22
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요16:22
Are you a golfer? Even if you're not, the game of golf can teach us valuable lessons about retirement planning. For example, hitting a hole-in-one might be thrilling, but it won't necessarily guarantee your overall success. And just like you need different clubs in your golf bag to play a round, you need a well-balanced approach to your investments in retirement. But perhaps the most important lesson from golf is the value of having a caddy. In retirement planning, a financial advisor can help you navigate the hazards and make the most of your financial "clubs." Tune in to this episode to learn more about how the game of golf can help you plan for a successful retirement. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Back in for another edition of the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with John and Nick here with me. Talk investing finance and retirement here on Retirement Planning - Redefined. We're going to have a little fun with this podcast conversation, a little golf lesson and tie-in to financial planning or retirement planning. So this will be fun. It's right up your guys' alley. John, just a few weeks back, you guys had your annual golf tournament, and we had talked on the prior podcast, it went really well. I should have had this ready for you. We could have talked about it then, but that's okay. John: Yeah, yeah. It's all right. If you want to ask questions about it, I can definitely tell you. It was a great event and we donated to Boys and Girls Club of Tampa Bay and Tampa Hope, which provides homeless shelter stuff. So, yeah. Marc: That's awesome. Yeah. John: Yeah. Marc: All right, so are you a big golfer yourself? John: No, I'd like to be when I can get back at it, but I'm not very good. It's been on my to-do list to take some lessons and be able to get on the course, but I like- Marc: Well, you don't have to be good to like it. I think that's most people. John: Yeah, no, I like going on the cart and driving around and hanging out with my buddies. Marc: There you go. Nick, what about you? Are you a golfer at all? Nick: I wouldn't call it golf, personally, I go out and I hack for- Marc: Yeah, there you go. Nick: ... about seven or eight holes- Marc: There you go. Nick: ... and then I'm pretty much done at that point. Marc: You're a hacker. Okay. Nick: Yeah, maybe now that I'm in my forties it'll be something that I reengage with, but I enjoy being out there when it's the nicer time of year, the cooler time of year here. It's fun to hang out with buddies and go and be out, but it tends to be a four to five hour chunk. So it just depends on my mood, I guess. Marc: Yeah, it certainly can be fun. It can be a frustrating sport, but it's easy to do, and of course it's obviously a very popular sport for retirees and pre-retirees, so it's easy to do some financial analogies with it. Since you guys just had that golf tournament and raised some money, which, again, is fantastic. This'll be a little fun podcast conversation. So let's jump in and talk about some lessons we can get from the game of golf financially speaking, and we'll just have a little fun with this. So hitting a hole in one. I've actually seen this done live in person. I was playing with some friends a couple years back and we were playing with.... we got put with an older couple and she won the day, she was killing us. She was right down the fairway every time. We were all left and right around the sun. She was awesome, but her husband, on a par three, popped one up and lo and behold dropped it right in the hole. It was just totally awesome to see that happen. Thinking about this guys, I think about getting lucky in the market one time. Because this guy's attitude changed when he got the hole in one. He was super excited. He obviously was very cool, but you could see the rest of the day he felt pretty cocky about his game. I would imagine that from a market standpoint, that could be the same thing. You do really well on one investment in the market and you think, oh, I got this whole financial thing figured out, and it might not be that easy. Nick: Yeah. It can be interesting. Just in general, and you alluded to it, people like to talk about their wins more than their losses. That's something that we see quite a bit. It's a similar concept as when you have a friend that goes to Vegas and they talk about how they hit on a certain thing, but not necessarily that they came back less money than they started. It's that concept. The goal when we're focusing on financial planning, retirement planning, that sort of thing, is a long, well-thought-out strategy that encompasses multiple decisions, builds in options for different scenarios and really is just more strategic than having a single goal in trying to necessarily get lucky. Marc: Well, and John, I was going to say, I think most golfers would agree that a hole in one is a little bit of skill, but a whole lot of luck. Maybe that's the same thing to be said for the market, but you can strategize properly with your retirement and not just be wishing for luck, I suppose, in retirement, right? John: Yeah, yeah, you definitely want to have a strategy and a plan versus just rolling it all in one event, unlikely event really happening. So you want to make sure that you put together the strategy, and again, you're just trying to hit, bring it to baseball, those singles and doubles consistently, versus always trying to go for the home run. Marc: Well, like I was saying, the gentleman's wife, at the end of the day, he got cocky because of that fairly early, and he clearly was going to beat the two younger guys that he was playing with that day, me being one of them. I think he felt like the day was his because of the hole in one. But she wound up winning the day from having and shooting the best round because she was consistent. To your point with baseball there, she was right down the fairway, 150 yards every time. She ended up just kicking our tush because, like I said, we were all over the map, somebody else's hole and everything else from slicing and all sorts of good stuff. So consistency, while a hole in one is sexy, consistency is probably the better idea for a strategy. So let's talk about clubs in the golf bag. This is a fun analogy to think about too. You're probably not going to go play golf and go Happy Gilmore and just show up with a driver and a putter. You need some more things in there. John: 100%. This goes with your investments. You can't just have just one tool in the bag there. You definitely need to have different investment vehicles doing different things so you really hit your goals. In case with golf, you make sure you get the best score possible. Same thing with your retirement planning and investments. You want to have different investments. Here's the term everyone hears, diversify. You want to have different investments in your portfolio, investment portfolio, and different investments overall, whether that be some fixed income stuff, and then especially nowadays with the rates being the way they are, CDs are definitely a great option right now. So you want to have the different irons, different drivers, different- Nick: Yeah. One thing that people tend to obsess about is, "What's best, what's best, what's best? Should I have this or should I have that?" So frequently our answer is, "Well, it depends," and or, "Yes, all of the above," and it dovetails into this where, "Sure, you do want to have some funds that are going to be pre-tax and also some funds that'll be tax-free later on," and really focusing on the fact that just because something is better right now doesn't mean it's going to be better later. So the ability to be able to adapt and pivot and adjust to whatever the scenario is, is super important. Marc: Yeah, and that's the point of, "It depends," sometimes with that answer because while it's not the flashiest of answers, because it's not a set it and forget it. Your strategy is going to change. Just like the club you're going to have to pull out of the bag may change. You may think it looks like a simple 7 iron shot, but as you start to look at it and evaluate a little bit more, you might realize that it's not, you got to go with a different club. So different clubs do different things, different investments do different things. Having that arsenal, I suppose, at your disposal is really what you want to do, versus, again, like I said, just trying to be Happy Gilmore out there and use a driver and a putter only. Probably not going to go the way you want to go. That comes to the final one here for this little fun analogy, guys, is listening to a caddy. Now, granted, when a lot of us go play golf, we don't have the luxury of having a caddy, but you may have some friends who you're doing a foursome or whatever and they're giving you some advice or things of that nature. And while you don't want to ask your friends necessarily for financial advice, if you ever have got the chance to play with an actual caddy, it's pretty freaking cool. A true professional can really make the difference. I'd say that's an easy analogy to what you guys do. John: Yeah, 100%. I will say having an advisor in your corner, just someone to talk to, ends up having... people end up making better decisions with that. Just go back to the most recent thing, COVID here, where I would say the first month of that was really calming people down and talking them off a ledge. I'll tell you how many times we heard, "Oh, I'm so glad we got the chance to talk because I was getting really nervous and thank you for your time." So just having that resource of someone to bounce some ideas off of or just talk things through, ends up in the long run helping someone out financially more than they realize. Marc: Yeah, definitely. Again, it's the little things. It's not always just the Xs and Os, sometimes it is having that sounding board, "Hey, I'm thinking about this idea. What do you think?" "Okay, this is a good idea because X, Y, Z," or, "This is maybe not a good idea because X, Y, Z." So it's certainly important to have those conversations and if you need some help, reach out to the team. Obviously, as always, they're here to help you with this, to help you get to and through retirement. Pfgprivatewealth.com is where you can find them online. Pfgprivatewealth.com, and drop us a line while you're there, send an email in to the website if you'd like to have your questions answered. Of course, they're going to certainly do that with each and every question, but we also take those from time to time here on the podcast. So yeah, let's wrap up with one or two here guys. We'll see how we can go, see how many we can get through. We got Claire, and she says, "I'm supposed to retire next month, guys, but I haven't really done any planning at all." Yikes. "I just realized that I still need to figure out Social Security options, pension options, Medicare options, and as well as what I'm just going to do with my time." Wow. "Should I push my retirement date back until I figure this out?" Guys, that's a interesting one and a tough one. Not trying to pick on her, but she's done zero planning and thinking about retiring in a month. Nick: Yeah, probably not a good idea. There's two ways to address this. Well, what we would say to somebody in this situation is, "Okay, yeah, you need to focus ASAP on putting together a plan," because usually when this happens, it's because of anxiety of what the answer is going to be. It's the concern that whatever the results are of the plan are going to say, "Hey, retiring is not a good idea," or that the plan doesn't look good or that sort of thing. So taking the action to do something is really, really important, and you can't rewind time. So getting that plan in place. Would recommend holding off on the retirement until you can put the plan in place. Just there's probably options in strategies that they're not familiar with that can be put in gear sooner than later and could help to make that retirement more successful, because people's ability to reenter the workplace after they have exited is often much more difficult than they realize. Marc: Yeah, John, I'd say probably just call somebody, right? Get started. Don't wait one more minute, right? John: Yeah. Mistakes can be costly and it sounds like Claire has a lot of important decisions to make, especially with the Social Security and the pension there, one wrong move on that, you could be losing thousands of dollars, basically, is what I'm getting at. Marc: Yeah, yeah. Yeah, so you got to get a strategy, Claire. Do you need to push off retirement? You're just not going to know until you figure the two... Her question is, "Should I figure this stuff out?" Yeah, get in, sit down with a professional and find out where you stand and they'll be able to help you determine is retirement next month even possible? I guess my question would be, how do you know that you could retire next month? She says, "I'm supposed to." Maybe they're going to retire her from the job. Maybe she's been told. I don't know. It could be one of those types of things, but either way I would get in to see a qualified professional, ASAP, and of course John and Nick are here to help. So 813-286-7776. All right, final question here. We'll do one more. Lee says, "Guys, I don't understand the Social Security spousal benefit. My wife worked for about five years before we had kids and hasn't worked since, but she does have some benefit of her own. What is she entitled to? How does it work?" Nick: This is a good question, and the reason that we wanted to review this with people is because sometimes the tricky part with dealing with planning, retirement planning, is the jargon or the terms that people use. Sometimes they mix up the terminology and that can lead to mistakes, which can lead to big problems. In this case, from a spousal benefit standpoint, in general, people are eligible either for a benefit of their own based upon their own work history, and that is only valid if they have 40 quarters of work. So 10 years of work. Now, if they are married, and there are some additional scenarios, if they were previously married but married for at least 10 years and are divorced, there are some options on spousal benefits at that point. There's so many different scenarios that if somebody's situation is complicated, we highly recommend that you reach out to an advisor that's familiar with this space. But in this specific example, the spouse working for five years is not going to be eligible for her own benefit. She is going to be eligible for a spousal benefit, and that spousal benefit is a calculation factored on the primary earner's income and how long they've paid into the benefit and that sort of thing. So this is something that we would tell, "Hey, we can help with this scenario. The main information we're going to need is going to be the Social Security statements, and then we have some software that helps us pick, show what those numbers look like. But the spousal benefit is going to be a factor of the primary income earner's benefit amount." Marc: Okay. Yeah, so definitely can get very complicated. Thanks for sending the question in. Hopefully that helps you out, but definitely have a conversation with a qualified financial professional. Reach out to John and Nick to talk more about Social Security and eligibility and all those good things and how it plays into it. 813-286-7776 is the number to call, or stop by the website, pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. As always, we appreciate your time. You can catch past episodes by subscribing or check out future episodes when they come out. Thanks for your time today, for John and Nick. I'm your co-host, Mark Kelly, and we'll see you next time here on Retirement Planning - Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

Are you preparing for retirement but feeling confident that you have covered all the expenses? Well, think again... It turns out that many retirees overlook some crucial expenses that can leave them financially vulnerable. In this episode, we explore the retirement expenses that most people tend to forget, including skyrocketing medical bills, unexpected travel costs, taxes, and much more. We'll discuss practical tips and strategies to help you plan for these expenses and ensure a secure and comfortable retirement. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with John, Nick and myself here on Retirement Planning Redefined as we talk, investing, finance and retirement with the guys from PFG Private Wealth. And this week we're going to get into retirement expenses for which you might have forgotten to plan for, which certainly happens. So on this episode, we're going to discuss some practical tips and strategies to help you plan for these expenses and maybe secure a more comfortable retirement. Guys, what's going on Nick? How are you buddy? Nick: Pretty good, pretty good. I got some friends coming into town next week and then family trickling in over the next month, so it's going to be a hectic month. Marc: Yeah, that's not bad though. Nick: That time of year. Marc: There you go. And spring is upon us, so that's always good. We're into March, so that's a good deal there. John, what's happening buddy? How are you feeling? John: I'm feeling okay. Getting there. Getting a little stronger each week so excited about that. Marc: There you go. John: But feeling pretty good. We just wrapped up our golf tournament, nonprofit charity golf tournament. Marc: Oh, fantastic. Yeah. John: And looking really good. It was a great time. Nick was out there helping me out because I couldn't lift anything heavy, but it was a great turnout. And it's year three and looking forward to year four. So. Marc: That's awesome. Yeah, fantastic. Always good to hear those success stories. So let's share some things this week. Let's get into the podcast here a little bit and talk about some expenses that we might encounter in retirement. And maybe we planned for them, maybe we haven't. Hopefully we have. But let's start with a big one obviously, medical expenses. I mean, typically they outpace normal inflation a lot of times. It seems like medical's just constantly on the rise. So how do we address some of this stuff? Nick: Yeah, what's actually been probably at least most recently with a bunch of our clients, the dental expenses have been pretty wild. I know my parents have kind of run into this too. It seems like once you get into your sixties almost everybody has some sort of major dental work and it's almost impossible to get out of there for less than 10 grand. So it's interesting too because without going on a massive tangent, dental practices and offices seem to have really gotten down the financing aspect of things. And really they tend to run the businesses pretty tight and costs have gone up pretty substantially. So yeah, those dental expenses can be a big deal. We tend to make sure that we have a fair amount of money budgeted each year for healthcare related expenses for clients and making sure that we're allocating the right amount for insurance premiums in that sort of thing. But yeah, those numbers really do add up over time. Marc: Yeah. They can get pretty staggering. I think it's what is the average person what, $250,000, something like that in retirement and medical expenses. So I certainly can take off there for sure. John, what about unexpected travel? Obviously that's one that when we think about travel as part of our retirement strategy, but where would we find unexpected travel in that situation where it kind of creeps upon us and costs us more than we realize? John: Yeah, so one thing we'll always say is things are always going to come up, you can plan as best you can, but something's always going to come up whenever life happens. So we've seen a lot of times where it could be funerals, long distance where people are having to go places they weren't expecting to go, obviously. And just hotels stay, travel, whether they're for a week or two, seeing some of that. Or caring for family members that don't live in the state. So it's traveling other sides of the country. We've seen that quite a bit. Marc: I'd say, that's probably a pretty big one, especially for as your retirees, you might have to go take care of a sibling or something who's having a long-term care event, extended stay. I think my sister had to do that a while back as well. So that's a great point. John: And then there's always the, which I think we've all experienced the destination wedding invite where it's like, oh man, do I really want go to this place? And it's just like, okay, all right, let's start adding up the cost. And if it's a family member, you typically feel obligated to go. Marc: Yeah, so that's good point. John: Those are some of the top three we've seen in our practice. Marc: Do I really want to go to Cabo? Yes. Do I really want to go for my niece's wedding? No. John: Sounds about right. Marc: Yeah. or something like that. Right. So definitely some places where expenses can come up. The medical obviously certainly can get really costly, but then again, so can parental or child assistance. I mean, Nick, more people now are than ever are in the sandwich generation where they're taking care of maybe an adult child to some degree, helping out and they're also taking care of their own parent. That's one thing I've heard about. Nick: Oh yeah, yeah, so the child's assistance thing, we saw it quite a bit like back in the years, immediately following the great recession, was kind of the first time I had seen that quite a bit where kids were getting out of school, graduating from college and having a hard time finding a job. So back to the parents and some help and that sort of thing. Marc: And then we got that again in the COVID too. Nick: Yeah, exactly. That's what I was going to say. From the standpoint of when COVID hit, that was something that impacted quite a bit. The job market's still pretty good for a lot of fields, but have definitely seen that. And I would say a lot of our clients are also entering into that period of time where there's more assistance needed for parents. My grandmother's been living with my parents for, I want to say over 10 years now, but she just turned 90 and now it's becoming even tougher. And we hear about that quite a bit from clients. And then if their parents are out of town, that's some that have brought them into town or they travel fairly regularly to go see them. Yeah, it's a lot on the plate. Marc: And that's an expense that can really derail your retirement. I imagine thinking using your parents there as an example, if they weren't prepared for 10 years of taking care of grandma, I mean that's an added expense that you just weren't planning for. Nick: Yeah, there's the financial aspect and then even from the standpoint of we are focusing for this on the financial side of things, but even from a lifestyle and mental health standpoint or even just your ability to be able to do the things that you planned and wanted to do, whether it's travel, that sort of stuff. It can be difficult, for sure. Marc: Sure. Yeah, definitely affects the family dynamic along with personal relationship and everything because it's a full-time gig. It can be, for sure. Nick: Oh yeah. Marc: So a lot of times we are focusing on the expenses here, but that's a good point to bring up as well. So planning and strategizing for those things that can maybe be overlooked or forgotten, certainly important. Taxes, John, is the next one. Now we got a plan for taxes, hopefully we're doing that. But are we thinking about the possibility of a tax hike because it sure does seem imminent. John: It does, doesn't it? You figure with all the spending happening, at a certain point, taxes we'll have to go up. But that is definitely one that I know we cover quite a bit in our planning is making sure clients are flexible and to adapt in an environment where if tax rates do go up, we really try to make sure people have the ability to adapt to the situation. But I will say this is often overlooked where it's, oh, you'll have less income. So your funnel, lower tax bracket is kind of what you normally hear, but it's definitely something that you want to be able to adapt. So perfect example of this, having some tax free money into retirement where tax brackets go up, you can basically say, Hey, this next three or four, five years, I have at least some Roth IRA money I can pull from where it's not going to really impact my lifestyle too much. But taxes go up 7%. That's a big, big dip in your nest egg or your living, your lifestyle, Marc: Especially if your income stays the same. So your income stays the same when your tax rates jumps from you said what, 7%? So let's say we go from 25 to 32, that's not so great, you're not going to feel so good about that. John: Yeah, and something else I'll say we see quite a bit with this is where there's big expenses in a given year. So we talk about, I know I think we're probably going to touch on it later, but if there's like a home remodel expense or whatever it might be, or we had the recent years with COVID, like, hey, I want to buy an RV or whatever it might be, it's big purchases can also affect those where you might be pulling out 50, 60 grand extra in a given year and if all your money's pre-taxed, that's going to be a pretty big hit to you in that year. Marc: And that's a good point. So Nick, I know you've got a list of a few things to think about in that department from maintenance or repair. Now again, we could strategize for the RV, we could strategize for, and I think this is maybe the point people missed, you tell me if I'm wrong here Nick, but if you're getting close to retirement and somewhere in retirement, you're going to probably have to replace your roof, start planning for that so that it's not an unexpected expense versus just going, oh well now we found out the roof is damaged and we need to repair it. That's a little different. So I don't know, what do you think? Nick: Yeah, for sure. From a planning perspective, the way that we typical typically handle that is we have home maintenance and repair expenses on an annual basis and then we will oftentimes every X amount of years add in an extra bump so that we can show people how we model that out and try to factor that in and build that in. But yeah, absolutely. One of the things that I've seen too is I guess and this is definitely not for everybody, but there's a fair amount of people that like to purchase vehicles cash and just not having the car payment. And that's something that has been a transition for a bunch of clients where just kind of emphasize with them, they may keep a vehicle for 10 years and so when they do make that new purchase, if we're taking money out of qualified retirement accounts to do that, you've got to take out X amount more and then that hits you from a tax perspective, where really stretching out the payment, taking advantage of lower rates that dealers often offer. Just even little things like that where you may tweak how you've spent the funds on certain expenses in the past to just take into consideration what your new reality is in retirement. Marc: Yeah, definitely. Nick: It's important. Marc: Yeah, if you strategize again, you won't be caught off guard by some of these expenses that you didn't plan for. But John, the last one, I mean we got caught off guard for sure on the last one. Many people don't plan for inflation normally, even when it's in a normal 2% or 3%, let alone what we've just been going through. John: So yeah, the last couple of years have been interesting for inflation. In a normal environment, it's obviously not this type of hike in a given year. I mean coming out of a pandemic and then obviously with the Fed raising rates the way they have been doing to try to combat some of that. So normally it's pretty slow and then all of a sudden it's like you go to the grocery store and it's like, whoa, what just happened? I'm paying almost 20% higher for milk or whatever it might be. COVID definitely made things interesting with the supply chain, everything like that, which added to it, which we're starting to see come down a little bit. But this is a big one that you definitely want to put into your financial plan and you want to stress test the plan saying, Hey, what if inflation does hit 2%, 3%? It's something that we typically do as well. And if you're working with somebody, you should do is different categories have different inflation rates. So one thing with medical is historically that has been higher than the normal inflation, which you said would serve around 2%. We normally inflate that about 4%. And if you're planning to pay for, at this point, most people when they retire aren't paying for kids' education but might be paying for grandkids because that's what they want to do. So you got to pay, that has a different inflation rate. So it's cool to be able to adjust each category with a different inflation rate when you're doing planning. So if that's something you are working with an advisor, you want to ask that question, is the inflation rate you're giving me kind of general over everything or are we actually putting different inflation rates on different categories? Marc: That's a great point. Nick: And just to jump in here on this one too, obviously inflation has been in the news so much lately. One of the conversations that we've been having with people is that really from the standpoint of news, the inflation that they report on, what CPI is really such a specific bundle of goods. Anybody that's been paying attention to expenses over the last five, six, seven years, they've been going up. And so just kind of reminding people that this is happening every year. We just get really mad about it every 15, 16, 17 years, over and over again, rinse, repeat. And so really making sure that they understand that. And also just to another take on the inflation side of things is when they're looking out over the nest egg and the plan and they kind of look to see, all right, well, I'm going to have X amount of dollars in 20 years, or I'm targeting to try to have X amount of dollars in 20 years or at life expectancy and making sure that they understand, hey, is that in present value? Is that in future value? Because 20, 25 years down the road, that number can start to seem a little, if things are going well, like unwieldy or super optimistic when in reality it could be just when you use the right and when you look at it the right way it's similar to where you're at today and stuff like that. So just not having that false sense of security if it's not warranted is always important. But yeah, inflation's an important topic. Marc: Yeah, I mean you got to plan for these expenses. Some things we can't plan for, but many can, or at least we can try to somewhat strategize for things we think are going to happen because inflation's always going to be there, tax rates are always going to be there. We don't always know what they're going to be, but then some of those other items we can certainly try to strategize for. And by not having the conversation, you're certainly not doing yourself any favor. Let's finish off with an email question, guys, whoever wants to take this one and we'll wrap it up. Thomas wrote in and he says, "Look, we're retiring in two years and plan to sell the house and move to the beach, and values are still pretty high in my neighborhood to sell the house, so I'm wondering if I should sell it now even though we're not ready to move and just rent a couple years." His overall question is, "It a bad idea to rent at this stage of life?" John: Yeah, that's a great question. This seems to be coming up quite a bit with what we're kind of seeing happening in the housing market right now. I wouldn't say it's necessarily a bad idea to rent at this stage of life. I'd more look at it from what's going on in the housing market, the economy. So that type of strategy right now could be a pretty big risk depending on what happens. Example, if you were to sell your house and anticipate buying in a couple of years. If house prices, again, who knows what's going to happen, dramatically go up over that next two year period, you could be putting yourself in a really bad position financially depending on what happens. I talked to someone who actually did something like this during COVID where they said, Hey, house prices went up a little. It was right when the boom kind of started where they looked at it and said, house prices are going up. They're really high. I think they're going to go down like they did in '08 and this gentleman sold and then two years later, I mean they kept going up. Marc: Right. John: So now basically he's caught in a tough spot where he was renting for a couple of years and for him to get back into the same house he just sold, I mean he's paying almost $200,000 more. That's a big swing. So I don't know if it's worth a risk, let's put it that way, to do that type of strategy because none of us have that crystal ball. Marc: Yeah, it's an interesting proposition. A friend of mine did exactly this, Thomas. So he sold his house at the peak actually about eight months ago. I guess maybe that was the peak in this area or that area. But yeah, he decided he was going to get an RV and just drive around camping for a while and he is waiting for the housing price to come down before he goes and gets another place. So he banked on that strategy. He feels like he made the right decision. He's enjoying the RV time. But every scenario is going to be a bit different with this, to John's point. So I think it's always worthwhile to kind of crunch some numbers, run some numbers, get a strategy put together and just stress test some things. Not only just that question from the email this week, but just a general topic that we talked about this week. Have a conversation with a financial professional like the guys at PFG Private Wealth. Get onto their calendar, have a chit chat with them. Stop by the website, check it out at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com to talk with John and Nick and the whole team at PFG Private Wealth. And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever platform you like to use. We appreciate your time, as always. Thanks for hanging out with us. For John and Nick, I'm your co-host, Mark. We'll catch you next time here on Retirement Planning Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

After being discussed in Congress for nearly a year and a half, the SECURE Act 2.0 passed in January. Listen to today’s episode to see what you need to know and learn four ways the new changes might impact you. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Welcome into another edition of Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. We're going to tap into the SECURE Act 2.0, a couple of items you might want to be aware of if you're not and four ways that it could impact you. They went ahead and got this passed at the very, very end of 2022, right before the Christmas break, and some more changes coming down the pike. A lot of changes really in the SECURE Act, but we're going to touch on some of the bigger ones today. There's a lot of little nuance, so if you definitely have questions around it, absolutely make sure you're talking with your financial professional or reach out to John and Nick and have those chats with them at pfgprivatewealth.com. Nick, what's going on buddy? How are you? Nick: Doing pretty good. I can't believe it's already almost February. Marc: Yeah, at the time we're taping this, it's like a day away. So we'll be dropping this first week or so of Jan... or February, excuse me. Yeah, time is moving quickly, so, for sure. John, what's going on with you, my friend? John: Not too much. Doing all right. Looking forward to... Nick's probably not looking forward to this, but the upcoming Super Bowl. Two good teams. Marc: Yeah. John: So looking forward to checking out those quarterbacks go at each other. Marc: Yeah. Yeah, it was an interesting playoff season, for sure. So not the result I was looking for either, Nick, but all good. So... Nick: Yeah. Marc: It is what it is. But let's talk about some of these changes, guys, because they did a ton of them, but I want to touch on some of the bigger ones and any other ones you feel are important you want to touch on as well. But like I said, right there before Christmas, literally like the Friday before Christmas, they went ahead and passed this as part of that omnibus bill, all sorts of stuff in there. And they went tinkering around with some more things. And the first one on the list that might affect most people is the RMDs, the age. They changed it again. So you can give us a little backstory if you'd like from how you want to go, with whatever angle you want to go in, but explain to us what they did. Nick: Sure. So for many years, the RMD, or required minimum distribution age for pre-tax retirement accounts was 70 and a half. And at least... I was just personally excited when they got rid of the half year, because why in the world did they have it in the first place? Marc: Right. Nick: But so in early 2020, they pushed it back to age 72, so people picked up about a year and a half. And now, for anyone born between 1951 and 1958, the starting age is 73, so they bumped it back one more year, and for those born in 1959 or later, the age is 75. So from a standpoint of impact for people, there are... I would say, a big chunk of people out there are taking withdrawals from their retirement accounts, and the amount that they're taking is pretty close to their RMD amount that would be required anyways. But for those that aren't, it gives them more time to defer funds, let them continue to compound. And from our side of things, it kind of just lets us be a little bit more strategic on creating a liquidation order and helping clients figure out which accounts we should start taking withdrawals from when. And this just builds in more flexibility, which is nice. Marc: Yeah. So overall, do you kind of like this concept of them pushing this back a little further? I mean, either way, to me, it feels like it works for them to get more tax revenue, right? Because either the accounts get bigger and they get more RMDs you have to pay taxes on, the government will get their share, or people are doing Roth conversions, they have more time to plan for something like that, for example, and they're getting tax revenue that way. So either way, to me, it seems like it's a win-win for them. Nick: Yeah. And realistically, yeah, I think just in general, people don't like to be told what to do. So anytime, from looking at it from a client standpoint, just to know that there's flexibility, because I can say that I've had more than one and probably more than 10 clients be unhappy when they realize that requirement distributions are a thing to only realize that they were taking the money out anyway. So it's just literally the psychological impact of choosing to do it versus being forced to do it. Marc: Okay. All right. So that was one big change that they did. John, let's talk a little bit about the special catch-up contribution. Give us a quick breakdown on normal catch-up contributions, something that happens all the time. They change the numbers from year to year, what it is, but then also this new little wrinkle they added, and let's get your thoughts on that. John: So normal retirement contributions are what the normal limits are for 401k. Whether you're going to make a contribution or not to it, you do max out. And what is the current [inaudible 00:04:43] Marc: 22,500, I think. John: ... up as well. Nick: Yeah. Marc: Yeah. Yeah, I think it's 22,500 for the current- John: Yeah, so 22,500 is kind of normal. Catch-up provision is once you're over the age of 50, you're able to actually do an additional amount, which they consider, hey, catching up for basically your retirement. So for 2023 it's going to be 7,500, which is a nice jump from last year. What makes it even better is anyone between the ages 60 and 63, starting in 2025 can be up to about $10,000. So that is really significant. And why that is, we found a lot of people, when they get into their fifties, they're kind of in their highest income earning years. So it really comes up quite a bit where it's like, hey, I want to save more money, but I'm really limited in what I could do. So this is really going to help people defer more for retirement, which ultimately in the long run helps them overall have a larger nest egg and more retirement income. Marc: Yeah. And so it's interesting what they did that. So yeah, they moved it on, they added this extra four year thing. So again, what's your thoughts on that? It doesn't kick in until 2025, but do you think that's a useful tool to add even more room for people to sock away? John: Yeah. I think anything that encourages people to save is definitely a positive for retirement. Marc: Yeah. So what's your thoughts on that, Nick? Nick: Yeah. I mean, again, it's one of those things where when you add in flexibility and the ability for people to kind of adapt, especially knowing how many 401k plans allow for Roth contributions now. So even if it's from the perspective of, hey, maybe they don't want to add more pre-tax money, but they want to take advantage and use some of that buffer for Roth funds, it's just nice to have the flexibility and ability to be able to put in more funds. Marc: Yeah. Okay. An interesting one that caught a lot of people off guard, guys, especially a lot of advisors, was the 529 to Roth transfer option. So let's talk a little bit about that. That's been a kind of nice little wrinkle. People have been pretty surprised by this. Nick: Yeah, this is interesting from a perspective... So for those that aren't super familiar with 529 plans, they are essentially education accounts, and there are funding restrictions. And one of the, in theory, downsides on 529 plans previously were the way and the timing of when you had to use the funds. And so essentially, using funds in the years that costs are incurred, there were some ability to be able to transfer funds from one person to another. But now, essentially what they're doing is they're kind of reducing the quote, unquote risk of overfunding a 529 plan, and they're letting people essentially use 529 funds to make Roth contributions when they start working. So as a reminder for people, to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA, there has to be earned income. So when there's earned income, you can contribute up to a hundred percent up to of the earned income, up to the maximum amount. And then there are income limitations and restrictions on how much you make versus how much you can put in. To be honest, realistically, this is probably going to be something that is much more tiered towards higher income earners. Definitely the kind of, maybe there's grandparents that have a significant amount of money and they can overfund a 529 plan for a grandkid, and it can be a way to essentially start to kind of build in some future wealth transfer, which is cool, to be able to have a creative way to be able to do that. Most likely, that's how I see it playing out overall. So it's just nice to have that flexibility. And I was pretty surprised as well that it was something that they came up with to integrate into the plan. Marc: Yeah. So if you wind up not using it, maybe you got the one kid that doesn't use it or you're going to give it to the other kid or you don't have a second kid, it just gives you options. I mean, other people still looking at different ways to fund for college, but it's nice to have that extra wrinkle in there. So a lot of people have been fairly pleased and surprised by that one. John, any thoughts on that from yourself since you've got a couple of little ones? John: Yeah. Yeah, I think I like this. Because one of the things that I've always thought about is let's kind of take off the table overfunding, but what if they don't use it at all? What if they decide to go a different route from traditional college or what if they get a ton of these grants and things like that? So I think it's a nice feature. Kind of puts a little peace of mind where it's like, hey, if they don't end up using it and you try to just pull it out, you get hit with these taxes and penalties on the growth. So I think it puts my mind at ease a little bit more knowing, hey, if I contribute to this, that it'll still be going to them and they'll still be able to benefit even if they don't use it for school. Marc: Yeah, definitely. All right. So let's talk a little bit about the other changes kind of addressing, I guess, maybe students if you will. And there's a lot of changes that they did, guys, to just, I think in general, company-sponsored plans, a lot of little nuances. Again, you may want to talk with your financial professional to see. They did some little things like moving, I think, Roth options right now, so matching contributions can go to a Roth, and lots of little stuff. So you may want to have those conversations. But let's talk about the changes to the company 401k match, especially for younger folks. I think this was maybe to address the whole student loan debacle and all the conversation that's going on about to forgive, not to forgive, whatever the case is. So explain a little bit what they've done with this. Whoever wants to take this one. John: Yeah, I'll start with it. So yeah, I definitely agree with you there, Mark, on kind of throwing this in there to help with what we have going on with the student loan issue there. But this is pretty cool in my opinion. I got a younger sister-in-law, and she's got... law student, hefty amount of student loans. So we were talking about some different things and we talked about helped her out with picking some stuff in her employer plan. And it came up to this, and this exact conversation came where she said, hey, I'm paying such a big amount on my student loans. I don't have any extra really to save for retirement. So this is a great way, in my opinion, to try to... That way they can get something going to the retirement account because, as you know, Nick and I do planning for people, there is sometimes a shortfall and the earlier you can start the better. So I think this is definitely a great way to get people to at least get the money into the retirement accounts, and ultimately, when they have the cash flow, they start to see what their match is doing and growing, I could see them starting to contribute themselves a little bit more as well. Marc: Yeah. What's your take on it, Nick? Nick: The student loan burden is so significant for so many people, and that's separate... The whole validity of it and does it make sense and all that kind of stuff, I think, is a separate conversation. And so the reality is that there are a ton of people living with that, and so anything that can be done to provide some sort of options and flexibility and encourage employers to assist with that, I think, is a big deal. Because ultimately so many employers, they are looking to have these sorts of certain certifications, certain underlying education requirements, all that kind of stuff. Marc: Right. Nick: So they're a participant in kind of the machine, so to speak. So to me, it makes sense to integrate some kind of creative thinking into it. Marc: Okay. Well, so that's some of the major changes. Anything else I missed, guys, you want to bring up? I know like with the RMDs, little things like they reduced the penalty, which was a pretty hefty penalty even though a lot of times I don't think they enforced it. Any other little items that you want to share? John: No, I think these are the main ones that are good. And like you say, always if people have any questions, definitely reach out to us. And as we're meeting with clients, if something pertains to them, we always bring up kind of what makes sense for them. Marc: Yeah, okay. All right. Well, there you go. So some major items there that they updated when it came to the SECURE Act 2.0. There's no really big gotchas, it doesn't seem, like there was with the first one with the removal of the Stretch IRA, for example. That one seemed to be annoying for a lot of advisors and stuff like that. Any big gotchas here that you feel like that's make it a real concern? Or for the most part overall some decent changes? Nick: Not that I've seen so far. Marc: Yeah. Okay. Yeah, you never know, right? I mean, they still got, I mean, what is this, 10 years on some of this stuff? Some of the stuff starts in '23, some of it '24, some of it '25, some of it 2033. So they got a while to roll some of this stuff out, so we'll see how it all plays out. But if you've got questions, again, make sure you reach out to the guys, have a conversation. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good jazz. And you can find all of that information at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. Guys, thanks for hanging out with me. As always, appreciate your time for John and Nick. I'm Mark. We'll see you next time here on Retirement Planning Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

Too many folks misunderstand bonds, how they work, and what role they play in a proper financial plan. We’ll address some of those bond related issues on today’s show. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc Killian: Welcome into another edition of the podcast, Retirement Planning - Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. And it's time to talk about bonds and really what you need to know and how they actually work. And there's a lot of conversation around that, obviously in '22, certainly to the fact that nothing seems like a good idea as far as things go. And when the market is weird, often we run to bonds for the safety aspect, but there's some things going on there too. So, let's talk about how they actually work, what role they might play in a proper financial structure and how maybe this here lately, it's been a bit of a different show in that regard. So guys, welcome in. Nick, what's going on buddy? How are you? Nick McDevitt: Pretty good, pretty good. Staying busy. Marc Killian: Yeah, that's good. Very good. John, and you? How are you doing? John Teixiera: Doing all right. Marc Killian: Yeah? John Teixiera: Hanging in there. Marc Killian: How's the bond market? A little rough. John Teixiera: Little rough if you've owned some already. Could be good if you're buying some new ones. Marc Killian: Yeah, right. And that's the difference, right? John Teixiera: It depends where you're at. Marc Killian: Depends where you're at. So yeah, we're going to talk about that a little bit. First thing I want people to understand is that the bond market is actually way bigger than the stock market. A lot of people don't know that. That's just an interesting little tidbit, but it is a lot bigger. John Teixiera: Yeah. Yeah, a lot of people aren't aware of that, but- Marc Killian: There's a whole lot more stuff in there. Right? John Teixiera: Yeah. Marc Killian: But let's go into the misunderstandings, right? So first off, just why don't you guys give us the basic gist of how a bond works, for folks who just might not know? John Teixiera: Yeah. So, to break it down to its simplest form, a bond is basically loaning your money to a public institution or private entity. So, you're basically saying, "Hey, I'm going to give you my money." And for that, the company typically provides some type of interest rate for that period of time where they have your money. And as far as obligations go from that company or public institution, there's a promise to pay you back. And that promise is only as good as the paying ability of that company. So, I think that's bonds in a nutshell, if you try to break it down to its simplest form. Marc Killian: Yeah, you're loaning the company money, right? You're lending them money versus as a stockholder you're buying a piece. John Teixiera: Correct. Marc Killian: Yeah. Okay. Nick, what's the difference between a bond and a bond fund? So, like an individual bond and a bond fund? Because most of us wind up with bond funds and we're maybe not totally sure what it is we have, we just say, "Oh, I have some bonds." But what they really have is a bond fund. Nick McDevitt: Yeah. The reality is the difference as far as how it affects a typical investor is the important part to understand. So, with bond prices and interest rates having an inverse relationship, so again, if interest rates go up, bond prices go down, then the issue that somebody that has invested in a bond fund has is it's a pool of bonds. And so, you're relying upon the manager of that bond fund to manage the buying and selling of those bonds while trying to protect the value of your account and gaining interest. So, sometimes the easiest way to guide people through this, and obviously we've been having this conversation quite a bit lately with people, especially with how we've invested in fixed income in the last few years, is that if you own an individual bond, you have the ability to hold it until maturity. And when you hold it until maturity, you then receive the par value back. And this might be a little bit too much detail, but we'll try to give people a good understanding of this. So, oftentimes people get confused with the difference between the initial issue of a bond and then when it trades in the secondary market. So, when a company initially issues the bond, that's when they are receiving the loan basically, or the money from whoever purchases that bond initially. So, when they sell the bond, the bond sells for $1,000, there's a promise to pay that the company issues with the bond as well as, "Hey, in the meantime we're going to pay you an interest or a coupon." So, let's just say it's 3%. So, company A, we'll call them Apple, Apple issues a bond in 2020 for five years and they're going to pay 2% over those five years. And as long as whoever holds that bond at the end of that five years, no matter what they paid for it, they're going to get $1,000 back. That's the promise. Marc Killian: Okay. Nick McDevitt: So, we'll say John bought that bond initially, but two years into it he decides, "Hey, I no longer want this bond, I'm going to go ahead and sell it." So, because of the market situation and what's going on in the market, that bond in the secondary market, because interest rates have gone up, even though he paid 1,000, he can only sell it for 900, because that 2% coupon rate isn't competitive. Marc Killian: Right. Yeah. Nick McDevitt: So, let's say he sold it to me and I bought it for 900. So, I got a discount like, "Hey, I'm only getting 2% so I'm not going to pay less, so I'm going to get a discount." And now my goal is I'm going to hold that bond until the end of that total five year period and I'm going to collect that 2%, but I'm also going to get the extra $100 on top, which makes my return, my overall return, my total return higher. So, the difference is that when people, as an individual, when they own those bonds individually, they have more control over holding that into maturity and essentially getting their par value back while collecting their interests in the meantime versus when it's in a bond fund, that performance is strictly going to take place dependent upon how it gets managed. And we know obviously it's confusing and it's always a tricky spot of trying to help people understand and giving what might be too much information. But with this, I think a lot of times it's the more you know, the better it is to try to understand it. Marc Killian: Yeah. And we're going to talk a little bit more about some normal things that we're used to thinking about or hearing and how it messes us up a little bit. And John mentioned earlier, he is like, "Yeah, if you're getting into a bond right now, higher interest rates, they look a little bit more appealing than someone who bought maybe a year ago, as the rates were down lower." And to your point, you said the inverse reaction. I was always taught, an easy way to remember it is when rates are high, bonds die. So, little rhyme, helps you remember it. So, when rates are high, bonds die, because the value. Right? So, they have that inverse reaction. That's just a good way to think about it. So, John, a lot of people consider them to be the safer, conservative part. I want to jump to the standard 60/40 for just lack of a better term. Right? We've grown up with this thing of when the market's rough go to bonds, right? As you get older, go to bonds, because it's a safer option and we feel as though it's that safe, conservative part of the portfolio. Do you agree with that approach normally? And what's your take on it this year when it's also having a lot of trouble? John Teixiera: Yeah, normally I'd say that you're correct. Yeah, normally that is how it works. This year it's a little different obviously with the Federal Reserve really trying to hedge against inflation. So, they have been aggressively raising the rates. So, that's where you're starting to see these bond values drop drastically. And I don't know the exact number, but I think year-to-date we're almost negative 10 to 15% in the [inaudible 00:07:35] bond index. Marc Killian: Yeah. It was close to 15, last I checked. John Teixiera: Yeah. That's actually what's happening in people's portfolios where if the market was down, they have at least a bond portion that's level or maybe down a little bit or up a little bit. But right now it's like, hey, you're getting two sides of it where they're both getting hammered. This is where it's important, and Nick mentioned, how can you mitigate that risk? And you can do it, it's just a matter of structuring the portfolio and getting the right type of investments to understand, "Hey, in this type of environment, this is where I want to be." So, it really comes down to, again, this is your investment plan. Like, "Hey, what's your investment plan to mitigate this type of environment and how do you take some of this risk out of your portfolio?" Marc Killian: Yeah. Nick, back to you, and the question I asked you a minute ago, people say, "Well, individual bonds themselves may not still be a bad option right now in this current bond environment, but it's the bond funds that tend to be taking a bit more of an issue." And to your point, you mentioned, actually maybe it was John who mentioned them being a pooled investment, but either way, right? And that bond fund manager, whereas an individual bond may still be an okay option. So, that's really where you need to talk with your advisor or have an advisor to find out if you're thinking about bonds, what's the right avenue to go? Am I on track there or is that incorrect? Nick McDevitt: Yeah. To a certain extent, for sure. And another thing that happens, one of the things that we've integrated into clients' portfolios, and we did it a few years back, was bond ladders. So, exchange traded funds that hold bond ladders that mature at a set maturity date, so that way we can still use a pool of investment that's a little bit more efficient to buy and sell, and we know when the maturity data is going to be, so we can act accordingly and adjust accordingly. So, there's always this give and take, but using instruments like that, using individual bonds, are absolutely ways to take a little bit more control in the space and have less of a negative impact on the overall value of your portfolio. John Teixiera: Yeah. And to jump in with what Nick's saying there- Nick McDevitt: Sure. John Teixiera: ... I think it comes down to ownership. When you have a bond fund, you don't actually own those bonds, the fund does, you own a piece of the fund, but when you're talking about individual bonds or this basket of bonds, that's where you technically have ownership of that. So, you can control when it's bought or sold. Marc Killian: Okay. Yeah, that's great information. Thanks so much for sharing that. So, guys, anything else that I might have missed on the bond, what we need to know area? Either one of you, feel free to jump in with something. Nick McDevitt: I think from the perspective of overall for investors and just understanding in general the space that we're in, one thing that we've done even recently is we've started to add in some shorter term CDs for clients, because that helps them get a decent rate of return because those rates of returns have gone up and it lets them stay a little bit more flexible with where we expect rates to go, which we still expect some increase on them in the next six to 12 months, where they can then stabilize a little bit. But just like anything else, it's important to have ... Different aspects of your investments have different jobs, and bonds and fixed income still play a necessary role. And realistically for people that are retired or are going to be retiring soon, a lot of the pressure on portfolios for the last 10 years has been all on the stock market because you really couldn't get any returns on the fixed income side. So, now at least, hey, we can get four to 5% a lot easier on fixed income, which will help to generate returns and income for people, which it makes it a little bit easier for us to get a little bit more conservative in portfolios, which has been much more difficult over the last 10 years. So, there's a little bit of a silver lining in here and as we adapt to a new normal like we always do, there will be positive to it. But when you're in the midst of it and going through it, like we have this year, it can be difficult. Marc Killian: Yeah, no, and that's why I wanted to talk about it because again, we were taught this traditionalism and if you're doing things on your own, you're thinking, "Hey, I'll just jump over to bonds, while the market's been so rough this year after," to your point, "the market being fantastic for the last 10, 12 years." And it may or may not be a good move. Right? So, that's just why, understand the basics, or maybe a little bit more than the basics, and then make sure that you're having a conversation with an advisor. Bring somebody into the fold, especially if you don't know what you're dealing with, because there's a lot out there in the bond arena. So, good stuff. Thanks for sharing on that, guys, I appreciate it. Again folks, if you've got questions and need help, jump on over to the website, book some time with them, reach out to them, let them know you've got some questions around bonds and how it works or what you're thinking about doing, or strategy, conversation, questions, whatever that might be. And get some time with the guys at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. A lot of good tools, tips and resources. You can send a message into the podcast. Like I said, you can schedule time to talk with the guys. Lots of good stuff there. So, pfgprivatewealth.com. And we'll wrap it up with an email question again this week here on the podcast, Hoover wants to jump in on this, totally fine. Wendy had a question. She says, "Guys, our 401(k) plan at work now has a Roth option for available future contributions. Should I take advantage of that?" I'm curious too, guys, because actually my wife, they just offered that to her actually. She just got the paperwork I think about three days ago. So, what's your thoughts on 401(k) Roth options? Nick McDevitt: The annoying answer is it depends. The reality is that most likely it does make sense to take advantage of it. Some people cannot make contributions to regular Roth IRA accounts because the income is too high. So, this is their only way to be able to make contributions. Our feeling in general is that the more options you have from income sources in retirement, the better. So, especially if you don't have any Roth funds built up or if your pre-tax funds are substantially more than your Roth funds, it's a good idea to integrate that. And so, one thing that people have done to just start it, so as an example, let's say that somebody's contributing 10% of their income and maybe their company matches 4%. Okay? So, the match that a company puts in is always pre-tax. So, in reality, if they're doing 10 and they get a 4% match, 14% of their income is going into pre-tax money. So, maybe you say, "Hey, out of my 10 I'm going to make it 4% Roth to match the match that they're getting. The other 6% is pre-tax, and now it's like 10 and four." That could be a good place to start. And then maybe build it up where some people say, "Hey, each year when I get a raise, I bump up my contribution by a percent or 2% and try to build it up to make it match, until you're maxing out." But absolutely, building that up to build up some Roth funds for yourself is a good idea. Marc Killian: Yeah. The limits, so if you think about a traditional Roth IRA, there's earnings limits, right? You can only make a certain amount, I think it's 144,000 for individuals, 214, somewhere in that neighborhood, I think, for married couples. And they change it all the time, but I think that's '22. But with a Roth 401(k) at work, there is no income limit. So, if she makes more than that, for example, she could still put money in. Nick McDevitt: Exactly. Yeah. But you don't have to deal with that income limitation anymore, which is great. Marc Killian: And it's a newer piece too, John, right? Not every company has this option yet, so they're starting to come on more and more though. John Teixiera: Yeah. Yeah, it is a newer piece. I'd say the majority of companies we run across now do have them. Marc Killian: Okay, good. John Teixiera: But I'd say we do run across some that still don't offer it, but it's catching on pretty quick because a lot of people do like that option. Marc Killian: Yeah, for sure. So, I think definitely to answer the question, just make sure that you're double checking, check the various different limitations. If you don't have a professional you can bounce those questions off, certainly, hopefully the guys gave you some thoughts there. But you can always just call, reach out, and get a little bit more in-depth if you have some of those Roth 401(k) questions versus a Roth IRA, and those questions too, as well. But reach out to the guys, don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. It's Retirement Planning - Redefined with John and Nick, and you can find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. Guys, thanks for your time. As always, appreciate, have a good close out to the holiday season as that's upon us, and we'll see you guys next time here on Retirement Planning - Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 54: Warning Signs: How To Spot Problems In Your Financial Life 15:41
15:41
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요15:41
Just like the lights on your dashboard can indicate if something is wrong with your car (like low tire pressure or leaking oil), there are indicators in your financial life that might point out that you have a problem that needs to be addressed. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Marc: Welcome in to another edition of the podcast. Thanks for tuning in to Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick here from PFG Private Wealth to talk with me about some warning signs, how to spot problems in our financial life. The years winding down, getting into the new year. It's maybe a good time to have the radar out looking for things that we are doing maybe incorrectly that we can improve. If you got a warning light on your car, you're probably going to take it in for service. So maybe the same thing financially speaking. What's going on guys? John, how you doing my friend? John: Hanging in there, getting ready for the holiday season. Marc: That's right. John: Thanksgiving is next week, right? So yeah. Marc: Yeah. John: Doing all right. Marc: The time we're taping this, yeah it's upon us. Nick, how about you my friend? Nick: Rough couple weeks for Bill's fans, but besides that, doing pretty good. Marc: Overall though they're still pretty stout, so. Nick: Yeah. Marc: Yeah. But it happens. It happens. Well, John: Well the Bills kind of do this every year where they kind of, last year they did it too. They like a two or three games stretch where they just kind of lost focus. Marc: Yeah. Yeah, yeah. They're still young too, right? So be a lot too. Nick: Still painful. Marc: It is painful. This is true. Hey man. Lions, that's all I'm going to say. Every time. Although two weeks in a row and we beat the Packers. I'll take that any day of the week so. Nick: We play you guys on Thanksgiving. Marc: Oh well, I'm sure it'll be a slaughter then. Poor Lions. Nick: Let's hope so. Let's hope so. Marc: The poor Lions. I just have no faith anymore after 30 years. Well anyway, let's get into warning sign, right? There's a warning sign right there that maybe I should move on. But let's talk about a couple different things. Yeah, this is a pretty big one, this first one actually. So many people are getting ready, as they get ready for retirement, maybe they come in to see an advisor for the first time and they truly have no idea what it costs to fund their lifestyle. That's kind of a big red flag. And I think many people come in to see folks like yourself the first time. They also kind of undershoot that number. Right. Oh, it'll only take us three grand to fund our lifestyle. And you start digging in, you're like, no. So they have no idea. Nick: Yeah. Yeah. Usually the most painful process of the planning process is digging into the expenses and figuring out what that looks like. Marc: Right. Nick: The thing that we try to really emphasize and harp on with people is that it's one thing to being able to, because there are a lot of people that say, Hey, I save X amount of my money. We've got some savings in the bank. And then we don't pay attention really. And we carry some debt here and there, but we're usually able to pay it off at a certain point and stuff like that. And it's like, okay. So from a lifestyle standpoint, as they're working, it's not a huge factor. The problem is that when we don't know what that is and we carry it over into retirement, not understanding what's being spent and then it makes it really hard to create a plan and to figure out, hey, when you're going to be able to comfortably retire, things like that. So just so many other things, taking inventory, understanding what numbers we're dealing with and then trying to make adjustments from there is really important. Because we joke with people, we're not the money police, but it is important for us to get a good understanding of where things are going from a money perspective so that we can help you plan for the future. Marc: Yeah, definitely. And you got to have a good grasp on what it truly costs and most of us just wind up not doing that. So again, the big warning sign, if you truly don't know what that is. John, maybe another warning sign is focusing on that magic number. Right. We've heard it for years and most people kind of do the million dollar thing and just use that because it's easy. But that might be a warning sign. Why are you so hyper focused on a specific number if it maybe takes less or more? John: Yeah. That's 100% accurate. And I think that, I forget what company it was that came out with that commercial. What's your number and what's your nest egg number or your goal? And I think people got fixated on that. And it's not necessarily what is your goal from a nest egg standpoint. It really should be what is your goal from an income standpoint so you can fund your lifestyle and how long can that income realistically last? So when we do planning, it's a matter of hey, like Nick said, we look at, hey, what's your lifestyle? How do we make sure you continue that and where are the assets? Where's the money coming from to produce that income going into retirement? Because you can build up as much as you want, but if it's not giving you income that you feel comfortable with, you're going to not really hit your goals and stuff you want to do into retirement. Marc: Yeah, yeah. You have a million dollars, right, and then you find out that 700,000 would've done it and you worked three years too long or you need $2 million and you stop too soon. John: And things to consider, and actually we're in an interesting time period now with this, is that the interest rate environment and also inflation kind of determines what your lifestyle is going to be because your nest egg could be with interest rates going up, it actually helps you a little bit more from an income standpoint. But with inflation happening, it's kind of deteriorating your spending power. Marc: Yeah. Yeah. John: So long story short, there's a lot of factors that go into this, which is why it's so important to do planning versus hey I need to get to a million dollars because what does that even mean from an income standpoint? Marc: Yeah, exactly. And the eight and a half, yeah I don't care what the government official number is, but use your wallet when you go to the store and various things. It's a lot more than that in many aspects of life to that inflation conversation. So it might be the official number, but I don't know, I think milk's like 50%, so milk's a whole lot more. All right, mental image guys of what your parents did. It's as easy for a lot of people. I'm a Gen Xer, so my dad wasn't retired long, but I think back on it and I'm like, I don't think he did any retirement planning. So it kind of worked out so great. I mean I could see people doing that, right? Well my parents really did very little and they seemed to be fine, so I'll be fine. That's not really the best idea to go off of because I don't know how his financial life was completely different than what mine is 35 years ago. Nick: Yeah. And the reality is, is that that generation, for the most part between their focus was with their parents coming out of great depression, things like that, it was paid down your debt. It was a much less expensive, even adjusted for a lot of different variances of inflation. Less expensive to own a home and they paid off their debt, they had social security, they had pensions and very much lived within their means. Lifestyle and consumption weren't really kind of the name of the game back then. And so it's just very different. So they went from having a certainty of income via their pension and social security to now people have to save money in a 401ks, need to learn how to generate income from that. We just went through a 10, 12 year period where as John just kind of referenced good luck getting any sort of return on any sort of fixed or conservative type of investment. And so it was just much more difficult. And that doesn't even factor in the longevity aspect that we have to deal with. How much more expensive healthcare is. Marc: Right. Yeah. Nick: All these different things. Marc: Yeah. No, it's easy to do, right, especially if you're doing the procrastination thing, you can kind of talk yourself into anything, but probably not the wisest thing to do. And again, that's the whole point of the podcast is how to spot some of these warning signs in our financial life. Getting worked up about the current events? Man, I get this one too. How do you not, right? I mean at the time we're taping this, it's even crazier. I mean we've got all sorts of things, the market volatility, the election cycle being over, but still problematic. Bonds are down because of the interest rates. We've got still conflict thing. It's hard not to let current events affect how you feel about your portfolio, but that's also dangerous time for jumping in and just saying, well I'm going to make a change because I feel like I have to versus making sure that you have the right strategy. John: Yeah, the media doesn't do us any favors. Marc: Oh gosh, no. Yeah. John: With how they portray things and definitely, Marc: It's the sky is falling [inaudible 00:08:16]. John: The sky's always falling. I think they obviously realized that negative media kind of grabs more eyes and more clicks. So that's what they focus on. This is really where you want to always go back to the plan. And if you don't have a plan, highly recommend you get one. So I'll use COVID as an example. That one month period where the market was dropping significantly, the fastest drop potentially ever over that three week span, when Nick and I were doing quite a bit was when we were doing reviews with clients, we would look at the plan and say, hi, how does this affect your plan? Are you still on track? And when they would see that they were still good, the fear kind of went out, like okay, I kind of took that punch and I'm still doing okay. And then it helped them make better decisions and not having any knee jerk reactions. And I'll say, I'm having the kind of same experience here. We're doing reviews, obviously a lot of stuff going on, markets volatile. And we look at the plan and the plan still looks solid. People are like, okay, that's good to know. I'm glad to hear that I'm still on track and this hasn't affected my lifestyle going into retirement. Marc: Yeah. John: I think that's what most people want to know is, hey, is all this stuff going to affect me? And if it does, how do I adjust to that? Marc: Well people are kind of pleasantly surprised to find out it's not been as bad as they thought. But it also depends on how your allocation was set up. It depends on how you were weighted your portfolio. Because 21, right, these two years back to back are pretty interesting, right? 21 was majorly up, 22 is all over the map and down. Right. Anywhere between 15 and 30% depending on the indices. And so there's like, there's just kind of this wide spectrum there and if you were heavily weighted in tech, then you're taking a bigger beating than someone who wasn't, right? So that's all part of the game. It's all part of how you're strategizing and that's why you've got to get these things done, working with a professional to help you through it. Last one, financial warning sign, the nursing home, long term care conversation, however you want to put it, kind of doing that. Well, almost like the parent thing, well it wasn't a big deal. It probably won't be for me or we'll take care of each other or the kids will pitch in or that kind of thing. It's just going to kind of naturally work itself out. It's probably a big warning sign. Somebody mentioned longevity earlier in this conversation, right? That's going to add to it. Nick: Yeah. This is as far as the cost of healthcare in retirement, including whether it's assisted living or nursing home facility care, it's a really tricky one because obviously those costs have gone up substantially. It's become more and more difficult for those that want to try to use insurance to help with it. Whether it's a traditional long-term care or some sort of hybrid policy that's become kind of a cesspool of space where it's very difficult to find something. So it is difficult, but just like anything else, factoring it into the plan and understanding that hey, these expenses may be coming down the road and just making decisions, whether it's with legal documents and or how you save your money to just try to plan for as many scenarios as possible is really important. Marc: Yeah, definitely. You can't just put your head in the sand. We are living longer, the costs continue to go up. They're typically outpacing normal inflation. I hate to even think of what some of the numbers might be right now. So just don't put this stuff off. Make sure that you're thinking about these, looking and identifying these potential warning signs moving into a new year, especially moving into the new year. Take some action, start getting some things done. That's going to do it for the main section of the podcast. We'll finish off with an email question that has come in as well. And of course if you've got questions, need some help, stop by the website, pfgprivatewealth.com. You can find a lot of good tools, tips, resources, you can subscribe to the podcast, all that good stuff at pfgprivatewealth.com. And we'll finish off with a question from a Charlotte who says, "Guys, I'm 60 years old and I'd love to retire and I think I can, but it seems like of course everyone I know waits till 65, 66, somewhere in that neighborhood. Is early retirement a bad idea?" John: Yeah. Charlotte, I think one thing you got to realize is you want to look at your own situation. So whether it's good or bad isn't depending on somebody else, it's really up to you. We're talking about the nest egg and the income and lifestyle and the question really comes down to does your income sources going into retirement and nest egg allow you to retire at 60 to maintain your lifestyle till when the planning ends, whether that's age 90, 95, or 100. Marc: And she thinks she can, so why not? Instead of think, right, how about no? Right. John: Correct. Yeah. If you think you can do it and you've done a plan that looks solid, definitely you don't want to miss out on some fun years, especially earlier in your 60s when you can do more stuff. Marc: Yeah. But if you just think or how certain are you, right? So do you have a plan or is this something you're back of the napkin kind of thing? Are you kind of guessing this out? And I think the other piece in this, John maybe is did she take into account, hopefully she did the five year gap before she can get Medicare? John: Yeah, that is the biggest thing. And that's why we see a lot of people that hold off on retirement til 65 for that. Marc: Yeah. John: So when you're doing your planning Charlotte, you want to make sure that you're budgeting for independent plan, whether it's through a specific company or the marketplace, whatever it is, you want to budget that into it and make sure you're getting good insurance coverage because you never know what's going to happen. Marc: Yeah. Is early retirement a bad idea? Probably. I mean, no, it's not a bad idea. It's a bad idea if you don't have a plan and can't do it. Right. If you've got everything you need, then it's a great idea. So that's the importance of a plan. That's the importance of strategizing. And that is why we do the podcast. So if you need some help, it is Retirement Planning Redefined. Reach out to John and Nick and the team at PFG Private Wealth at pfgprivatewealth.com and we'll catch you next time here on the podcast. Don't forget to subscribe on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. And we'll see you next time. For John and Nick, I'm your host, Marc. We'll talk to you next time.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 53: Getting It Right: Irreversible Financial Decisions 14:33
14:33
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요14:33
There are plenty of decisions that you’ll make in the retirement planning process that can’t be undone, so you want to make sure that you make the right call. On this episode, we’ll explain why these decisions are so important and can’t be undone. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Speaker 1: Back here for another edition of Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick once again, joining me to talk about getting things right the first time. There are some irreversible financial decisions or close to it in retirement and there's plenty of things we've got to deal with. So we want to make sure we get it right as often as possible, right out of the gate, because some of these things just cannot be undone. So you guys being in Florida, mulligans, everybody plays golf. Mulligans are a thing, for sure. You didn't see that? Some mulligan, its a give me. Let me do it again, kind of thing. But there's things in retirements that you just got to get right the first time. So that's going to be the topic this week. Nick, what's going on, buddy? How you doing? Nick: Good. Good. Staying busy. Speaker 1: Yeah. Keeping rocking and a rolling. John, how you feeling my friend? John : I'm feeling good. I'm feeling good. I'm looking forward to this topic. I'm actually a couple of weeks out from finish some construction in my house and I wish that the original builds and plumbers got it right and knew how to glue some pipes that wouldn't have caused a leak down the road. But anyhow, Speaker 1: Yes. John : Looking forward to getting that construction done, so. Speaker 1: Yeah, I tell you what, that's a great point. Right. So we all want people to do their job right the first time. Certainly when you hire someone, that's what you expect. But these are some decisions that many people do to themselves because so many people DIY retirement. Right. One of the benefits to turning to financial professionals like yourselves is to get these things right so that you don't have to worry about having these issues that can't be undone. So let's walk through a few of these. We're going to start with a biggie. Again, there's a little caveat here, but for the most part, once you turn on social security, it is what it is. So you have to be sure that you're, especially if you're activating it early, that this is what you want to do. There technically is a do over, but most people don't really go through it. So kind of explain if you will guys. John : Yeah. So this is a big one because social security equates to roughly 30 to 40% of kind of average households retirement income going into retirement. So it's important. And Nick and I, everything we kind of say goes back to the planning and this can't be stressed enough because once you start taking it, let's do over for the first year out of it, that is what it is. And I'll kind of use an example of a client that we had where she was a survivor and she wasn't fully aware of her options and the strategies she could use. And just luckily she was referred to us right before she started taking social security. And I don't want to go too much into details, but basically the strategy that she was just going to take initially, I mean would've cost her a lot of money down the road. So we simply had to basically call social security, stop the payment and redo the strategy. But again, by not really having a game plan, she could have cost herself a lot of money down the road. And this doesn't happen just for survivors. It's anybody, whether it's your taking your own benefit or divorced, things like that. So there's a lot of things to evaluate when you're taking social security and when's the best time to take it. Speaker 1: Okay. So and again I mentioned the fact that you can pull it back. Right. You have what one year. Nick is that right, correct? You have one year. Nick: Yeah. So essentially the rule is that if you begin your social security benefits, you have 12 months to essentially reverse your decision that you started receiving benefits. You have to pay the benefits that you received back and then you can defer it again as if you never took it. So years ago, you used to be able to do that over a much longer period of time. And then the Social Security Administration caught onto that and they restricted it to a 12 month period. Speaker 1: And let's be honest. Most people, the reason doesn't get really used very often is who wants to do it. Most people don't want to, as soon as they hear, well, you got to pay the money back. They're kind of like, eh, so I don't want to do that. Right. So, Nick: Yeah. Speaker 1: [inaudible 00:03:57]. Nick: Yeah, it's a tricky thing. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick: It's like we've had some clients inquire about this recently and their sub full retirement age, so sub 66 or 67 or somewhere in between there and in instances where, because where the confusion lies for a lot of people is they want to continue to work maybe, but shift to part-time. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick: And they don't realize that the part-time income is still in excess of the amount that they can earn without any sort of penalty, which for most people is around $20,000 for the year. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick: And when you start to factor in the fact that you're permanently locking in a lower benefit plus running the risk of having a penalty on top of it for the rest of your life, it's not ideal. So, Speaker 1: Right. Nick: That's definitely a major decision and something that we like to model out and test out for people. Speaker 1: And again, so technically there's a caveat to undo in a very limited window, but it's just best to get this right the first time, because for all intents and purposes, it's irreversible. You just don't want to go down that path. Same with the spousal benefit situation here on a pension, should you be lucky enough to have one. Once you select this, I don't believe there is any do-overs on this. It is what it is. Nick: Yeah, that's correct. This is definitely a topic that we go through in the classes pretty in detail. Years ago, it was a lot easier for people to mess this decision up. It still happens sometimes, but it's less common because oftentimes the spouse has to sign off on it. But the reality is that having a really good understanding of what sort of survivor benefit you're going to choose, if you are eligible for a pension through your employer is a major, major decision and something to take into consideration. And one thing to throw in here too, for those that live in the state of Florida, oftentimes the projections that they send you or that you can access easily online, I should say are options like one and two or A and B. And there are two other options that are oftentimes better options and you usually have to request those. So we've seen that be a mistake that people have made only thinking that they had two options when there's actually four. Speaker 1: Gotcha. Nick: So that's something and it's important to know. Speaker 1: Okay. John : And what Nick's referencing there is the Florida pension plan, the state pension plan. Speaker 1: The state. Okay. Got it. Thank you. So John, what about life insurance? What is the kind of the impact here? Irreversible financial decision, somebody might say, well, can I just cancel it or whatever, right, kind of deal, but what are some important points to know when it comes to this? John : Yeah. So when you're doing planning, one of the things we look at is we start with the need for life insurance. And that really depends on dependence and some other factors, but it's easier to get when your younger. So that's one thing we take a look at and there's different types of policies that allow you to convert. And not to get too much into the weeds, but the older you get, some health issues might come up where you can no longer get it. So that's where it becomes very important to understand, Hey, is this something I really want to have down the road and does it work in my financial plan? And if it does, the sooner you can get it the better because things come up as we all know. As you get older, health issues come up. So you want to get it right the first time. Speaker 1: And that's where you could run into a problem, right, especially if you wait too long and then a diagnosis happens, then it could either make it impossible or certainly incredibly costly. Nick: Yeah. Especially, we joked a little bit in the last podcast about John and I hitting 40 this year. And the reality is, is that I know, I know. Everybody I'm sure is shedding a lot of tears. Speaker 1: A lot of our listeners are like 40. I would trade with you in a minute. John : Let's see, 40 back surgery this year. It's a good year. Nick: Yeah. All of a sudden I got tendonitis in my arm and my shoulders all messed up. Speaker 1: And right now you have listeners going, I'm going to go in and slap him. Nick: I know, I know. But the key, the point with this whole thing is that some of these things, maybe not some of the things that John and I talked about, but maybe a type two diabetes or some sort of health issue that pops up where it doesn't in reality, necessarily in most people's mind affect what your life is going to be like. It could have an impact on what life insurance is going to cost for you. Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. Nick: And so you pay for it out of your bank account, but you qualify with your health. And so usually the sooner you can lock in any sort of coverage, the less expensive it is and that'll pay off over time. Speaker 1: No, you're exactly right. I mean, we're coming up, we were joking about this, but to really drive home your point, we're coming up on the 10th anniversary for me of my open heart surgery. I was 41 years old. I didn't think anything of it. And so it made it really difficult to get life insurance or get some different kinds of insurance once I had that happen. So I monkeyed around and waited too long. Right. And then I was like, well, I didn't know this was coming. Now luckily it was more lifestyle and things. So after enough of a time period, I started to eventually get some offers, but it is more expensive. So it is important to definitely have this stuff in place if you can, sooner than later, because again, it makes the financial impacts pretty great. So definitely keep that in mind as well. And then finally, choosing a retirement date. We debated on this one, about throwing this on the list because people would definitely can argue and say, well, sure you could change your decision on this. If you pencil in a date to actually retire, you can just move it around as you need to. But if you want to take it that a step further, depending on how you want to go, if you've given notice at a position, maybe not, right, it may be something you can't undo that. So just talk to me about the impacts of just either penciling in, choosing a retirement date to actually walk away just from different pros and cons. Nick: Yeah. I can jump in on this a little bit. This is something where in reality, I think what we found is maybe a specific date is necessarily the key or the thought process, but understanding the range that you're looking at and understanding what sort of cost you might be incurring if you do retire early. So for example, if your somebody that has saved and done a good job of that and is looking to retire early, call it maybe 62, understanding the impact of how much lower your social security benefit is, understanding what sort of costs you're going to have when it comes to premiums for your health insurance. So as an example, we've got clients that are paying, some clients that are paying between eight and $10,000 a year for health insurance premiums per person, when they were used to while they were working, paying closer to three to $4,000 for the household. So that's something that can have an impact on that retirement date, where maybe you've been thinking in the back of your mind, Hey, I've got a good nest egg. I'm just going to plan to go a little bit early, but didn't quite realize the expenses associated with it. On top of that, from a planning perspective, we do have other clients that they knew that they were going to retire early. And so we put strategies together for leading up to retiring early. They were able to save some extra money into non-qualified or non-retirement accounts. And by taking their income in the first few years of retirement, out of those accounts, it allows them to qualify for certain subsidies for health insurance, which brings their costs down. So again, when we have clarity on what the goals and the objectives are in the financial world, there's usually ways that we can plan around it and try to optimize it. And so having a good idea of what that looks like and the impact of the fallout from that goal and then planning around that, it allows us to be more strategic. Speaker 1: All right. So obviously there's lots of little things in there where again, you could make the argument that you could move some of these things around, but ideally we want to get it right the first time. And often, as I mentioned earlier, excuse me, when we're doing it ourselves, we don't know a lot of these little things, a lot of a little caveats and whatnot. So we want to get it right the first time. And that's where working with a professional really comes into play. So if you got questions, you need some help as always make sure you're checking with a qualified pro before you take any action on something here on this podcast or any other, you want to make sure that you're seeing how it reflects and affects your specific situation. So stop by the website, pfgprivatewealth.com. That's the home for the team, pfgprivatewealth.com. You can subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, all that good stuff. Retirement Planning Redefined is the name of the show. You can look it up on those apps if you'd like, or just stop by the website again, pfgprivatewealth.com. We appreciate your time here on this week's podcast. We'll see you soon for another edition of Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 52: Retirement Planning From A Psychologist’s Point Of View 17:21
17:21
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요17:21
We always talk about the money side of financial and retirement planning. But what about the mental aspect of that big life change? Today we’ll break down an article written by a Licensed Professional Counselor (Kate Schroeder) for Psychology Today, titled The Psychological Investment In Retirement . Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Speaker 1: Welcome into another edition of Retirement Planning Redefined. Thanks for hanging out on the podcast with John, Nick and myself, as we're going to talk about retirement planning from a psychologicalist... Can't talk, from a psychologist point of view. Say that three times fast. What's going on, guys? How're you doing this week? Nick: Pretty good. How're you doing? Speaker 1: Apparently I can't talk, but other than that I'm doing all right. What's going on with you, John, my friend? How're you feeling? John: Pretty good. I think last time we spoke, I don't know if I mentioned in the podcast, I was getting ready for kind of lumbar spine surgery. So, four weeks out and feeling pretty good, so everything went well, as far as I can tell and looking forward to rehabbing and getting back to normal. Speaker 1: Good. Good to hear. Nick, my friend, I think we're taping this just before the beginning of September. You and I are, I think John is too, football fans for sure. And so, it's just around the corner. By the time we drop this podcast, it should be out. So, looking forward to the new season? Nick: Oh yeah. Yep. Bills are opening up this season next Thursday night, so [inaudible 00:00:57] I'm pretty excited about that. Yeah. Speaker 1: Very good. Very good. So good. Well, that's always a fun time of the year for a lot of sports fans, so they'll be happy to have that back. But let's talk about, and I guess if you want to think about that analogy for a second of sports fans, we get kind of... Lots of people, sports fans get pretty depressed when the football season ends or whatever season it is that they're into, sport they're into. And then they get rejuvenated when it gets closer. Well, if you think about this from a retirement planning standpoint, a lot of people get pretty stressed, clearly, it's a big difference, I understand, but I'm just kind of using that as an analogy to when it comes time to making that shift from working into actually being retired. So, there's these big mental hurdles, if you will, to major life changes. So, we'll put the link in the show notes as well, but we'll break down this article written by a licensed professional counselor, Kate Schroeder, hopefully I'm saying that right, for Psychology Today and titled The Psychology of Investing for Retirement... Excuse me, The Psychological Investment of Retirement. As I mentioned earlier, I can't talk today. So, let's talk a little bit about this because, Nick, I know you got a little bit of a story to share along the lines of this as well, but a lot of people don't consider, and this is kind of the first key point, the consequences of what that transition looks like when they walk away from something, the routine, the definition maybe, whatever term you want to put to it, that their life has had for a number of years, and they go into retirement. It's a big, big hurdle for people. Nick: Yeah. We've had a bunch of clients retire recently in the last couple of years, my parents have retired recently, so I see it a little bit more on the personal side with them and the transition for people, especially during a time we've had the last couple of years during COVID, post-COVID, people typically need purpose and structure. And so, for those that are not used to having that extra time, or maybe they weren't self-employed, or maybe they got up and went to the office every day, they had that redundant kind of structure that at times, I'm sure they didn't like, but maybe didn't necessarily realize how big of an impact it had on kind of their overall life and their planning. Having all that extra time and having to find ways to fill that time and not kind of have it just turn into a black hole of sleeping in, just maybe watching TV, watching the news, doing things that aren't necessarily healthy for you, or kind of keep your mind sharp and going. The feedback that we've gotten from quite a few people is that that transition has been a little bit more difficult than they expected. Speaker 1: For sure. John, the author goes on to point out that the number one thing retirees struggle with is finding something consistent and kind of genuine or lasting in what they're moving to. So, we need purpose as people, we need to find something that, I don't know, makes us want to get out of bed, so to speak. John: Yeah. Yeah. I would a hundred percent agree with that. I think finding something that has meaning to you or someone else, or really, I would say just helping people. I think what I've seen a lot of people where they've struggled with that, it's like, "Hey, what do you enjoy doing? What can you do to help some other people or even family?" So, I've found a lot of people get fulfillment from that. So, whether it's finding a charity that you've kind of probably, maybe want to participate in and never had time to, at this point, it'd be a good time. I'll use my parents as an example, they watch my kids two to three days a week and that kind of gives them some consistency and purpose. It's funny, my dad will actually... They've been retired for a little bit, but I can tell when he is getting bored, when he calls me up and he's like, "Anything you need to be done around the house that I can come do?" And I'm like, "Yeah, sure, come on over." So, for at least them, their consistency is their grandkids and kind of helping out family, but I think everyone needs to find kind of what's important to them to give them some meaning and some level of importance to the ones around them and themselves. Speaker 1: For sure. Well, as humans, look, I mean for a lot of ways we looked forward to retirement. We're like, "Yes." Maybe you're tired of your job. You're like, "I can't wait to get out of here. This is going to be awesome. I'm going to do nothing." But at some point the lack of structure does kick in and we kind of require that, we kind of crave that, I think as a species. We need some guardrails or something just to keep us on the track if you will. And so, people view their time off or that break as more of a stressful period because maybe there's just nothing... Something productive is not there. Or even just the accomplishment of completing tasks. So, it can be that simple. And imagine when you guys are dealing with retirees, again, that's the big hurdle. They have the excitement of wanting to be retired, but then at some point they do need that structure to be there. And maybe for some people that's, Nick, I don't know, going back to work or maybe finally starting some hobby thing they've always wanted to do. I'm sure you have clients ask about that. Nick: Yeah. For some people it can be... We've had some clients that do a great job with it, that are almost more busy than they were when they were working. Speaker 1: That's the old saying, too. Right? Nick: Yeah. Yeah. Have that mindset of maybe it's lifelong learning, that sort of thing. And then they take up, whether it's a sport or activity like golf. Or we had one client recently who has been trying to learn a new language and traveled and went and stayed in the country that they were trying to learn the language and kind of immersed themselves in it. And that was something that they really enjoyed kind of doing. And so, one thing just because this has been on my mind a little bit, just kind of seeing different clients go through it is just thinking further out, down the line, and even personally for myself, what are the things that I enjoy doing? What do I like to do? And one thing I've realized is, and it sounds pretty basic, but just getting outside, just being outside, even if it's just for a walk or going for a bike ride, walking along the water, fortunately we have that here, can be a really good mental reset. So, that's one thing I've heard from people where if they're finding themselves maybe kind of falling into a routine that they're not a fan of, having some sort of reset activity that kind of snaps them out of it, gets them going out, doing different things. It's almost like the snowball effect where just doing one or two new things will oftentimes spur you into trying other things. Speaker 1: Yeah, for sure. John: Nick actually, and I'm following next month, you just hit 40 this year, so I think he's giving some personal experience on his midlife reset here. Speaker 1: Is it midlife at 40 or have we moved that to 50? Because I'm 50 and I feel like it's now. John: For myself about turn 40 next month, let's say it's moved to 50. Speaker 1: Okay. All right. Yeah. I'm feeling it pretty heavy right this minute, so maybe 50 is better. You both got a ways to go, so that's okay. So, I was going to pivot to your practice or just your clients in general. Do you see people that sometimes come in mentally prepared for this at all? And either whoever wants to answer, feel free to answer, but where they kind of come in and they're already leading that charge by saying, "Hey, I'm a little worried about the transition," or asking for advice on that, or even just saying, "Yeah, I'm prepared. This is what I want to do." John: Yeah. Yeah, I think we see that quite a bit. We see it a lot when, let's say, one spouse is retiring early. Speaker 1: Oh okay. Good point. Yeah. John: I think when that happens, it's the person that's retiring early starts to think, "Hey, what am I going to do while you're working?" So, I'll say those people are typically thinking ahead of the game of, "Hey, while he or she's working, I need to find something to do. And this is what I'm going to do." And we've had people that get into photography or start doing kind of more physical activity, whether it's running, bike and things like that, just kind of becomes more of a routine like we talked about. So, I'll say yeah, I think we see a lot of clients that do start to mentally prepare for it. And normally if it's a couple situation, it's kind of what we like to do together, whether it's traveling or whatever it might be, but we definitely see that quite a bit. Speaker 1: Yeah. I'm five years older than my wife, and so she teases me already. She's like, "I don't know what I'm going to do if you retire before me," she's like, "Which you probably will." She's like, "I don't know if I'm going to be jealous about that or not, it depends." So, that's yet to be seen in my life. Nick, when you guys have people that are struggling here, is there a role that you guys can play as advisors that help in that? Can you share other things you've seen or have you kind of encountered that where you do get leaned on? Nick: Yeah. So, I would say what we tend to see people that have worked their whole lives, they're transitioning into retirement and they have done a good job saving, but they have a little bit of a scarcity mindset. And they're really concerned about whether or not they can afford something or by default, that's one of the benefits that... That's one of the things that have probably helped them throughout their working years save more money, was being a little bit more on the conservative side, but then in retirement they find themselves struggling to use the money that they saved up. And so, from a planning perspective, we try to tell people that, "Let us tell you now. So, whether it's a thought process of you want to consider getting a second home in the mountains, or you want to bump up your travel budget for the first 10 years of retirement, or there's a certain sort of, whether it's a social club or a golf course or something that's going to help kind of bring stability to your life, but you're concerned about the money aspect of it. Let us run the numbers for you and show you that it's okay." And we go through different scenarios. And what we've found is because for many people, we're trying to help them just improve their decision-making process when it comes to finances, and so we really try to help focus on the fact that we don't want them to be self-limiting. The goal for us working together is to communicate for them to share with us what's important to them, so that we can help get them there from a financial perspective, or at least give them the confidence they need to go ahead and make that decision. And frankly, we see that... We get emails or calls every couple of weeks on these people that are starting to make that transition and think about those sorts of things, so that's probably the most fun part about what we do. Speaker 1: That's cool. Well, we'll wrap it up with this kind of last little question here to follow this up. Is this something you guys actively include that's kind of a softer side, if you will, of the financial planning process, not just the Xs and the Os? Is it something you think about as a team that you guys discuss these other parameters that's not just again the Xs and Os? John, if you want to answer or either one of you guys or both. John: Yeah. I think it is something that we consider and I think it's a case by case, so not for everyone do we kind of go into this with planning, but specific individuals where we feel like, "Hey, maybe they need a little bit of guidance or a little assistance on some options, what's out there, we'll definitely go into it." And in the classes that we teach and go through, there's a section of the book that actually has some resources where pre-retirees, or retirees can go in and kind of see what's out there. What are people doing? It's always good to hear what others are doing to give you an idea of like, "Oh, I didn't realize this was out there. I can do this." Speaker 1: Nick, anything else? Nick: Yeah, I would just say kind of a little bit of what I alluded to in the last portion where just trying to get them to think about things more broadly, and instead of kind of going through... Because so many people, it's like they have a friend or a brother or a sibling or whatever that did this or that did that. And they're used to kind of sitting back and watching and maybe not participating as much. And so, them just really kind of being comfortable enough to open up to us, tell us what they really want to do, so that we can help figure that sort of thing out. From a financial perspective... To arm them with the information they need from a financial perspective, to be able to make the decisions that they want from a lifestyle perspective, I think is one of our top goals. Speaker 1: Well, again, it's a huge component of retiring, we get so focused on the Xs and the Os, making sure do I have enough money to retire, all that kind of stuff. And obviously that's clearly important, but there is a lot to think about from the mental side, getting prepared to step away from maybe something you have been doing for 20, 30, 40 years, whatever the case is, how it affects the other person in your life. There's a lot of little parameters that go into retirement other than just the money. And so, that was the point this week here on the podcast. Again, we'll include the link to this reporter, this article from Kate Schroeder that we talked about here today on the show. And before we go, Nick, I wanted to give you a chance to mention, you guys have an upcoming class pretty soon here if folks would like to get involved. Give us a little bit of a rundown on that please. Nick: Yeah. So, John had mentioned earlier in the session that we do classes and we know a lot of our clients have come through those classes, so starting on September 15th, we'll be holding our normal Retirement Planning Today class at the Pasco-Hernando Porter Campus. It's a two day session, so it's about three hours each day. People can attend on the 15th and the 22nd, which are Thursdays, or the 20th and the 27th, which are Tuesdays. And so, we go through a full gamut of information. We bring an attorney to go through the estate planning portion of the class. And we always welcome those that have come through the class already, they're always welcome to attend again as well. So yeah, just wanted to let everybody know that was coming up. Speaker 1: Yeah. Good stuff. Now, this podcast is probably dropping out shortly before that, so what's probably the fastest way to see if there's still space available? Just to call the number? Just to call the (813) 286-7776? Nick: Yeah, go ahead and give the office a call or shoot either John or myself an email and we can do the connection for you. Speaker 1: Okay. So again, it's (813) 286-7776 if you'd like to attend that Retirement Planning Today class, or you could email John or Nick, the basic way to spell their name, John, Nick@pfgprivatewealth.com. And there's a lot of good tools, tips, and resources there. Guys, thanks for hanging out. John, I'm glad you're feeling better, my friend. John: Appreciate it. Thanks. Have a good one. Speaker 1: Absolutely. Nick, thanks as well, buddy. And I'll catch you guys in a couple of weeks. Nick: Talk soon. Speaker 1: All right. We'll see you next time right here on retirement planning redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 51: Financial Planning Considerations When You’re In Between Jobs 13:39
13:39
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요13:39
Finding yourself between jobs can be frustrating—whether you were fired, laid off, or just had to step away of your own choosing. But it can also present some opportunities. Let’s discuss some of the challenges and opportunities that you need to consider if you’re between jobs. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Speaker 1: It's time for another addition of the podcast. It's Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick and myself, and talking about considerations to ponder if you find yourself between jobs. Guys, I want to frame this from the standpoint of 50 plus, okay? So, and maybe in that pre-retirement stage. Obviously we've seen the great resignation the last two years, people leaving jobs, fired, laid off, downsized, had enough, don't want to go back to work, dealing with COVID, the fear of COVID, whatever it might be. Just that mindset of changing jobs later in life. Some challenges to be aware of. You guys got a lot of clients of various different ages, but again, I want to look at this from an older standpoint. If you've got references from a younger standpoint as well, but I'd like to look at this from a retirement type of standpoint. So let's jump in and get started because I know we're up against the clock today. But first how you doing John? John: I'm doing all right. I'm on day 12 of COVID and looking forward to this slight congestion to go away. Speaker 1: Fantastic. John: Other than that I'm good. Speaker 1: Oh, yeah. Well, day 12, that's no fun. So all the best to get better soon. Nick, what's going on my friend? How you doing? Nick: Better than John. Speaker 1: Fair. Fair point. Nick: Yeah, just got back from some traveling up north to my hometown in Rochester, and I go each summer and it's always kind of a good reset for me. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick: So times with friends and family and a little bit cooler weather. Speaker 1: I was going to say you got away from the heat didn't you? Nick: Yeah. Honestly it was still pretty darn hot up there a lot of the time. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick: But cooler than here. Speaker 1: Well, let's dive in and take a look at some of these things. So again, whatever reason you've left, fired, laid off, walked away, you're own choosing, whatever. If you're 50 plus guys, maybe it's not the worst thing. I want to try to look at a couple different angles. Maybe it's time for a new career. I've talked to so many people who are like this job is super stressful, it's just wearing me down, and you add all these other elements in the modern world of what we got going on. And some people just want to kind of scale back. If they're financially in shape, it's not the worst idea to maybe look for something that brings you some better joy and less stress. What do you think, John? John: Yeah, I definitely agree with that. And it comes down to kind of what you just said there and kind of looking back at what we talked about a couple of weeks ago on saving for retirement. So if you have enough saved up, you are in the driver's seat to go ahead and make this kind of decision of saying, "hey, I don't enjoy this anymore." Speaker 1: Yeah. John: My passion is X and I really want to do it. So, the more you have in the bank or saved up, the more options you have to go ahead and really consider what you want to do. Because it could take six months to a year to really get into that field [inaudible]. Speaker 1: Right. Are, we tapping into emergency fund money in that kind of vein? John: You might have to. Speaker 1: Yeah. John: Again, everyone's situation's different. But you may have to do that depending on kind of where you're at. Speaker 1: And where do you guys usually go with emergency funds? Six months worth of expenses in case of a job loss or 3, 6, 9? What do you guys kind of tend to recommend? John: Usually if there's two incomes, we're usually around six months. If there's only one income that might kind of extend it a little bit longer than that. Speaker 1: Gotcha. John: And again, everyone's situation's different. I don't want to speak for Nick, but I have certain people that are more conservative and they're a minimum. They want one years and some two of emergency funds. And I have other ones that they're fine with six. Speaker 1: Yeah. John: So every everyone is definitely different. But for me, I would say you want to be at least at six months because you never know what's going to happen. Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay. Well, Nick, actually it works well for you for my question. The next question which is, maybe that new career is actually a job for yourself, right? Maybe if you're 50 plus and you've kind of had enough and you're thinking about changing positions, maybe it's because you really wanted to go into business for yourself. There's a skill set that you have or whatever that you've always wanted to explore. Nick: Yeah. So, one of the ways that we can look at this because obviously we end up being kind of a testing ground for people to explore some of these things. So the first thing that we try to do is put it into the plan. And with the software that we use, we can kind of model different things and be able to say to somebody, hey, if this is something that you're looking for, do you have an idea of what it would look like from an income standpoint, or how long it's going to take you? Or even work backwards and say, hey, let's figure out how long you could try this new endeavor without having any income, so that you can kind of enter into it with some sort of game plan to look to see what's feasible or what's reasonable and kind of look at it that way. But it's absolutely depending upon the field, it's easier for some than others. Some fields it may not be kind of conducive. And there's also something to be said for trying to build up your own business while working elsewhere. In reality, if you're going to run your own business, you're going to be working 60, 70, 80 hours a week anyways in the first few years. So kind of getting it up and started while you have something else going can kind of give you the light at the end of the tunnel, and give yourself an exit strategy without putting yourself through so much financial stress. Speaker 1: That's not a bad idea either. So, all right. So those are the emotional or the job type setup scenarios. So let's talk a little bit, we talked about emergency fund or having some money to kind of stop gap us, but let's look at some specific pieces to that. Guys, so John, health insurance, okay? If you're walking away or have been asked to walk away, you may or may not have some healthcare options or even starting a business, right? Especially, again, if I'm talking 50 plus you might be still looking at 10 years let's say before Medicare. So what do you do? John: Well, you have a few options and kind of the first one people look at is Cobra. So, you are allowed to stay on your workplace plan for, Nick, was it 18 months, Nick. Is that right? Nick: I believe so. John: Yeah, 18 months. So yeah, you could stay on there, but we find every situation's different again, but that typically can be very expensive. Speaker 1: I was going to say, you got to have the funds for that though. John: Yep. Then there's the marketplace. Just making sure seeing what else is out there on an individual marketplace. And with the loss of a job, that's considered a qualifying event so you should be able to jump right into another plan. And then also if your spouse is still working, there's the opportunity to jump on him or hers plan. So, big thing when you're doing this is you really want to look at the plan you're going on and what benefits you need. The last thing you want to do if you have some health issues is jump onto a worse plan that's going to be not beneficial for you and your family. Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely. But it is something you got to think about. Don't just walk away or again, whatever the reason is and make sure that you've got some sort of plan in place for the health insurance, because at 50 plus again, this could be, and at any age really, but certainly at 50 plus, problems tend to come at us more fast and furious as John and I know. We were talking about some things a little bit here, so they start to show up on you a little quicker. So you want to make sure you got a plan in place for that. Nick, is it a good time to talk about that 401k and roll it over? Obviously, if you're walking away or been asked to leave, you don't want to just leave it behind, correct? Nick: Yeah. I would say that oftentimes that is the case. The qualifier and disclaimer, just to kind of give an example is understanding what the next steps are. So for an example, tying in with some of the questions that we had previously, if somebody's going to be considering going into business for themselves, then maybe they're going to need some sort of startup capital. One of the things that we've done with clients before is, and not all plans allow this, but they've been in a plan that allowed for loans on the 401k, even though they're not employed there. And they were able to access the money to help with their startup costs and pay it back over time. Speaker 1: Okay. Nick: Versus if that money was in an IRA, and especially if they're under 59 and a half and they needed some capital, incurring some taxes and penalties, things like that. So, depending upon what the next steps are in the overall strategy. If it's a typical situation where you're shifting to a new employer and there's new benefits and you have other money you're looking to consolidate and want an advisor to help you with your funds, then the rollover could absolutely be a good time to do that. Speaker 1: So if that's the case too, maybe it's worth having a conversation about Roth conversions, right? So that could be on the radar as well, because then you're taking advantage of maybe some of the tax opportunities now versus later. But more than anything else, I think just leaving it behind is typically not a good idea because you've got more control if you move it over as well as to tend to, can probably find some cheaper options as well. Because they can be a little expensive. So something to ponder. Nick: Yeah. Speaker 1: All right. John, last one, I'll toss to you buddy. Any severance conversation that may come up? Now again, if you've been shown the door, you might get a severance package, or even if you've just volunteered to leave or whatever, you might get some sort of severance package treating it a little bit like a pension conversation. Sometimes they offer a lump sum. Sometimes they offer monthly installments. Maybe that's some of the money you use to carry you over. But is it worth having a conversation about where you put that money and what you use it for? John: Yeah, I think it is. And again, everyone's situation's different, and it's important to understand where you're at currently. Do you have that six months of emergency savings or a year? And really that will dictate quite a bit how you take it. Or just kind of going back to some of our questions here. Are you trying to start your own business? Like Nick mentioned it's going to take you some money, some capital to get that started. If you are, maybe you do take the lump sum option. Or if it's a monthly installment and you're going to get extra money, you don't need it, and you kind of do the math and it's like, hey, if I do the monthly, I'll get an extra whatever it is, 20,000, 30,000 over a period of time. Speaker 1: Right. John: Then you go with that option if you don't need it. So I hate to sound like a broken record, but it all comes back to your plan and what fits your situation. But definitely with severance packages you just don't ignore them and just take the first option they give you, you want to evaluate it and figure out what's best. Nick: And just to kind of jump in here. John: Yeah. Yeah. Nick: I think this is a good time to kind of remind people. And one of the things that we try to tell people is that, use us for clients that are working together with us. We have the core of their plan built already. Speaker 1: Mm-hmm. Nick: And we're able to help model these sorts of question, and help them through these decisions to give them kind of at least the data they need from the perspective of finances. And then what that a lot of times does is because sometimes the concern of finances can be self-limiting. So a lot of times when we're able to kind of paint a picture from a financial standpoint, it lets them then prioritize the rest of the factors that they need to take into consideration and figure out how to kind of attack this. But these are the sorts of questions that we're here to help on. Speaker 1: Yeah. I guess what I was going to say, if you're 50 plus and whether you expect to be shown the door or not, or you're choosing to leave whatever the case might be. It's one of those situations where you have got to have a plan in place. And if you're over 50, hopefully you do, hopefully you are thinking about the retirement journey, the future, whatever that might be, and you have a plan in place. And if you don't, then reach out to the guys at PFG Private Wealth. Again, the podcast is Retirement Planning Redefined. If you're catching this through a newsletter or something like that where you've come across it and you haven't subscribed to it yet, consider doing so. You can find this on all the major platforming apps like Apple, Google, Spotify, all that stuff, and you can also find it all centrally located back at the main website, PFGprivatewealth.com. That's PFGprivatewealth.com. Anything else guys that I might have missed before we go? If you're thinking about job transition, I think just having a good strategy ahead of time is probably the best recipe. John, what do you think? John: I agree with that. It definitely put yourself in a situation to adapt to whatever comes up because as we know, things are always going to come up. Speaker 1: Always going to come up. Well, thanks for your time my friend. I appreciate it. I know we got to let you get out of here. You've got to go sit with some clients. Nick, thanks for your time as always my friend. I'll catch you next time on the show. This has been Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 50: Can You Get An A+ On Our Retirement Planning Quiz? 17:10
17:10
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요17:10
Don’t dread this as much as you hated hearing these words as a kid, but it’s time for a pop quiz! We’re putting retirement planning preparedness under the microscope with 5 critical questions to which you need to know the answers. So sharpen those pencils and let’s see how ready you are for retirement. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Speaker 1: Welcome into the podcast. It's Retirement Planning Redefine with John and Nick and it's pop quiz time. We're going to have a little fun here with a retirement pop quiz. And don't worry, it's only five questions and it's multiple choice. So we make this pretty easy. Guys, did you enjoy pop quizzes? When you hear that phrase, do you automatically get filled with dread or with joy? Nick, I'll start with you. How you doing buddy? What's going on? Nick: Oh, pretty good. Fortunately, I was a pretty good test taker, so never bothered me that much. Speaker 1: Okay. Nick: But, so I luck out that way, but I know a lot of people dread it. Speaker 1: Oh, for sure. Well, you know what? You are the first person, congratulations that I've talked to when I've doing the pop quiz that have said, all right, let's do it. I have no problems with it. Nick: I don't know if I can go that far, but yeah. Speaker 1: Oh, there you go. Nick: At least not depressed. Speaker 1: Not depressed. Okay. John, what's going on my friend? How you doing? John: Ah, doing all right. Speaker 1: Yeah. John: I was in between, it depended on the class. Speaker 1: Okay. Okay. John: If was something I enjoyed, Speaker 1: Yeah. John: It was, let's roll. If it was something I dreaded, I was like aw man. Speaker 1: I think that's fair. I think, well, this, John: Got to throw this at me right now. Speaker 1: Yeah. I think that's fair. But this should be pretty easy, because this is right up your guys' alley obviously. Right. So this is retirement planning, pop quiz. So folks can play along with us here. I'm going to basically give you guys the question, give you the multiple choice answer. Let you give us the best answer from the choices. And then if you'd like to elaborate on something different or why none of them are a good idea feel free to do that as well. And I can never hear pop quiz anymore without thinking of the movie Speed from the 90s now. I only hear the Dennis Hopper going pop quiz, punk. Nick: Great movie. John: That was just on TV the other day. I was scrolling and I saw, and I'm like, oh man, like Nick just said, this is a really good movie. Speaker 1: It's a remote dropper. Yeah. John: Yeah. Speaker 1: Yeah. You'll drop the remote and watch it. So, pop quiz for the guys here. Let's see how we do. This is kind of just a retirement pop quiz, just five basic questions to check your preparedness or what you might have done and see if we should do things differently or whatever. So number one, I'll give this one to you, John. At what age should people start saving for retirement A, when they begin working B, after they buy their first home or C, once they've paid off all their debt? John: I'm going to have to go with A, when you begin working. Everyone probably has a different situation, but I'll say that as soon as you start making income, it's good to start saving towards retirement or saving in general. And yeah I'll use one of my clients as an example, started out young, I think started with me when he was 24. And a big question was, Hey, I'm making money. What should I do? And we just started overfunding his retirement accounts. And seven, eight years later life happened, two or three kids. Speaker 1: Sure. John: Bought a house, all this stuff. And with all the expenses, he can't save as much, but he's built up such a nice nest egg from his 20s that he's really in an excellent spot. So we just really started out strong and, Speaker 1: That's a good idea. Yeah. John: Everyone's seeing those charts where the sooner you start, the more you have at the end, but yeah, there's a lot of truth to that. So I would say as soon as you start an income and have some money, I would definitely sock it away because you don't know what the future's going to hold. Speaker 1: Now that's a great idea because then when you do, when life does happen, which I was thinking about that with the home thing, it gets tougher. So then if he's only able to put just a little bit away from time to time or on each paycheck or whatever, from the job getting the match or whatever, then you're already up on the game a little bit. So I like that. Nick, want to chime in at all? Nick: Yeah. I think the answer is just yes. As soon as you can start saving, you should even, and I know it's something that's talked about a lot, but even if you can just save up to the match and kind of get some free money from your employer, Speaker 1: Right. Nick: The sooner because it's more about habits than necessarily the amount and just kind of getting used to creating smart habits is really a positive thing that last a long time. Speaker 1: Yeah. That's a good point too. And let's be honest. See, come on, when you paid off all your debts, does that ever happen? Like we'd always be chasing something. Right. Somewhere through life. Nick: Yeah. There's always something. Speaker 1: Yeah. Well I'll do it after I this or I'll do it after I that. Right. So you don't want to go that route. All right, Nick, I'll give you this one here. Number two, which of these is the best estimate of how much income you'll need in retirement, A 50% of your income, current income, B 85% of your current income, C, 100% of your current income or D, none of the above. Nick: This is one of those questions that I'll probably annoy people with on the answers. There should maybe be like another option that lets you pick multiple. So the key kind of word in this is need. So in theory, 85% is probably the number for a lot of people. Speaker 1: That's kind of what we hear, right? That's the term we hear. Yeah. Nick: But at the same time, from the standpoint of many people that we talked to, they're looking to, especially after the massive market run that we've had over the last 10, 12 years, even including this pull back recently, a lot of people have ended up with more money than they expected, and they're wanting to do things and travel and enjoy, and it becomes less about need more about what actually do you want to do? So I would say somewhere between 85 and 100%. One other thing that we've seen for some people is, especially those that work at large employers. We've had a couple people pointed out recently in the last six months. We've got some people that were used to paying 100 to maybe $200 a month for health insurance per person. And now when they see what they're going to pay with Medicare and so to supplement things like that, there's some expenses that maybe are higher than what they expected. So I would say somewhere between that 85 and 100% is where a lot of people end up. Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah. I think we hear the 85. John, I used to hear this comedian. It was pretty funny a way of looking at it. If you've ever been on puddle jumpers. Right. Any of us that have gotten on a plane where you go to little island hopping or whatever, they ask how much you weigh. Right. Because then they say, well, you go, well, why? And they go, well, because we want to know how much fuel to put in. And this guy goes, well, fill it up. Here's my credit card. Right. It's on me, I'll pay because the idea is, so you don't want to just get sort of to retirement and then say, well, 85% enough. I would say 100% is what a lot of people are hoping for because they typically don't want to go backwards in their lifestyle. Is that a fair assessment? John: Yeah, I would say so. The big thing that typically where I think most people assume 85% is the mortgage might be gone or maybe you were saving 15% into your retirement account. So, that's a spend that's gone, but 100% is you want to maintain the lifestyle. But everyone as Nick kind of stated earlier, everyone's different and everyone's situation's different. So very important to do a plan and make sure that you're living off the income you want to live off of versus just needing, so. Speaker 1: What you need. Yeah. Okay. Fair enough. All right, John, back to you and I've kind of basically just going back and forth with you guys a little bit here. John: Yep. Speaker 1: Number three, which of these do you find that retirees fear the most, pretty easy one here I think A, not leaving enough to the kids, B running out of money or C nursing home care? John, what say you? John: I'm going with B, running out of money. That seems to be the biggest fear, because I think most people don't want to go back to work. And then we hear a lot of times where we're doing plans and it's Hey, I don't want to be old greeter at Walmart at some point. So, let's make sure that the plans solid. So, one thing to alleviate this fear when we're doing planning is, we try to be conservative with the rate of return we're using, the expenses to make sure, Hey, it's better to air on the side of caution versus be aggressive with these things because last thing we want to do is hit your mid 80s and you're looking at your accounts and you starting to get a little nervous, so. Speaker 1: Exactly, exactly. And I think that's, everybody's going to say B, although Nick, C is right behind it for many people. I mean like neck and neck. Nick: Yeah. Yeah. There's definitely in theory, I think a lot of times B and C, C can lead to B, realistically in other words, Hey, is there going to be enough money left over for me to have respectable care towards the end of my life? So ultimately it ends up leading to do I have the money, sort of thing, or have I planned properly and do I understand how that ties together? But yeah, I've got a few clients. What I've seen that a little bit more too is in a lot of single clients that they're heavily focused on that, especially women oftentimes, Speaker 1: For the long term care, you mean? Nick: Yeah, for sure. And a lot of men like to use the line, just take me out back and that whole thing. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick: Hear that plenty as well. But there's so many people that are living longer and it's, I was just up North and we were kind of, I was talking with friends and kind of seeing some long time friends and their parents that I haven't seen in a while. And there was a bunch of friends who parents still had one of their parents alive, usually the mom and they were all in their 90s and, Speaker 1: Right. Nick: Still doing pretty well. And, but the circle of care needed to help make sure that they maintain. And my grandmother was with my parents and I know how difficult that is. And it's a lot of work. So that's definitely something that people are concerned about. Speaker 1: Yeah. It's got to be on the radar. It's got to be part of the plan. And if you plan right, hopefully you won't have to worry about either one of those. And then if there's something left over, then you can do A as well and leave some money to the kids. So it's all possible, but it's got to have some strategizing going on there. It's got to have some retirement planning redefined if you will. All right. So let's see. Nick back to you here for the lead answer. Number four, which of these examples best represents a diversified retirement plan, A, a mix of 60% stocks and 40% bonds, B three rental homes and a good amount of cash in the bank. So rental income there. C, 10 to 12 different mutual funds or D, none of the above. Nick: My answer is D none of the above. A lot of people, I think they think about like a 60, 40 mixes. Speaker 1: Traditional, right. Nick: A pretty traditional answer, but in our minds, this is the emphasis on the plan. For example, I'll just use two sets of family members. So you've got one set of family members where there's a pension involved. So that pension, between pension and social security live within their means, expenses are covered. They never saved as much as maybe they would have if they had had higher income and were able to save more. And they're in a very comfortable position from a retirement standpoint whereas maybe another set of family members, a sibling earned more money over time, but also spent more money and don't have as many kind of income producing assets going into retirement. And there's a lot more stress there. And so, really the plan from a diversified plan standpoint, it's really ends up being a function of people's risk tolerance and how much sort of risk they're willing to take. You can tell somebody that, Hey, 60, 40 mix of stocked bonds is great till you're blue in the face, but if they don't have market tolerance, then it's never going to work. Speaker 1: Right. Yeah. Nick: And so, you have to adapt and adjust, and that's our job as advisors. Speaker 1: Yeah. And John, typically those 10 to 12 different mutual funds, they're probably large cap. Right. So there're probably a ton of overlap in there and 40% in bonds, I mean, bonds aren't doing so great. John: Yeah. I think, to kind of back when Nick's saying here, when you look at what's going on today in this market year to date with equity stocks being down and then rates going up, which in turn fixed income markets are down. So both of those at this point in time are down 10 plus percent. So that's not a very good, Speaker 1: Yeah. John: Diversified strategy for this period. Speaker 1: Yeah. 60, 40 is that traditional portfolio split. And it had its place for a long time, but it just doesn't seem to be the case for many people, more and more people right now. So it's always best again, to get it kind of customized. So yeah, I would say none of the above, or at least maybe a little bit of each of these three kind of sprinkled in is more diversified than just one of them. All right. Last question, John will lead off with you here. To make sure you do not run out of money in retirement, only withdrawal blank percent from your portfolio each year A, 1%, B 4%, C 6% or D just find a different strategy altogether. John: Yeah. I'm going to go with D on this. The rule of thumb typically we hear is 4%, but I'm going to say this is one you definitely don't want to live by the rule of thumb and you want to customize a plan to yourself because everyone's going to be different. And if you just live by a rule of thumb on this one, there's a good chance that you're going to hit that fear of most retirees and that's running out of money. Or if you're just doing 1%, you might not be living to the best of your ability. So, definitely here it's D and do a plan and figure out what's your strategy. Speaker 1: Yeah. Nick, do you concur with that one? Nick: Yeah. I think an example from this is the last really seven to 10 years where a lot of people that were maybe risk averse, avoided some of the market. And we know that it was very, very difficult to get any sort of return on conservative money. So whether it's cash in the bank, CDs, Speaker 1: Right. Nick: Bonds, those sorts of things. And so it made it difficult for people that were conservative to be able to sustain that sort of withdrawal rate and really it kind of emphasize the importance of having an overall balance. But yeah, again, one of the things that we tell people oftentimes is that one of the good things about kind of planning in the financial world is that there's something for everybody, and that can be one of the bad things too, because it makes it hard for people to navigate. But usually, once you really kind of drill down and figure out what people are comfortable with, there's some sort of solution out there, or combination of solutions to kind of get them to the point that they need to be. And that's kind of the importance of planning. Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely. And the 4% rule, it was a fine rule of thumb for a while, maybe back of the napkin. But most of the time you hear people say it's more like maybe 2.9 or 3.1. And so it's just better to find a specific strategy altogether versus relying on in general. Again, if you're out to dinner and you're just doing some quick math and you say, Hey, we'll use 4% or something like that. Maybe that's one thing, but really at the end of the day, getting it dialed in for what you actually need to do, get a strategy, get a plan and get started if you're not working with a qualified professional, like the team at PFG Private Wealth. So reach out to John and Nick, if you need some help and you're not already working with them and your checking out the podcast. You can find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's the website, lot of good tools, tips, and resources. Speaker 1: You can contact them that way. You can subscribe to the podcast, whatever you'd like to do. Find all the information again at pfgprivatewealth.com or reach out to them at 813-286-7776. Guys, you did well. You passed. So thanks for hanging out and playing the game with us here on the show. And we'll see you next time on Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 49: What To Do As You Count Down The Days To Retirement 17:38
17:38
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요17:38
We’ve assembled a list of priorities to keep in mind as you count down the days to retirement. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Mark: Hey everybody. Welcome to the podcast. It's retirement planning, redefined with John and Nick and myself talking about the countdown to retirement. What to do on those days, as we're getting closer, working our way towards it. We've assembled a list of priorities to keep in mind, as you are counting down those days to retirement. And we were getting ready to get this podcast started and we were kind of laughing at some of the things that we seem to run out of in this whole supply chain issue, had ourselves a good giggle along the way. So hopefully we'll have a good podcast for you to tune into as we talk about these things, because there's some good stuff on here. And guys at the time we're dropping this, I think we're going to drop this right after Memorial Day if I'm not mistaken. Anyway, it's right around it. Mark: And Memorial Day is kind of the unofficial kickoff to summer. It's not technically summer yet, right? I think it's what June 20th or something like that. But when we get to 50 and a lot of times, if you want to think about this countdown 50 plus, it's kind of the unofficial kickoff to retirement. We're not actually retired yet, but we start thinking about it, paying more attention to it. So on and so forth. So John, the first one on my list is getting healthy and staying healthy. Many of us develop chronic issues in our 50s. So it's a good time to put some thought onto this so that you can actually enjoy those golden years. John: Yeah, 100%. I would even because I'm sure, I don't know in the previous podcast I talk about my health issues, but I think it's important for everyone at any age, especially though I will say 50. Mark: True. John: Focusing on health and getting to the gym and just do whatever makes you feel good. But when you have an health issue and you can't do the things you were doing, I'll tell you it's quite a, it's a challenge. It's quite upsetting. And I'll say from the clients that we work with, we see a big difference in those that actively in retirement are working out, maybe seeing a trainer a couple of days a week to those that are not. And as you age, I think it's more, it's very important just to stay active because you're not recovering like you were in your 20s. Mark: No, I think that's a great point. I like that too. Yeah, we should start sooner. Right. But if you kind of want to put a, some sort of a time table or something to it when we get, and it kind of works with our conversation for retirement, just get there, start making some of these changes. So you can really enjoy what we call the go go years. Right. So when we first get to that early days of retirement. And then this is a really big one, we could kind of merge two and three together, but we'll do them a little bit separately, but two Nick, is the free time. Now there's a lot of it. And maybe silver lining in the pandemic has been the fact that many couples got to realize life together, 24/7 working from home, being at home. Mark: Because that's what retirement is. That's a big shift that we don't often talk about. We put a lot of focus on saying, yeah, we want a big travel and we want to go out and play a ton of golf or whatever. But like there's a lot of free time and you're spending it with that significant other that maybe you guys didn't see each other for eight, 10, 12 hours a day. Now you're together all the time. I don't know how many advisors I talk to where they're like, they have funny stories about one spouse or the other saying get them out of my house. They're driving me nuts. Nick: Yeah. The time challenge can be significant. I can tell you two things that I would recommend against. And those things would be watching a lot more news and, Mark: Right. Nick: Deciding that social media is going to be your new hobby. Mark: It's not your friend. Right. Nick: If anything, there's a pretty good documentary on Netflix. I forget what it's called, but it's about social media and really kind of the big data side of things and how the algorithms work and really kind of feed into things. And in general, there's been a lot to handle for people over the last few years with the pandemic and everything else going on. So can not underestimate the importance of having constructive hobbies, doing things that kind of keep you sharp or engaged. And even from the standpoint of being social, things that you can do both alone and with others. The relief that people get from a psychological standpoint of being engaged with others and doing different things, kind of being out and about is really, really important and it's going to help keep you fresh. It's going to help you be able to focus on the things that are important versus the things that aren't, and that you don't have control over. And so, making sure that you're developing hobbies, and we would say that that's even separate from things like travel and that type of thing where, Mark: Right, right. Nick: Being inquisitive, doing things that have your brain still working are really important. Mark: That's a great point. And John, I mentioned blending two and three together. So two was determining what you want to do with your free time. Three, we put post retirement career, maybe career is too heavy of a term, but a post retirement something. Right. Retire away, like if you hate your job, let's just say you despise it and you can't wait to retire and you're leaving with nothing else to go to. Like, I get that frustration, but I think people tend to be happier if they're retiring to something. And maybe that's not necessarily another career, but something like, even if you took a year off and literally did nothing, I'm sure you guys have story upon story of retirees who first enjoy doing nothing. But as humans, I think we crave some sort of structure, something to help us kind of fill the time and fill the days. John: That's 100%. It's important to really start thinking about that. And I can't tell you how many times we've been in meetings and it's when do you want to retire? And the response is, well, I don't know if I'm ever going to retire, but I want to leave this job at this age. Mark: Right. Right. John: So it turns into what am I going to do next? And I think kind of what you said there. My mother watches my kids and that's kind of a level of importance to her and she watches them two or three days a week, and there's actually a study where grandparents that kind of are helping out their children, watch their grandchildren actually live a little bit longer. And I think it's all about that level, feeling important. Mark: Yeah. John: So whether that's watching grandkids, my clients had started to be a realtor and they actually end up making more money than they were at their previous job. So whatever it is, it's just making some type of level of importance. Whether it's making money, helping out family, volunteering is just feeling like you got to get up and do something in the morning. Nick: And a good way to kind of sum that up as purpose. Mark: Purpose. There you go. Nick: Purpose. When people feel like they have a purpose for both themselves and those around them, they tend to do a lot better. Mark: Yeah. No I'm with you there. And we used to retire at let's say 65 and you probably were passing away at 67, right? So sitting on the porch for a year or two and doing nothing felt great because we were tired. We were worn out. The concept of retirement is a little less than a 100 years old. So a lot of stuff is actually changed quite a bit. So a post retirement, something or another post retirement purpose instead of career. I like that. Thanks, Nick. We'll use that. And going forward is a great way to think about that on this countdown days to retirement list. Let's go to number four, Nick. So why don't you throw us some things to think about in the opportunity to save more. Again, I mentioned 50, right? So at 50 plus, some stuff starts to change and there's actually some good time to catch up a little bit or just cycle a bit more away if you need to. Nick: Yeah. Oftentimes whether it's in their 50s or early 60s, people have, maybe they have children coming off the payroll and they don't necessarily plan to figure out how are they going to be able to recapture some of those dollars that they're used to spending on the kids and kind of help them really build up their retirement and maybe catch up from all those years of taking care of the kids. That can be something that's a big deal. One thing that's come up multiple times in the last, I'd say three to four weeks with what's been going on in the market is, we have clients emailing or calling us asking, Hey, the market's down, should we stop saving? And, the way that we try to kind of explain to people is that markets are cyclical. Nick: We have had this period of time, 10, 12 years, where the markets have generally gone up and people's conception of what, or I should say, perception of what, typically happens in normal cycles, one to three to four year cycles is a little bit thrown off, but an easy way to think about this is that this is why we have a plan in place. You want to continue to save. And if anything the thought process is that you're buying at a discount from what things were previously. So in a lot of ways, the market's on sale. And so continuing to average in and chipping away and taking advantage of the benefits of being able to save money pre-tax, or those sorts of things is an important thing. Mark: Yeah. It can make a huge dent, right? We're hopefully making the most money we've ever made and all that good kind of stuff. So 50 plus there's should be some good opportunities to sock a bit more away. And that might help John with number five, which is reducing down the debt. So even if you're not necessarily putting more away into a retirement account, because you've done a good job or whatever, maybe the focus is take some of that extra money with the kids being off the payroll and get rid of some of that, especially bad debt. John: Yeah. 100%. I mean, with rates being as low as they have been, we have seen a lot of people go into retirement with mortgages, but you're at 2.6%, that's nothing crazy, but let's take mortgage out of it. Other debt definitely recommend trying to get that down and off completely, but get it off your books because when you go to retire, it's a big cash flow, where's your income coming from? Social security, pension, investments. The last thing you want at that point where there's no longer a paycheck coming in is debt. What that's doing at that point, it's really eating into kind of things you want to do, which we talked about for hobbies or enjoyment. And then on top of it, it actually adds some stress level to Hey, I need more income coming in to pay out all these bills and all this debt. So definitely before you hit retirement, it's good to be debt free. It's easier to pay off the debt in your working years than when you're not working. Mark: Yeah. And on the concept of the house, right, there's always the arguments back and forth there, the different things. So certainly, that can also still be on the get debt free list if you'd like. I don't think it's a bad idea to necessarily get rid of it, but just make sure that you're doing that smartly and not being house rich cash poor as the saying goes or whatever the case is. So just kind of bear that in mind. Mark: But yeah eliminating, if bought an RV or the big plans where the RV in retirement, maybe getting that paid down, if you bought it a little early or whatever, or boat, or I don't know, muscle car, whatever it might be. Right. Just get rid of the stuff that you've got some debt on. And then Nick, the final one here, number six on the list on just counting down stuff is the risk conversation. So if we're reducing our debt, maybe we ought to also think about reducing our risk. Now last year, people would've said, I'm not reducing my risk, the market's on fire, but right now they're like, okay, well let's maybe reduce the risk. Point being at 58 should we be investing like we're 38? Nick: Yeah. So risk is an interesting word. And we wanted to take a little bit of time to kind of chat about this because there are different types of risk, and depending upon who you talk to, how they rank the different types of risk via priority is different. So for example, inflationary risk, which is something that we're dealing with right now, that's a risk. So in other words, losing the spending power of our money via inflation is something that we need to keep and take into consideration. However, we're in this kind of perfect storm where taking too much risk, if you're shifting money out of cash per se and moving substantial amounts of money into the market, you're dealing with a significant amount of market risk. And then we have interest rate risk from the perspective of, as they've increased interest rates, that's really pushed down the prices of bonds and bond funds. Nick: And one conversation that we've been having with people is them not necessarily realizing that the bond market and even if you look at the most general bond index is down almost 10% year to date. And so we've been trying to take a lot of time in one-on-one meetings with people to try to explain how this has an impact and really this is a, with what we're dealing with right now is probably the best case in the last 15 years or so to show people why it's important to be diversified and understand that trying to fully time the market, whether it's from the stock side to the bond side, to the cash side, real estate, et cetera, it can be really tricky. And when things are going great, it's hard to remember that, but right now it's showing us that it's really important to make sure that when we think about our risk, that we're taking into consideration poor times, not just great times and understanding that just because maybe throughout the majority of your investing career, taking less risk has meant, Hey, let's reduce our stock exposure and increase our bond exposure. Nick: It doesn't mean that that's always going to stay flat or go up, there's risks along with that too. So, diversification, understanding that sometimes we do run across periods of time where we just kind of have to take our medicine where all markets have been up for the most part over the last 12 years. There's going to be times where we run into corrections, which is kind of what we're dealing with now. And we have to be patient and try not to go overboard with overreacting to the short period of time. Sometimes looking at the lens through the last, even one year, two year, three year period of time and realizing that in the scheme of things we need to just kind of stay steady. Nick: But yeah, in general, I would say that making sure that you kind of do an update on what you feel comfortable with from a risk parameter. Now is a good time to reevaluate that. Because what we have seen is that people have been comfortable with a certain amount of risk over the last 10 years, because things have just been going up. And so now that things aren't just going up, what they thought of risk and how they feel comfortable managing it is substantially different than it has been. Mark: Yeah. Oh definitely. Our risk tolerance level's been like, yeah, I'm fine. I'm fine with the risk. I'm fine. Whoa, wait a minute. I'm not so fine now, right? Nick: Yeah. The risk over the last 10 years has been okay. I'm okay getting 8% instead of 15%, Mark: Right. Nick: Not oh, I'm okay being down negative 11 versus negative 20. Mark: Yeah. Yeah. Nick: Everything's been more on the positive side of things and even with COVID, we had the fastest bear market in history where it boomeranged right back up. And so even though that only happened a couple years ago, people have already forgotten about that. Mark: Oh yeah. Yeah. Nick: So, yeah. And I can't emphasize enough the importance that this sheds on having a plan and thinking longer term. Mark: Well, there you go. So that's some countdown items to think about for the days towards retirement, sixth list, list of six things there, excuse me, that you can think about and address towards your retirement strategy. And those are the things that you'll go through when you have a plan put in place when you're working with a team like the team at PFG Private Wealth. So if you're not, then reach out to them and have a conversation, set up some time to get that started, pfgprivatewealth.com, that's pfgprivatewealth.com. That's got all the tools, tips, and resources there. You can schedule some time. You can reach out to John and Nick and the team and get started that way. Of course, you can also find the podcast, subscribe to us on whatever platform you like to use there. So you can catch future episodes as well as check out past episodes. Again, pfgprivatewealth.com. That's going to do it this week for the podcast for John and Nick. I'm your host Mark. We'll see you next time on Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 48: Secret To Retirement Success: Get Out Of Your Own Way 18:41
18:41
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요18:41
There are plenty of external factors that often negatively influence our chances of having a successful retirement. But often, failure comes from within. On this episode, we’ll talk about some of the common ways people get in their own way when it comes to financial planning. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Mark: Hey, everybody. Welcome into another edition of the podcast. It's Retirement Planning Redefined with John, and Nick, and myself. And we're going to talk about the secret to retirement success. Here, it is. Get out of your own way. Typically, we are the success or the reason for failure, one of the two, because we tend to muck up the works ourselves by often injecting our emotions and thoughts into these things. And rightfully so, because that's part of it, which I think, again, we're going to talk about the value of working with a team and some professionals like John and Nick, because we tend to get in our own way. And I think we all realize that we do that in many aspects of life, and certainly money is one of those. What's going on, guys? How you doing this week, Nick? What's up buddy? Nick: Everything's great. Perfect. Mark: Yeah. Rock and rolling? Nick: Yep. Mark: Feeling good? Nick: Yep. It's great. Mark: That's fantastic. John, how you feeling my friend? John: Doing all right. A little upset over the weekend. The Celtics lost game three to the Miami Heat, but there's another game tonight. So- Mark: Another chance. John: Hoping that they could tie up the series. Mark: There you go. Fantastic. Well... Nick: Yeah. I'll throw in a good gold [inaudible 00:01:01] lightning, our own fire. Mark: Okay. Nick: Free nothing as we record this. Mark: Nice. Very nice. So what do you think about my statement there, getting out of our own way? There's lots of external factors obviously, that negatively influenced stuff in our retirement world. Right? We can't control the markets, but we can control how we react to them. Do you feel like that's a fairly accurate assessment of finding some keys to success sometimes is, getting out of your own head? John: Yeah. Yeah. I would 100% agree with that. And we're seeing that right now where the market is, it's down year to date. There's a lot of negative news out there and, there's always negative news out there. But there's a lot of things happening in the world and it's creating a lot of fear. And what that does is it really eats into people's perceptions of what's going on with their portfolios. So naturally what's happening is, hey, when is the bleeding going to stop? Do I need to pull out of the market? Do I need to get more conservative? What should I do? So this is really a period of time where, important to get out of your own way and just stay the course. Mark: Yeah. John: And we harp on it quite a bit in all of our podcasts, but this is where the plan is essential, because we've had some reviews and people are nervous and rightfully so. But when they see the plan, it's like, how does this 10% pull back, whatever it is at the time, affect your overall plan? And they look at it and they say, oh, it doesn't really affect that much, just yet. Mark: Right. John: And when they see that, it's like, oh, okay, that makes you feel a little bit better. See where I'm at. So yeah, 100%, stay the course and definitely get out of your own way so you make good decisions. Mark: And I think if we're talking with the market being the first one on the list, fear and greed, that's the normal stuff, jumping in and jumping out. And we tend to feel like it's the only thing we can do are these two things anyway. A lot of people, we're going to touch on that in a minute as well, but often it's well, all I can do is the market are cash and the market's scaring, the pa jeepers out of me so let me just jump out, and that's typically when we're making the wrong decision, especially if you don't have a plan. So having a strategy in there, because yes, it stinks when we're losing, we talked a little bit about on the last episode. Everybody's fine with risk when the markets have been on fire for 12 and a half years or whatever, but when they get real shaky for a few months, that's when people tend to get in their own way and allow that fear or greed to jump in there. Mark: So since we covered that one on your initial part there, John, I'm going to jump to number two. No, go ahead. If you've got something else. John: Yeah, yeah. One, actually you mentioned greed there and actually, it plays into the fear thing as well- Mark: Okay. John: Because, we've talked about the markets running up and when that's happening it's, I only got X percent this year. If I was more aggressive, I would've got a little bit more. So we have had those conversations where it's like, hey, should I get more aggressive? And the answer is no. Go to the plan, look at your risk tolerance, stay the course because when you try to get greedy and then all of a sudden, let's say you do go to a more aggressive portfolio. Mark: Right. John: And we have a big pullback in the S&P and in equities and all of a sudden, you're more nervous than you should be because you're taking more risk. And now you start to jump out and you get to that fear stage and you just make bad decisions. Mark: Yeah. Great point. Great point. Well, Nick, talk to me a little bit about getting in our own way, when it comes to picking an investment or doing something solely because we think it's a tax help, right. It's not part of the plan, it doesn't make sense in other arenas. The idea is, no I'm doing this simply for the tax advantage. Is that a bad move? Nick: Yeah. A really good example of this would be towards the end of last year, early this year, we made a pretty big cycle in client's portfolios from the growth side of the market to the value side of the market. And so that did cause some capital gains and probably a bigger capital gain shift than we typically have for clients that are in taxable portfolios. But again, the premise was that we felt strongly that moving forward, it was going to be something that benefited them from a performance standpoint, which is the number one priority. And that's really turned out to be the case where really the value markets are down closer to 3% or 4%. The growth markets are down close to 30%. So that's kind of a perfect real world, real life example of, yes, nobody likes taxes, but sometimes taking some gains and recycling the portfolio and shifting to where we think things are going to look better moving forward, is something that makes sense. Mark: Yeah. Nick: Taxes are again, something that people don't like and when we want to, we avoid it, but it should rarely ever be the number one priority in any sort of financial decision making. Mark: Yeah. Don't let the tax tail wag the dog, as the saying goes, don't do something solely for the tax advantage, especially if it doesn't fit well into the overall strategy. And I'm glad that you brought up that point there where, looking at that and saying, hey, we do things, they all work together. There's a lot of these puzzle pieces that ebb and flow and move in and out together. So sometimes you do one thing and it has a ripple effect to another. And that's a great point. So I'm glad you brought that up. Mark: John, another one on here is the cash conversation. I mentioned a minute ago, people tend to think there's only two options, the market or cash. And when it gets choppy, we go heck with this, I'm getting out and going to cash. And then we can even, maybe even just right now, we might even find this need to justify it by going, well, the Fed's ticking the rates up so I'll get a little bit more in cash, right. Even though it's nothing compared to inflation, but anyway, that can be a bad decision. You're getting in your own way. And then you might wind up just sitting there too long. And I mean, what if you jumped out in April of 20, when the pandemic was happening, we're down 30%, you jump out, you sell, you get your losses locked in and you stayed in cash the rest of 20. Well, you missed a heck of a second half. John: Yeah. That that's accurate. And that's why it's always important to stay the course, because timing to get back in is almost impossible. Because the rallies up happen really within, if look at historically, it's always a couple of days or a week or two. Mark: Right. John: And if you miss it, you miss a majority of it. So important to stay the course. Be in the right risk tolerance so you don't go to cash or something like that. And then we have seen this quite a bit as well with cash in the sideline. And it can happen in an upmarket where we're hitting all time highs constantly, because it's like, hey, I don't want to put this money in because we keep hitting highs, it's going to come down at some point. And then now where it's the reverse, where we're having a pull back and it's like, well I don't want to put the money in because it's currently going down. So strategy against that would be dollar cost averaging into the market. Just piecemealing it and that typically will help some people get back into it with less risk. Mark: Yeah. John: And there are other strategies involved, but definitely you got to put your money to work [inaudible 00:08:15] pace inflation and especially nowadays. Mark: That's a great point for sure. All right. So Nick helped me out here, buddy. I don't want to fall to fear. I don't want to necessarily fall to greed. I don't want to make bad choices from a tax standpoint. I don't want to go to cash and do nothing. Well now I don't know what to do, I'm just stuck. That's number four on my list. We overthink it to the point where we just freeze and we do nothing. And as the song says from the great Canadian rock band Rush, if you choose not to decide, you still have made a choice. So doing nothing is just as bad sometimes as doing something in the wrong way. Nick: Yes. The overthinking side of things is definitely something I have empathy for people with. It takes me about a month to book a trip and probably sitting down five different times with 20 tabs open each time. So I get the process issue. Mark: Well, humans procrastinate. Doesn't make you bad, it just- Nick: Yes. Yeah. Mark: We all do it. Yeah. Nick: For sure. But what this does and people hear this a lot from us because we talk about it a lot is, it's the importance of the plan. So a lot of times what ends up happening is, the reason that people are frozen with indecision is because they're worried about their process. They're worried about the outcome and usually the fear of the unknown is more fragile and worse than actually knowing, having some certainty on what things look like, even if they're not ideal. So when we have people that are overthinking things or are really fretting about a certain decision, usually what we try to do is go back to the plan. So hey, let's re-review the plan. Let's look and see what things look like. And one of the things that we emphasize with clients that work with us from a planning perspective, is trying to help them start to make decisions differently. Nick: And so the way that we do planning, the way that we're able to model out different situations and scenarios, we'll joke with people, let us tell you no. Because a lot of times what happens is people are limiting themselves out of concern of the unknown. And so, let us be your guardrails a little bit, let us be the bumpers in the lane to use an analogy and we'll help you work through these decisions, but instead of worrying about what the outcomes are. It's almost impossible for people to figure out all the outcomes on their own. Mark: Yeah. Nick: And so let us help you figure out, let's see the potential outcomes, let's see what we can do to mitigate some of the risks associated with it. And we can really narrow down. And so having that open door policy with clients and having them work with us, to work through these sorts of decisions where, we're a team member versus them trying to figure it out on their own is really important. Mark: Nah, I like that. And I'm a heck of a bowler with the bumpers up. I'm just saying, so. Nick: Yeah. Yeah. For sure. It definitely increases the average. Mark: It did a little, just a little bit. So to check this out, John, let's do one more here on this conversation about getting in our own way. So a friend of mine, super nice guy, we're chatting the other day and this is what he says to me. Tell me what your reaction to this. So he says, Hey, my neighbor and I, we're good buddies. We're the same age. And our house costs the same amount of money, roughly that, where we live here. He's going to cash. And he's like, and I know you talk about stuff on podcast and stuff all the time. He's going to cash and he's advising me to do the same thing. I think it's a good move. And I said, why? Because you're the same age and your house costs roughly the same? Don't you think there's like about a million more things you could base this on? Mark: So my point being is, is getting advice from people who really don't need to give you advice. I'm sure his friend and his neighbor didn't have any ill intention, but that just seemed like a goofy scenario to me. It's water cooler talk, so many of us do that. John: Yeah. Yeah. We see that quite a bit where people are, my friend's doing this or like you said, my neighbor's doing this, but we have to constantly remind [inaudible 00:12:20] everyone that every situation's completely different. Something that might be good for someone else isn't good for you. And that's the importance of really getting the plan and making sure all your decisions are based on your plan. Mark: Yeah. John: And not your neighbor, not your cousin, not whoever- Mark: Cousin Eddie. Yeah. Right. John: Yeah. What we typically find with this is everyone always tells you about their good decisions. Like, oh yeah. I went for cash and this is what happened. They don't tell you when they didn't make a good decision. Mark: Yeah. John: It's not exciting to talk about when you lost money or lost an opportunity. So definitely want to leave it to the professionals and not a neighbor, a buddy that really doesn't have much experience in navigating these environments. Mark: Yeah. Nick: Yeah. It's the whole wins in Vegas scenario. Mark: Exactly. Exactly. Nick: People always talk about the wins and I just want to jump in on this one- Mark: Sure. Go for it. Nick: Because one of the things that I've been trying to emphasize with clients as well, especially those that are new to maybe, having an advisor or a planning relationship is that the advice that we're giving for them is the advice that we're giving at that set place and time. And so meaning, people tend to feel more comfortable when there are like general rules of thumb or those sorts of things. And so maybe it's a question like, a basic one that happens all the time is extra payments towards the mortgage or not. And so one of the things we've been trying to really get through people's heads is that, hey, we may be telling you to not do that right now, but it's because we have goals over the next one to three years that we're trying to hit because of X, Y, Z factors. And that might be something that we target three years down the road, but right now, it's more important for you to do these other things, to put yourselves in a better position to be able to do that. Nick: And so what having that kind of conversation with people have seen the light click on quite a bit, because giving them the situation where, Hey, let's take you and your friend, and let's say that nine out of ten factors are the same, but that one factor can dramatically change- Mark: Yeah. Nick: The advice. And so even though you might feel like you have a twin in so many different ways, that one factor can be a huge differentiator on the sort of advice or the sort of strategy that you should have in place from a financial perspective. And really, you hear people talk about, each situation's unique, but really being more specific in helping them realize that has been something that has been helpful for some people lately, especially with the choppy waters that we've been in the last four or five months. Mark: Oh, absolutely. I mean, you listen to this podcast and there's three guys on here having a conversation, but the three of us need different things for the time of life that we're in and whatever's going on. You two might be similar in age for example, but one's got kids, one doesn't. Nick: Exactly. Mark: I'm older than exactly you guys. So there's a million variations could go into what you need individually. So again, I don't think that the neighbors or coworkers or cousin Eddie or whatever it might be mean any ill will, but it's just not the best advice. So again, getting in our own way sometimes is listening to those people who really we shouldn't be listening to. So that's going to wrap it up this week for the podcast. So the secret to retirement success is you and how willing you are to not get in your own way, to make sure that you realize the things that you know, and the things that you can do, and then turning to those people to help you in those shortcoming areas. Mark: I don't pretend to try to rebuild my car from the ground up, because I have no idea how to do that. Sure, I can change some spark plugs and change the oil, but that's the limit of my knowledge. So I'm not going to tear the whole thing apart and start from the ground up. Same kind of idea. So that's the conversation, make sure that you reach out to John and Nick. If you've got some questions, if you're worried about sabotaging yourself, doing some things you shouldn't be, especially in these choppy waters, as Nick mentioned, it's easy to do. It's easy to let that little fear monster jump up and nibble in our ear. So reach out, have a conversation with the team at PFG Private Wealth, before you take any action, especially if you feel like you need to make a change. Mark: I think that's a fundamental thing that we do as humans as well. Sometimes we feel like if we're not doing something, we're doing something wrong and often not doing anything could be a good move for your situation, but you need to find out through the process of getting a plan put together or just reexamining the plan that you may already have in place. So pfgprivatewealth.com is how you make it happen. That's where you can find John and Nick and the team at PFG Private Wealth. Again, pfgprivatewealth.com. Pretty easy to remember and reach out to him if you got some questions or concerns, get on the calendar, hit the subscribe button for whatever platform you like to use. Athol, Google, Spotify, so on and so forth. For John and Nick. I'm your host Mark. We'll see you next time here on Retirement Planning Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 47: Understanding Financial Jargon: Investment Terms You Should Know 20:49
20:49
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요20:49
There are some important terms you’re going to come across as you prepare for retirement. Having a basic understanding of these will help you achieve financial success, so we’ll cover what they mean and what you should know on today’s episode. And don’t worry. We won’t go quite so far down the rabbit hole where we expect you to be able to explain how a company’s P/E ratio meshes with it’s Alpha and Beta ratings to determine how much stock you should buy. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Mark: Hey everybody welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with John and Nick and I, as we talk about Retirement Planning Redefined here on the podcast. As always, don't forget to subscribe to us on whatever platform you like to use. Find all the information you need at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's the guys website pfgprivatewealth.com. Lot of good tools, tips, and resources to be found there. We're going to have another conversation today about some financial jargon. This is more kind of investment terms you might want to know or have heard and maybe you want to get a better understanding on, especially if you're sitting down and you're shopping for a professional or something like that. You want to kind of understand some of these things that you're talking about. Now we're not going to go super deep. We're not going to get into PE ratios and alphas and betas and all that kind of stuff, but we're going to keep it kind of high level. So we'll jump into that this week on the podcast, Nick, what's going on, buddy? How you doing? Nick: Pretty good. Pretty good. Staying busy. We're recording this, just kind of closing up tax season. So happy that that is over for- Mark: I bet. Nick: Everybody that is at least not filing an extension. Mark: Yeah. Nick: But yeah, it's obviously a lot going on in the world. So it's been keeping us pretty busy. Mark: Yeah that's true. Very true. John, what about you buddy? You glad tax season's over? John: Yeah. Yeah. It's a fun kind of hump to get over. Mark: I like that little pause. It's fun. Yeah. John: Yeah. So, no, it's good. It's kind of a mark that people have on their calendar, so that's over with, and really we start to kind of get busy afterwards. Mark: Yeah. John: Because a lot of people kind of delay meetings until after tax season, so excited to get back at it. And then also excited that NBA playoffs started. So Boston Celtics are playing the Nets right now. Mark: Alright now, there you go. John: Gearing up for that, so- Mark: There you go. Very good. Well we probably should have done a show really on tax planning versus tax preps right after tax season because really tax planning is something you should be doing all year long with your retirement professional anyway, but we're not going to do that this week. Maybe we'll do that here in the next couple of weeks, we'll come up and do something. Mark: But for now let's talk about some terms that people hear and probably should know. Maybe you know, maybe you have that kind of cursory high level view, whatever the case might be. Maybe you don't. So let's talk about a few of these. Let's kind of start with fiduciary guys. And this is a term that I think people should know. They should know what it is. I kind of wish, and I was thinking about this before we started that our politicians had to do what fiduciaries have to do, right? They have that legal, moral, ethical responsibility to do what's right for their client AKA us as American citizens. I wish our politicians had to be fiduciaries, but either way explain what it is and maybe a little bit of the difference between that and like suitability. John: Yeah. So fiduciary, especially in our world's investment advisor, it's where the fiduciary is obligated to put the client's best interests ahead of their own. So really looking to do what's best for the client, regardless of any other factors. And what you mentioned there with as far as, how does that compare to suitability, where kind of like a broker has to recommend something that's suitable for the client, so there's a big difference when you start to kind of analyze that is something might be suitable for you, but it might not be the best thing for your situation. Mark: Right. John: Or maybe there's other things out there that are better. So fiduciary has the due diligence and say, "Hey, I'm making this recommendation. And based on my expertise, my knowledge, everything I've compared it to this is what I believe is the best for you." And also if there's any conflict of interests for the advisor as a fiduciary, they must disclose that to you upfront. Mark: Yeah. John: So one thing, what people really need to do when they're interviewing advisors or kind of taking that step to try to find someone to work with, it's really one of the first questions should be asking. I'd say the good thing is the industry is really going in this direction- Mark: Mm-hmm (affirmative). John: Over the last, decade or so. It's really been kind of going, fiduciary, fiduciary, so that's. Mark: Making that the standard, making it more the standard? John: Yeah. Yeah, no, I think that's a great point. So if I'm getting this right, then maybe to kind of break this down for people, and Nick feel free to chime in, but so if there's three options available, suitability would say, "Hey, any of these three technically work for my client, but this one actually pays me better or there's a reward of a trip or something like that attached to it." You're not doing the wrong thing by picking that. It's still suitable. Whereas a fiduciary has to go with the absolute best thing for the client period. Is that a fair way to break that down in layman's terms? Nick: Yeah, I think that's a pretty fair way to kind of break it down and it can get tricky because when you really get into the nitty gritty in theory, people can argue about what's better now versus what might be better down the road and that sort of thing. Mark: Right. Nick: But if anything, I think what's important for people to understand is the conflicts of interests, the potential conflicts of interest and where they come from. So, if you're working with an advisor that is tied in with a parent company that has proprietary products, then they're probably not able to function as a fiduciary. So- Mark: Gotcha. Nick: Understanding that there's a conflict of interest, a potential conflict of interest, there is just something that people should ask about so that they understand it. It can be from experience just kind of chatting with people. It can get a little overwhelming for people to kind of really drill down understanding the difference between fiduciary and standard versus a suitability standard. But people oftentimes understand conflict of interest. And just to kind of piggyback a little bit on your short little rant earlier about politicians, many people would be shocked to know that many politicians are able to invest in companies even though there may be conflicts of interests. Mark: Yeah. Nick: And the fact that's able to happen. And there's some websites that track those sort of things, but oftentimes they're privy to information that will impact a company in the marketplace and they're able to take advantage of it even though, the rest of the country can't do that, so- Mark: Yeah, I was just even talking financially. In just their basic decision making when they pass laws. Nick: For sure. For sure. But that's a good example of them not passing laws that- Mark: True. Nick: Aren't good for everybody. Mark: Well and to John's point, so there's nothing wrong with asking, right? When you go in and sit down with someone, you just say, "Hey, are, are you a fiduciary?" Right? That's a fair question, and there's nothing wrong with asking that. Nick: Agreed. Mark: Yeah. Okay. All right. So let's move on to the other big term right now that everybody's getting hit over the head with, on a regular basis, and that's inflation. At the time we're doing this podcast guys, the CPI numbers came out a couple of weeks ago for March, pretty ugly. Gross is a term that has been thrown around quite a bit some of these numbers, 8.5% on the inflation, we're talking what 48% on gas, 35% up on used cars, food 13 to 17% up. So inflation break it down a little bit. Nick: Yeah. So inflation has to do with spending power of money. And so one of the easiest ways for people to kind of think about it is, you mentioned food for example, one of the things that we kind of joke around with people is they were able to a couple years ago, do you remember when you could walk out of Publix and get everything you needed for 70, 80 bucks versus it now costing 100, $120 for the same amount of stuff. And the tricky thing with inflation is that it's there on a consistent basis year to year, but every 10 to 15 years, it kind of creeps up on us. And then we realize, Hey, this is kind of annoying. Nick: And then obviously we have times we're in right now where there's some hyper inflation and kind of pocket books are getting hit. The one thing that I would say just to kind of pour some water on it is that although there are some real substantial issues that people are dealing with, there are some kind of, I guess, what we would almost call acute factors that are having an impact on it, that we would hope subside to a certain extent within the next year or two. But also there are going to be ramifications that we're already starting to see where the FED is doing things to try to combat inflation, like increasing interest rates, which we're kind of already on the docket, but has been getting pushed down. The cans been getting kicked down the road for a while. Nick: And so things like mortgages, mortgage rates are now I think mid fives I read, whereas a year ago, closer to three. And I was just having a conversation with somebody to kind of put that in real world numbers. A half a million dollar mortgage at rates a year ago, a half a million dollar financed amount is from a monthly payment standpoint is equivalent to around 370,000 now, or if you look at it inverse half a million dollar mortgage at current rates is going to cost you around $700 a month more than it was a year ago. So that's going to have a real impact on housing prices and a lot of other things as well. So those are some real world examples of how inflation kind of impacts our life. Mark: All right. So yeah, obviously we're hyper aware, we've talked about it before a little bit, but inflation we always kind of think of, at least I do it anyway, like calories, right? We know it exists and we don't often put a lot of thought into it until it's slapping us in the face, so to speak. And it's definitely doing that right now, so a lot people very concerned about that. So when we are talking about that, what happens is you start thinking, well maybe I should take a little more risk or whatever the case is with my portfolio to try to outpace inflation or keep up with it or whatever the case is, especially in these crazy times. So that leads us into risk tolerance guys. So what is your risk tolerance? And is that a wise move to try to take on more risk to combat something? Usually it's not. John: No, it's not. And this is one of the most probably important things in building a portfolio that someone should really take a look at, and it's often overlooked. So risk tolerance is, to kind of bring it down to the simplest form is how much loss is an investor willing to take in their portfolio? How much volatility can they tolerate? So one of the things that we do when we are building a portfolio for our clients, the first thing actually is we have them go through a risk tolerance questionnaire to determine, are they conservative, moderate, aggressive? And from there we really help us design the portfolio so that way we can kind of match up the expected volatility of the portfolio with kind of what they could bear. John: Because one of the worst things you could do investing is jumping around. And I hate to say it seeing a little bit right now I've already kind of feel a few phone calls I'm like, hey what should we do with the market? And if this volatility's already got you nervous and it hasn't really, it's been a pullback but it hasn't been anything too significant. Mark: Right. John: You really need to take a look at am I invested correctly because as we all know, as you shift to conservative or to cash, and then the next week the market just rally up and all of a sudden you just lost all. You realized your losses and didn't get to recover from it. Mark: Yeah, knee jerk reaction is not the best right now. Right? Nick: Yeah. And I would even jump in with that too going along with what John said where I think we have hit that point where people have forgotten what it's like to have bad markets, or even a normal market cycle of having a negative year. Even during COVID when the markets pulled back, 35, 40%, they bounced back by the end of the year. So it was never really realized. There was a short period of panic, but the recovery was quick, but. Mark: Mm-hmm (affirmative). Nick: There's a lot of people that don't remember that hey, there are going to be years where the market is down 10% for the year, the whole year. 12 whole months, so that's something that's interesting that's happening right now that we're seeing. Plus, historically where people would shift would be to fixed income or bonds. And that's not necessarily a safe place right now, either. So we're kind of in this, almost unicorn phase that only comes along every 50 or 60 years where there's not a lot of opportunities in many places. And so there's going to definitely have to be some patience involved- Mark: I like that. Nick: In the next 12 to 18 months. Mark: Yeah. I like the unicorn phase. That's a good way of putting it. It's definitely been interesting, that's for sure. So do you guys kind of with the risk tolerance, is it kind of that number kind of system? Do you guys do that risk tolerance kind of thing where you kind of give someone almost like sleep number, if you will. If you're 100 or if you're a 20, how does that work? John: Yeah. So how we do it and I've used actually some programs that do that. They give you a risk number based on how you answer questions. We have a set of some pretty good questions that give us an idea of what that person can kind of stomach. Mark: Okay. John: And what their expected return is. It's really, when you start to break it down, it's a lot of the same questions just asked differently to really kind of understand how the person ticks. Mark: Yeah. John: So we do a real good job of figuring that out. And then as advisors, part of our job is to make sure we put them in the appropriate portfolio based on how they answer. Mark: Yeah. Because it's pretty easy to say conservative, and you go, what does that even mean? Right? Or I'm moderate. John: Yeah. Mark: Well what does that mean? That's probably a wide window, right? John: It is. Nick: Yeah. And then I would say one of the things that without it sounding like a commercial for ourselves, one of the things that we do that's a little bit different than some places that we do have what's called like a tactical tilt to how we manage money, where if we do have significant concerns, we will tamp down the risk. So maybe if somebody's normally in a portfolio that's a 50/50 mix stock to bond and what we would consider a moderate portfolio, if we have significant concerns in the market, we may drop them down to 30% on the stock side of things in certain cycles where we have high concerns. So sometimes what we found is that helps allay some fears for some people that there's some proactive potential changes, where if we really feel like it's going to hit the fan, we will make that change. Mark: Right. Okay. So risk tolerance, another big one then definitely making sure that you're having that proper risk tolerance for yourself, especially in these inflationary times. When it becomes, it's hard to not feel, I think as humans, we feel like if we don't do something, we're doing something wrong or we have to take action or therefore we've made a mistake. And sometimes doing nothing can be a smart move. Especially in volatile times when it comes to a financial standpoint, if you don't know the correct answer, making no move might be a good place to start at least. That way you're not having that knee jerk reaction. And then of course, talk with a professional. Get some advice, and get a good strategy in place so that you know the right moves to make at the right time. Let's do another one here, guys, another technical one, dollar cost averaging, what is that? Nick: So dollar cost averaging is the easiest example that most people have exposure to on a regular basis. And they don't probably realize that they're doing it is when people are contributing to their 401k. So every two weeks, a certain amount of your paycheck goes into your 401k and you have a set allocation and you are buying in to that allocation at whatever price it's at that point in time. So the thought process with dollar cost averaging is that you are balancing, you're investing over a period of time. Where sometimes you'll be buying at a premium, sometimes you'll be buying at a discount, but the objective is to continually invest and make sure that you are not trying to time the market. John: And part of that is also what we're finding with the current market where it's at, with people with money on the sidelines, it could be a good way to kind of take some of the risk of putting all your money into the market and all of a sudden it dropping. So there's a strategy to basically say every, if I have 100,000 I want to put into the market every month or so, I'm going to be putting in 10 grand into it. That way, if it does dip down immediately, I only have $10,000 at risk. So dollar cost averaging, as Nick mentioned, most people are doing the 401k, not knowing it, but if you have money on the sideline in a volatile market, or if you're nervous, it is a good way to kind of get money that was on the sideline into the market. Mark: Okay. All right. Well let's do one more guys and we'll wrap it up this week. Asset allocation, another big term we hear. We probably get that tossed around a little bit. Give us the kind of high level view of what that is. And because often I think people wind up feeling like they have a whole bunch of one thing and they're diversified because they've, I don't know, for example, I've got a whole bunch of mutual funds, so therefore I'm good. So explain what asset allocation is and is that correct? What I just said, is that really diversified or not? John: Yeah. So asset allocation's kind of taken diversification to a different level. You could have seven different mutual funds, but if it's all the same type of funds, for example, like a large cap growth fund, they're going to do the same thing in reality when the market goes up or down. So when you do asset allocation, you're spreading your money, your portfolio within different asset classes, such as large cap stocks, small stocks that Nick mentioned, fixed income earlier, cash, some alternatives. John: So what you do there is when you're building a portfolio and again, starting with your risk tolerance and your goals, you determine, hey my risk tolerance is X, here's my goals. I should be in a, let's just call it in income in growth portfolio. Well, what's the right mix of asset classes to make that work and to kind of bring it down to layman's terms here? Imagine kind of cooking, you're making recipe for a pie. The pie has certain ingredients to make it work and make it taste good. And that's basically what you're doing in your investments. It could be 20% large cap, 5% small cap, 20% fixed income, and our job as advisors and wealth management is we build that portfolio for the client if they hire us to do so. Mark: Gotcha. Okay. All right. That's a good way of breaking that down. You just think about like a pie. So, and who doesn't love pie? So there you go. All right guys, thanks so much for the conversation this week. Good stuff talking about these technical terms, some jargon here. Hopefully we kept that pretty high level and it helped out with some of the things that you might be thinking or hearing. And if you've got questions, definitely reach out to the guys. Mark: As always, before you take any action sit down. If you're already working with them, maybe share this podcast with someone who might benefit from it. If not, if you've been listening for a while, just reach out to them, have a conversation, and chat with them for yourself. You can find all of it at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's their website pfgprivatewealth.com. They're financial advisors at PFG Private Wealth, which makes a lot of sense. So make sure you subscribe on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good kind of stuff. That way you can catch past episodes as well as future episodes. For John and Nick I'm your host, Mark. We'll catch you next time here on Retirement Planning Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

1 Ep 46: The Most Important Birthdays In Retirement Planning 21:32
21:32
나중에 재생
나중에 재생
리스트
좋아요
좋아요21:32
There are certain age milestones where you should really pay attention to your retirement planning progress. On this episode, we’ll look at the most important birthdays as you approach retirement and cover the exact things you should be checking off your to-do list at each age. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Mark: Hey, everybody. Welcome into another addition of the podcast. This is Retirement Planning Redefined, with John and Nick and myself, talking investing, finance, retirement, and birthdays. Mark: We're going to get into important birthdays in the retirement planning process. As we get older, I don't think any of us really want birthdays, but these are some things we need to know. They're pretty useful. Some of this is pretty basic. Some of this stuff's got some interesting caveats in it as well. So you might learn something along the way. It can go a long way towards that retirement planning process. Mark: We're going to get into that and take an email question as well. If you've got some questions of your own, stop by the website, pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. Mark: John, what's going on, buddy? How you doing? John: A little tired. Got woken up at 2:00 in the morning with two cranky kids. Mark: Oh yeah. John: So if I'm a little off today, I apologize. Mark: There you go. No, no worries. You get the whole, they climb the bed, and then you're on the tiniest sliver? John: I got one climb into bed, I think kicked me in the face at one point. Mark: Oh, nice. John: Another one climbed into bed missing out on the other one, because they share a room. Then I had the sliver. I woke up almost falling off the bed. Mark: There you go. And usually freezing because you have no blankets. John: Yeah, yeah. Mark: That's usually the way it goes. Nick's sitting there going, "I don't know what you guys are talking about." Mark: What's going on, buddy. How you doing? Nick: Yep. No. Pretty low maintenance over here. Mark: Well, that's good. Hey, don't you have a birthday coming up? Nick: I got a couple months still. Mark: Okay, a couple months. Nick: Yeah, I just got back from a trip a few weeks ago. Some buddies that I grew up with, a group of us have been friends for a really long time, I guess, going back to middle school. We're all turning 40 this year, so we rented a house in Charleston, and all survived. Mark: Nice. There you go. Nick: Yeah. It was good. John: This is how you know Nick's turning 40. He came back with neck pain. Mark: Exactly. Nick: Yeah. Mark: Hey, when you start to get a certain age, you start going, "When did I hurt that?" It's like, "I didn't even do anything." Yeah. You don't have to do anything. Mark: Well, you know what? That's a good segue. Let's jump into this. Mark: We're going to start with age 50. I turned 50 last year. First of all, the thing that sucks is you get the AARP card. I don't know about all that. That's annoying as a reminder that you're 50. Mark: But the government does say, "Hey, let me help you out a little bit here if you need to catch up on some of the retirement accounts, help building those up." Talk to me about catch up contributions, guys. Nick: Yeah. Essentially what happens is when you hit 50, there's two types of accounts that allow you to start contributing a little bit more money. The most basic one is an IRA or a Roth IRA, where the typical maximum contribution for somebody under 50 is 6,000 a year. You can add an additional thousand to do a total of 7,000 a year. The bigger one is in a 401(k) or 403(b) account, where you're able to contribute, I believe it's an extra 6,500 per year. Nick: This is also a good flag for people to think about where, hey, once that catch up contribution is available, it's probably a good time, if you haven't done any sort of planning before, to really start to dial in and understand your financial picture a little bit more. Because if you talk to anybody that's 60, they'll tell you that 50 didn't seem too far back. So that's a good reminder to dig into that a little bit. Mark: Yeah. It adds up. It's not necessarily chicken feed. You might hear it and think, "Well, a thousand dollars on this type of account over a year, or 6,500 on the other type of account, whoopedidoo." But if you're 50 and you're going to 67, let say, for full retirement age, and we'll get to that in a little bit, that's 17 years of an extra seven grand. It's not exactly chicken feed, right? Nick: No. It's going to be big money down the road. Mark: Yeah, exactly. So that's 50. Mark: John, talk to me about 55. This one's really similar to 59 and a half, which most of us are familiar with, but most people don't understand the rule at 55. So can you break that down a little bit? John: Yeah. We don't see people utilize this too often, but an example would be let's say you're 50, 55, 56, and for whatever reason, you leave your current job. You have an opportunity, at that point... John: Let's give a bad scenario. You get laid off. If you didn't have a nest egg saved up in savings, there's an opportunity to actually access some money from your 401(k) plan without penalty. What you'll do is, basically, you take the money directly from the plan, and you just have it go to your bank account, and the 10% penalty's waived. John: Now, some people need to be careful with this. Once you roll it out to an IRA, this 55 rule here, where the 10%'s waived, ceases to exist. It has to go from the employer plan to you directly in that situation. It's a nice feature if someone finds themselves in a bad situation, or they need access to money, and the 10% penalty's gone, but you still have to pay your income tax on that money [crosstalk 00:05:03] Mark: Of course. Yeah. That caveat being, it's only from the job that you've just left, right? It can't be from two jobs ago kind of thing. It's got to be that one that you've just walked away from, or been asked to leave, or whatever the case is. That's that caveat. John: Correct. Mark: It's basically the same rules, Nick, as the 59 and a half. It's just is attached to that prior job. But 59 and a half is the more normal one. What's the breakdown there? Nick: Yeah. Essentially what happens is, at 59 and a half, you are able to take out money from your qualified accounts while avoiding that penalty without any sort of caveats. One thing to keep in mind is that usually you're taking it out from accounts that... Nick: For example, if you're currently employed, the process of taking it out of the plan where you're employed can be a little bit different, but it's pretty smooth and easy if you have an IRA or something like that outside of the employer plan. Nick: One other thing that happens in most plans, for people at 59 and a half, is, and we've seen it a bunch lately, where a lot of 401(k) plans have very restricted options in fixed income and those sorts of things, where most or many plans allow people to take inservice rollovers, where they're able to still work at their employer, but roll their money out of the plan to open up some options for investments outside of the plan. Nick: That's not always the best thing for people. Sometimes the plans are great. Fees are really low. Options are great. So it may not make sense, but oftentimes people do like having the option to be able to shift the money out without any sort of issue. Mark: Okay. All right. So that's the norm there. You got to love that half thing. You always wonder what the senators or whoever was thinking when [crosstalk 00:06:56] John: Finally, they got rid of the 70 and a half [crosstalk 00:06:58] Mark: Yeah. They get rid of that one. Yeah. We'll get to that in just a minute as well. Mark: John, 62, nothing too groundbreaking here, but we are eligible finally for Social Security. So that becomes... I guess the biggest thing here is people just go, "Let me turn it on ASAP versus is it the right move?" John: Yeah. So 62, you're now eligible. Like you said, a lot of people are excited to finally get access to that extra income. You can start taking on Social Security. John: Couple of things to just be aware of is, any time you take Social Security before your full retirement age, you will get a reduction of benefit. At 62, it's anywhere, depending on your full retirement age, roughly 25 to 30% reduction of what you would've gotten had you waited till 66 or 67. Mark: They penalize you, basically. John: Yeah. Nick: Yeah. Actually, if you do the math, it ends up breaking down to almost a half a percent per month reduced. Mark: Oh wow. Nick: Yeah. It really starts to add up when you think about it that way. John: Yeah. We always harp on planning, so important if you are thinking about taking it early, once you make that decision, and after a year of doing that, you're locked into that decision. So it's important to really understand is that best for your situation. John: Other things to consider at this age, if you do take early, Social Security does have what they call a earnings penalty slash recapture. If you're still working and taking at 62, a portion of your Social Security could be subject to go back to them in lieu of, for a better term, [crosstalk 00:08:27] Mark: It's 19,000 and some change, I think, this year, if you make more than that. John: Yeah. Mark: Yeah. John: Yeah. Anything above 19,000 that you're earning, 50% goes back to Social Security. [crosstalk 00:08:36] Mark: Yeah. For every two bucks you make- John: 5,000 goes back to Social Security. So that's really important. John: Something that I just want to make, last point on this, is that earnings threshold is based on someone's earned income, and it's based on their own earned income, not household. That comes up quite a bit, while people say, "Well, I want to retire and take at 62, but my husband's still working. Am I going to have a penalty if I take it?" The answer is no. It's based on your own earnings record. Mark: That's where the strategy comes into play too. Because if you are married, then looking at who's making more, do we leave one person's to grow, as we're going to get into those in just a second, to grow towards that more full number. Mark: Again, that's all the strategy. It may make sense for one person to turn it on early, and the other person to delay it. That's, again, part of the strategy of sitting down and talking with a professional, and looking at all the other assets that you have, and figuring out a good move there. Mark: Nick, let's go to Medicare. 65 magic age. Nick: Yeah. Actually, my dad turns 65 this year. So we've been planning this out for him. He is a retired fireman, so he has some benefits that tie in with his pension. Nick: One of the things that came up, and just something that people should think about or remember, even if they are continuing to work past 65, is it oftentimes makes sense to at least enroll in Medicare Part A. You can usually enroll as early as three months before your birthday. The Medicare website has gotten a lot easier to work with over the last year or two. Nick: Part A, the tricky thing is that you want to check with your employer, because usually what happens for the areas that Part A covers, which is usually hospital care, if you were to have to be admitted or certain procedures, it's figuring out who's the primary payer, who pays first, who pays second. So making sure that you coordinate your benefits. Check in with HR, if you're going to continue to work. Nick: If you are retired and are coming up on that Medicare age, make sure that you get your ducks in a row so that you do enroll. Most likely you're going to start saving some money on some healthcare premiums. Mark: Technically, this starts about, what, three months early? It's a little actually before 65. I think it's three months when you got to start this process, and three months before and after. Nick: Yep. Yeah. You can typically enroll three months before your birthday, and then through three months afterwards. There can be some issues if you don't enroll and you don't have other healthcare, at least for Part A. There can be penalties and that sort of thing. Nick: Frankly, with Medicare and healthcare in retirement, this is a space that we typically delegate out. We've got some good resources for clients that we refer them to, because there are a lot of moving parts, and it can be overwhelming, especially when you start to move into the supplements and Advantage plans, and all these different things. Mark: Oh yeah. And it's crucial. You want to make sure you get it right. A lot of advisors will definitely work with some specialists, if you will, in that kind of arena. So definitely checking that out when we turn 65. Mark: Again, some of these, pretty high level stuff, some of this stuff we definitely know. But we wanted to go over some of those more interesting caveats. Mark: Let's keep moving along here, guys. Full retirement age, 66 or 67. John, just what? It's your birthday, right? John: It is your birthday. That's the time that you can actually take your full Social Security benefit without any reduction, which is a great thing to do. Then also that earnings penalty we discussed earlier at age 62, that no longer exists. Once you hit your full retirement age, 66 or 67, you can earn as much as you want and collect your Social Security. There's no penalty slash recapture. John: When that happens, people have some decisions to make. If they're still working, they can decide to take their Social Security. I've had some clients that take it, and they use that as vacation money. I've had some other ones take it, and they take advantage of maxing out their 401(k) with the extra income. Or you can delay it. You don't have to take it. You get 8% simple interest on your benefit up until age 70. John: So full retirement age, you got a lot of big decisions to make, depending on your situation. But you want to make sure you're making the best for what you want. Mark: Definitely. Nick: Just as a reminder to people that that 8%, and you had mentioned it, but it does cap out at age 70. So there's no point in waiting past 70, because it doesn't increase any more. Mark: Right. Thanks for doing that. It wasn't on my list, but I was going to bring it up real fast. So yeah. People will sometimes email and they'll say, "Hey, I want to keep working past 70. How's that affect Social Security." It's like, "Well, you're maxed out, so you got to just go ahead and get it done." You can still work if you're feeling like it. Your earnings potential is unlimited, but it's just a matter of you're not going to add any more to it. So I'm glad you brought that up. Mark: John, you mentioned earlier, they got rid of the other half. Thank God. The 70 and a half thing, just because it was confusing as all get out. They moved it to 72. Nick: Yeah. Required minimum distributions, as a reminder for people, are for accounts that are pre-tax, where you were able to defer taxation. 401(k), traditional IRA, that sort of thing. At 72, you have to start taking out minimum distributions. It starts at around 3.6, 3.7% of the balance. It's based on the prior year's ending balance. It has to be taken out by the end of the year. Nick: An important thing for people to understand is that, many times, people are taking those withdrawals out to live on anyways. So for a lot of people, it's not an issue at all. However, there are a good amount of people that it's going to be excess income. Nick: Earlier mentioned, hey, at age 50, really time to check in and start making sure that you're planning. One of the benefits of planning and looking forward is to project out and see, hey, are these withdrawal going to cause you to have excess income at 72, where maybe we're entering into a time that tax rates could be higher, tax rates could be going up, which is fairly likely in the next five to 10 years. So if we know and we can project that, then we can make some adjustments to how we save, should you be putting more money into a Roth versus a traditional, and how we make adjustments on the overall planning. Nick: So making sure that you understand how those work, and then the impact that it has on other decisions to take into account for that situation, is a huge part of planning. Mark: Definitely. Those are some important birthdays along the way. You got to make sure you get this stuff done. 72, there's the hefty penalties involved if you don't do that. Plus you still got to pay the taxes. All this stuff has some crucial moments in that retirement planning process, so definitely make sure that you are not only celebrating your birthday, but you're also doing the right things from that financial and that retirement planning standpoint along the way. Mark: Again, if you got questions, stop by the website, pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. You can drop us an email question as well, if you'd like. That's what we're going to do to wrap up the show right now. Mark: We got a question that's sent in from Jack. He says, "Hey, guys. I've thought about meeting with a financial advisor to plan my retirement, but I've never used a budget or anything like that before. So I'm wondering, should I budget myself for a couple of months before I meet with a professional?" Nick: Based upon experience, putting expense numbers down on paper is one of the biggest hurdles for people to get into planning. But with how this question is phrased, I would be concerned, because it's kind of like the situation of starting a diet. You start a diet. You're going to eat really good for two to three weeks. You're trying to hold yourself accountable. You're functioning in a way that isn't necessarily your normal life. Nick: One of the things, as advisors, that we want to make sure that we understand are what are you really spending. It's great to use a budget, but if you're budgeting to try to look good in the meeting, which we've seen happen, you're painting a false picture, and you're not letting us know what the finances actually look like. Nick: So I would actually say to put down the real expense numbers in place, let's see what it really looks like, and then if we need to create a budget after we've created a plan, then that's something that we can dig into. Mark: Yeah. John, let me ask you, as we wrap this up, sometimes people associate seeing a professional financial advisor with a budget. Also, people have a cringe to the B word. They think, "Well, I don't want to live on a fixed budget," or something like that. Mark: That's not necessarily what we're talking about, right? That's not probably what Jack is referring to. He's just trying to figure out, I guess, more income versus expenses, right? John: Yeah, yeah. The first step is to analyze your expenses. That could be what he's referring to as far as, "Hey, should I take a look? Should I get my expenses down before I meet with someone?" John: I'd agree with Nick, even if that's what you're looking at, versus the budgeting, I would say no. I think the first step is sit down with an advisor, because they can assist in categorizing the expenses correctly based on today's expenses, versus what expenses are going to be at retirement. John: I think it's important just to get going rather than trying to prep. Because we've seen a lot of people that have taken ... They've been prepping for years to meet. That's years where they haven't done anything, and they've, unfortunately, lost out on some good opportunities, otherwise, if they just said, "Hey, I'm going to sit down first, see what's going on." Mark: Yeah. It gives you that built-in excuse. John: [crosstalk 00:18:26] Mark: It gives you that built in, "Well, I'm not quite ready." Well, you might never be ready if you play that game. Especially a lot of times when it's complimentary to sit down with professionals, have a conversation. Most advisors will talk to you, no cost or obligations. So why not right? Find out. Just get the ball rolling. That's the first step. It's usually the hardest part too. Nick: Yeah. One thing that we typically tell people is that we are not the money police. We are not here to tell you that you can't use your money the way that you want to use it. Nick: The way that we view ourselves, and what our role is as an advisor, is to help you understand the impact of decisions. Whether those decisions have to do with spending money, saving money, whatever, it's to make sure that you understand the impact of your decisions so that you make better decisions. That's it. Mark: There you go. Yeah. It's your money, at the end of the day, your call, but certainly having some good, well, coaches in your corner, if you will, advisors to help advise, that's the whole point. But I like that. Not the money police. Mark: All right. That's going to do it this week, guys. Thanks for hanging out. As always, we appreciate your time here on Retirement Planning Redefined. Don't forget. Stop by the website. Mark: If you need help before you take any action, we always talk in generalities, and try to share some good nuggets of information, but you always want to see how those things are going to affect your specific situation. Mark: If you're already working with John and Nick and the team at PFG Private Wealth, fantastic. Then you already have a lot of this stuff in place. But if you have questions, or you're not working with them, or you've come across this podcast in whatever way, or maybe a friend shared it with you, definitely reach out and have a chat. pfgprivatewealth.com. That's pfgprivatewealth.com. Don't forget to subscribe on whatever podcasting platform app you like to use. Mark: We'll see you next time here on the show. For John and Nick, I'm your host, Mark. We'll catch you later here on Retirement Planning Redefined.…
R
Retirement Planning - Redefined

There are certain things in life we just can’t predict. If we knew the answers to some of these questions, planning for retirement would sure be a lot easier. So let’s see how you go about constructing a plan that addresses the kinds of questions to which you can’t possibly know the answers. Helpful Information: PFG Website: https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/ Contact: 813-286-7776 Email: info@pfgprivatewealth.com Disclaimer: PFG Private Wealth Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser. All statements and opinions expressed are based upon information considered reliable although it should not be relied upon as such. Any statements or opinions are subject to change without notice. I nformation presented is for educational purposes only and does not intend to make an offer or solicitation for the sale or purchase of any specific securities, investments, or investment strategies. Investment involve risk and, unless otherwise stated, are not guaranteed. Information expressed does not take into account your specific situation or objectives and is not intended as recommendations appropriate for any individual. Listeners are encouraged to seek advice from a qualified tax, legal, or investment adviser to determine whether any information presented may be suitable for their specific situation. Past performance is not indicative of future performance. Transcript of Today's Show: For a full transcript of today's show, visit the blog related to this episode at https://www.pfgprivatewealth.com/podcast/ ----more---- Speaker 1: Hey everybody. Welcome into another edition of Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth. Find them online at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's p-f-g-private wealth.com, where you can check out a lot of good tools, tips, and resources, schedule some time with the team or subscribe to the podcast on whatever platform you like to use. And on the podcast us this week, we're going to talk about planning for things that we cannot predict. There's many things in life that are just out of our control, and we can't predict. Yet, we somehow have to figure out a way to bring these things into the fold when it comes to our retirement strategies. And if we knew the answers, these things would be a lot easier to do, right? Just like saying, if we knew when we were going to pass away, you guys could build the greatest plan anybody's ever seen, but we don't come with a timestamp on us. So we have to figure out a way around some of these complicated questions and construct a plan that handles these, but also works with the unknown. So we'll get into that in just a second, but what's going on, Nick? How are you doing? Nick: Doing pretty good. Thanks. Speaker 1: Yeah, how's the old puppy doing? I've got mine next to me right now while we're taping. Nick: Unfortunately she passed like a month ago. Speaker 1: Oh, I'm sorry, buddy. I didn't mean to do that. Nick: It's all right. Oh yeah, no, I don't take it like that. I was going to say something earlier and then I just kinda left it, but yeah, it's been a bit of a crazy month. Speaker 1: I gotcha. I'm sorry to hear about that. It's always rough when we lose our little furry friends there as well, but hopefully things will get better for you. And we'll talk about something, you can't predict that kind of stuff. Right? We'll get into that kind of conversation here in a second. John, what's going on with you? John: Today's topic is pretty fitting. I couldn't predict that the house I bought had a loose AC drain and currently all the floors in my master bedroom and hallway ripped up. It's going well, as well as can be. So we're adapting to the renovations in our house currently. I just send Nick some pictures of it and he's like, whoa. Speaker 1: Oh, wow. Well, I put my foot in my mouth already to start the show, so we'll get into it. But I guess that fits really well though with the over conversation is, because there's a lot of things. I mean, life is unpredictable, right? Murphy's law, whatever you want to subscribe to. And so we still have to somehow plan for some things, look at the state of the world, right? Who would've predicted 7.9% inflation rate, who would've predicted. What we're seeing in the Ukraine and so on and so forth. So it all affects the financial side. So we'll turn our attention there as we typically do. And a lot of times guys with what you do for a living, I imagine, and I talk to advisors all across the country when they meet people that do what you guys do for the first time, almost inevitably somebody goes, Hey, so when's the next market crash, right? They kind of like you guys, somehow some know this magical information that when the next it crash is going to be, well, you can't predict for that, John, but you still got to plan for being able to retire in any economy regardless of what the market's doing. John: Yeah. And this point I'm going to say, probably goes for all of these things we're discussing today. Is you really want the flexibility to adapt for any, I don't say any, a lot of situations that come up in retirement and one of those are, a market pullback or a crash, so things to put yourself in a pretty good position is, we kind of stress this, is having a decent cash savings. So if the market is crashing, you can rely on your cash savings for income during that period of time. So you don't sell any of your losers and realize those losses. So there's a lot of things you can, you can't predict it, but you could definitely set yourself up in a situation where you can adapt to it, to put yourself in a good situation moving forward. Speaker 1: Yeah. And as I mentioned on the last podcast, we were talking about the fact that we were dealing with overconfidence as one of the money biases. And the last several years, it's been easy to get confident in the market, but when we start to see these downturns or corrections, like we're going through right now, people get nervous and they tend to do the wrong thing. So you can't predict when it's going to happen, but you want to make sure that you're setting yourself up in a way to work through that. And Nick, similarly, we could talk about healthcare costs, right? I mean, who knows what they're going to look like in 20 years? Now a good bet is probably that they're going up more than likely, right? Unlike the market crash, where there is some historical data, I mean, healthcare costs, the reality is we're living longer. So more than likely these costs are going up, but how can you plan for that? If you don't really know, you just have to start, kind of chipping away at this. Maybe. Nick: Yeah. It's interesting because this is one thing that we can probably lock in that it will go up and will continue to go up. But from a practical sense, in a practical standpoint, the things that we can do are from a planning perspective, make sure that when we're planning for them, for these healthcare related expenses that we understand what's involved. So as an example, a lot of people think about, well, Hey, I know that my healthcare expenses are going to get higher later on down the road, but many times they don't understand. And when we see this all the time that even their cost for Medicare, when they switch to Medicare in retirement, there's a decent chance it's going to cost more than what they're currently paying for their health benefits through their work. Nick: And because a lot of people have that concept that it goes down versus most likely going up from a premium perspective for a lot of people. Using a higher inflation number for those healthcare premiums and healthcare related expenses, which is something that we make sure that we do with clients where we'll use a three and a half to 4% inflation number on healthcare related expenses in the plan, which tends to be, one to two points higher than the rest of the categories in for inflation. Nick: So, things like that where we can't predict it, but at least from a modeling standpoint, we can kind of, use a prudent person rule of, making sure that we at least model those things to be a little bit higher and faster, increasing costs, especially when we look at how those plans are being financed by the government, which is not great. Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's a great point because even in normal inflationary times, right? What is it the two industries that outpace even regular inflation on the regular is college tuition, right? And healthcare. So while college tuition may not be affecting as many of retirees or as maybe pre-retirees the healthcare certainly is going to affect them. So you got to take that into account and definitely start strategizing for those healthcare costs. Putting your head in the sand is not going to help you out 20 years later when you need it. And John, you could kind of make that same argument really about the tax rates. Right? The Smart bet, the money is probably on the fact that yeah, they're going up, but God willing, you're going to live through multiple administrations in retirement. So, to say, well, what are tax rates going to look like three presidents from now who knows, right? Administrations are going to do what they got to do. John: Yeah. And that's where, again, it's important to flexibility to adapt to the situation and how you get flexible is diversifying your assets from a tax standpoint. So, and you might want to look at, increasing your Roth contributions, if you have a Roth 401k at work or eligible to contribute to a Roth IRA. So that could be a really good strategy. So that way, if tax rates are up, when you're taking your income, you could say, Hey, you know what, I'm going to take some of my tax free income this year or for these next couple of years. And you can really adjust to that situation. And not just only with Roths, but you could go outside of retirement accounts and kind of deal with capital gains. But then you got the same issue there with what are the rates going to be? John: What Nick and I have been seeing quite a bit lately is clients really over funding their HSAs and not using them, just letting them build up for retirement. Cause that would be a nice tax free distribution, if qualified for healthcare costs, which also piggybacks what Nick was talking about. About healthcare costs, not knowing what they're going to be. So there are definitely different things you can do to allow yourself some flexibility. And one thing that we typically do when we're doing planning is we do stress test these things for certain clients. Where we'll look at some kind of market pull backs. How does your plan look like if there's a 20% pull back? What if healthcare costs go up? What if inflation goes up? So there's definitely things you can do to prepare. Speaker 1: Now. Those are some great points right there because we, again, we don't know what's going to happen. The smart money is taxes are probably going up, we've got 30 trillion dollars in debt. There's almost 40 plus trillion dollars in retirement money sitting out there, the taxes haven't been collected on. So if that doesn't have a bullseye on it, you're probably kidding yourself. So trying to be as tax efficient as we can today could be beneficial. Because again, we have no idea what it would look like three presidencies from now. Speaker 1: So these are, again, things we cannot predict, but we certainly got to still plan for some of the options that are out there. And Nick, I joked earlier that if we had an expiration date stamped on us, like a gallon of milk, you guys could build the greatest, retirement plan for each individual that they've ever seen, but we have no idea how long we're going to live. And I could use my own self as an example for the listeners. My brother died at 50, I'm 50. My brother died at 57, my father at 63, my grandfather at 60, be easy for me to say, Hey, I'm going to spend all my money between now and the age of 65, because I'm not going to be here. So I'm going to party. But yet that's not responsible, because what if I'm wrong? Technology has changed. And of course, what am I doing to my spouse? Nick: Yeah, this is always an interesting one. It's probably the source of the most quote unquote jokes from people. Whether it's clients or people that attend our classes, that sort of thing. And really from a practical sense where this comes in is, how long do we plan for? So when we're building a plan 99% of the time, we plan to age 100. And when we plan to age 100 for clients, we can see what, how much money's there at age 85 and age 90 and all those sorts of things. And the thought process is that if the plan works until age 100, then the probability of it being successful up into, 80, 85, etcetera, is much higher. And the plan, what it will also help us do is for those people that do want to make sure that they spend their time early on in retirement, really doing the things that they want to do, no matter how much bluster there can be about, because again, usually it's some sort of internal insecurity or internal bias that has them talking about passing away early. Nick: But sometimes what we found is that, really they're just saying that because they don't want to deal with the concern of running out of money. It's almost in a weird sense, comforting that, Hey, if I pass away early, then I don't have to worry about money. This planning thing isn't important. I don't have to stress about it. No big deal. So in actuality, when you go through the planning process and you do see where you sit and you do see, Hey, maybe I can do the things that I want to do and I can still, make sure that there's money down the road for a spouse, all these sorts of things. It actually really kind of tick up the confidence and they will enjoy those things much more than having that uncertainty because, and I've seen it across the board because what ends up happening. I mean, and again, just seeing it being in this business, people that had that thought process 60 today, used to feel like 50 70 today feels like it. when people were 60, 15 years ago, nobody realizes how old they are, or they have this perception of that they're going to feel a certain way. And usually that's not the case. So, planning for all scenarios is really important. Speaker 1: No, definitely. I mean, my mom's always joking. She's 80 and she's forever saying, I don't feel it. when I, if I'm not moving or if I'm not doing anything, I don't feel like I'm 80. She's like in my mind I still feel like I'm 30 or 40. She's like until I look in the mirror or I try to move a certain way. Nick: Yeah. And unfortunately I had to go up to New York for a funeral this past month and my dad and I flew up and we walked into the room with some family members and stuff like that. And after the initial reminder that we're no longer in the south due to how loud it was and all of the swearing. Somebody said something about because that side of the family, I was always one of the younger and I'm like, how old are you going to be? And I was like, I'm going to be 40 this year. And everyone looked and they're like, and I was like, you know what? That means you guys are really old now. So, again, it's that whole concept of people just don't realize it. And the concept when you're younger of what you're going to feel like or what it's going to feel like when you're older, it never tends to be that way. So it's important to really plan. Speaker 1: Yeah. It definitely. So you got to plan for these things, even though we can't predict them, how long we're going to be around tax rates, healthcare costs, market crashes, whatever the case is, these things are again, probably going to happen throughout your retirement. And if you have a nice long retirement, which you certainly hope that you do, you might be retired 20, 25, 30 years. You're going to experience multiple things with some of this stuff that you can't necessarily predict for, but you still have to strategize to hopefully have the retirement that you want in any economy and any circumstance. So that's where planning comes into place. And that's what you got to reach out to the guys for here on Retirement Planning, Redefined with John and Nick at pfgprivatewealth.com. That's where you can find them online, pfgprivatewealth.com. Don't forget to subscribe to us on whatever platform you like to use. Apple, Google, Spotify, so on and so forth. And we'll be back with more episodes coming up in a couple of weeks. Nick, thanks for hanging out as always. John Good luck with those floors, man. John: Thanks. I definitely need and appreciate it. Speaker 1: Absolutely. Nick, we'll see you next time here on the podcast. This has been Retirement Planning Redefined with John and Nick from PFG Private Wealth.…
플레이어 FM에 오신것을 환영합니다!
플레이어 FM은 웹에서 고품질 팟캐스트를 검색하여 지금 바로 즐길 수 있도록 합니다. 최고의 팟캐스트 앱이며 Android, iPhone 및 웹에서도 작동합니다. 장치 간 구독 동기화를 위해 가입하세요.